Things to Do With Kids in Saratoga Springs

Saratoga Springs is a historic, mid-sized city that’s perfect for exploring with a family. From Saratoga Lake activities and history tours to the Children’s Museum and historic carousel, there’s plenty of family-friendly activities and things to do with kids in Saratoga Springs. Our family-friendly Saratoga Springs boutique hotel The Downtowner is located right in the heart of downtown Saratoga, so it’s a great home base for exploring the area with kids. Enjoy these recommendations for things to do with kids in Saratoga Springs the next time you’re on a lark to this upstate New York destination.

Congress Park Carousel | 32 Spring St, Saratoga Springs | (518) 587-3550

Located in Congress Park, this historic carousel will delight family members of all ages. With 28 hand-carved horses, this carousel was built in 1910 and located at Saratoga Lake until it was moved to Congress Park in 1987. Kids will love the beautiful ponies, the organ music, and the real horse hair tails. Congress Park is a great destination for families too—with plenty of space to picnic, a historic casino, and gardens with fountains and statues.

Saratoga National Historical Park | 648 NY-32, Stillwater | (518) 664-9821

Take the kids to this historic site, where they can explore outdoors while the whole family learns about the Battle of Saratoga. With 22-acres and a 10-mile park loop, there’s plenty of space for kids to explore. Start at the Visitors Center, where interactive exhibits and a short film will provide the basics of the battle. Kids will love the big cannons overlooking the battlefield, and the whole family will appreciate the stunning view of the mountains beyond this historic place.

Children’s Museum at Saratoga | 69 Caroline St, Saratoga Springs | (518) 584-5540

If the weather takes a turn for the worse or if you want to relax while your kids explore, head to the Children’s Museum at Saratoga. For children 7 and under, this hands-on museum is full of play areas that will entertain and educate your child. From an art studio to a science lab, the kids will love all the creative activities here. Ride a trolley, go to the grocery store or play school—the interactive play rooms will keep your kids busy for hours. Enjoy your next family trip to Saratoga Springs!

The Best Coffee Shops in Saratoga Springs

Saratoga Springs has several great coffee shops that can give you that much-needed caffeine boost. Whether you’re out exploring the shops of downtown Saratoga or heading to the track for a day of horse racing, these three coffee shops in Saratoga Springs have the best coffee. Next time you’re on a lark to our Saratoga Springs boutique hotel The Downtowner, here are our recommendations for the best coffee shops in Saratoga Springs.

Uncommon Grounds Coffee & Tea | 402 Broadway, Saratoga Springs | (518) 581-0656

A favorite study spot of area college students, this coffee shop roasts its own coffees daily and even makes its own bagels. Located conveniently downtown, this is a great stop when you’re out and about and need a pick-me-up. With ample seating and a menu of bagel sandwiches and salads, this café is a great stop for breakfast or lunch. Enjoy the outdoor seating in nice weather.

Kru Coffee | 46 Marion Ave, Saratoga Springs | (518) 444-4158

Kru is known for its roasted specialty coffees, from single-origin to house blends. With a large café that has tons of seating, you’re sure to find a quiet corner to enjoy your breakfast. Beyond coffee, there’s savory breakfast sandwiches, sweet pastry, hot tea, and cocoa available too. You’ll also find Kru’s coffee available at many other Saratoga hotspots.

Saratoga Coffee Traders | 447 Broadway, Saratoga Springs | (518) 584-5600

This popular Saratoga Springs coffee shop is the birthplace of Death Wish Coffee, a brand that claims to make the most caffeinated coffee in the world. Order one for yourself, if you dare, or just enjoy a regular coffee drink made from the in-house roasted beans. SCT also has a small menu of bagels, wraps, and salads if you’re in need of some sustenance. After a stop at any one of these Saratoga Springs coffee shops, you’ll be fueled up for the rest of your day.

Rainy Day Activities in Mendocino

November through March brings the rainy season to Northern California, so if you’re planning a stay at our Mendocino boutique hotels Blue Door Group, it’s best to have plans for rainy day activities in Mendocino. Fortunately, there’s plenty of history and culture to be explored in Mendocino, so you won’t be without options on a rainy day in Mendocino. Enjoy these tips for rainy day activities in Mendocino that will tide you over until the sun returns and you can enjoy that spectacular Northern California scenery again.

Families will love a ride on the Skunk Train, a historic railway that offers tours of the redwood forests. The nearest train leaves from Fort Bragg, just north of Mendocino, on a 1-hour, 7-mile trip through the Noyo River Canyon, a route made popular by logging at the turn of the century. Why the train’s stinky name? When the gas-powered engines debuted in 1925, people said you could smell the train before you could see it, and the nickname “skunk” stuck.

Tour a museum in Mendocino to learn about the area’s history, from logging and shipwrecks to whaling and native people. Three Mendocino museums offer a look into the history of this Northern California town, and are a perfect rainy day activity in Mendocino. Check out our post on Mendocino museums for our recommendations.

If the forecast is looking grey, cozy up at the movies or see a show. Coast Cinemas in Fort Bragg shows new run movies, while the Mendocino Theater Company typically has a play running Thursday through Sunday. After a few hours inside, you’ll be awestruck by the coast’s natural beauty—even if it’s viewed through some rain.

Hearty hikers won’t let a little rain deter them—hike amongst the redwoods and you’ll stay (mostly) dry. The tree’s big canopy means there isn’t much rain falling to the ground, so you can still enjoy walking amongst these giants. Russian Gulch and Van Damme State Park both have miles of trails through redwoods, so you can still get out and enjoy the woods on a rainy day in Mendocino.

Best Pizza on Nantucket

Sometimes you need a break from lobster (OK, we don’t, but we can imagine other people might), and pizza is always a good go-to. From a family favorite to authentic, Neapolitan wood-fired pies, Nantucket is surprisingly rich in pizza options for a small island. When you’re staying at one of our boutique Nantucket hotels, consider these three places to enjoy some of the best pizza on Nantucket.

Pi Pizzeria | 11 W Creek Rd, Nantucket | (508) 228-1130

Located in a quintessentially Nantucket shingle-sided cottage, Pi Pizza is known for its Neapolitan wood-fired pizzas. This means dough and sauce made from scratch every day and a 900 degree pizza oven. You can expect thin, chewy dough and simple toppings. The rest of the menu continues the theme with pastas and Italian classics like minestrone and chicken parm. The wood-paneled dining room is cozy, with a large bar that has a focus on Italian drinks.

Sophie T’s | 7 Dave St, Nantucket | (508) 325-6265

Sophie T’s is a longtime Nantucket favorite, open since 2000. The pizza is standard New York-style, with giant, floppy slices and a thin crust. You can eat in the homey dining room or order take out to enjoy in your room at our Nantucket boutique hotels (https://www.larkhotels.com/city/nantucket/). Sophie T’s is affordable, not pretentious, and makes a mean pie, so it has a place in any Nantucketers heart.

Oath Pizza | 44 Straight Wharf, Nantucket | (508) 825-5963

Started in a small shack on the waterfront (think Nantucket Nectars), Oath Pizza now has 12 locations and a food truck. Serving “craft pizza,” Oath uses high-quality, seasonal ingredients and natural meats. This is a great pizza shop for those who like to get creative with combinations, like truffled mushrooms and banh mi toppings. Order at the shack and enjoy your pizza at the few tables overlooking Nantucket harbor, making Oath Pizza the most scenic pizza on Nantucket.

Dog-Friendly Activities in Provincetown

We love four-legged friends at our boutique Providence hotel AWOL and have several rooms that are dog-friendly (please let the staff know when you’re making a reservation and review our pet policies. There are so many activities to enjoy with your dog in Provincetown, from miles of sandy beach, great walking paths, and restaurants and bars that allow dogs on the patio. Once you’ve gotten Fido’s dog bed moved in (or let us know if you need to borrow one), hit the town with this list of dog-friendly activities in Provincetown for a great weekend away.

Several of our favorite Provincetown restaurants and cafés are dog-friendly. Grab a cup of coffee at Wired Puppy—with a name like that, you know they love dogs. Located in downtown Provincetown, this is the perfect spot to stop into while strolling the strip with your dog. Known for its freshly-baked muffins, you can get a treat for both you and your pup. Many Commercial Street restaurants also welcome dogs on the patio. A few of our favorites are The Canteen, Bubalas by the Bay, and Patio. Sitting on Commercial Street people watching is a quintessential P’town experience.

For some exercise, head to one of P’town’s dog-friendly beaches. Herring Cove Beach is a short 5-minute drive west of our hotel AWOL. Leashed dogs are welcome, and you can walk for miles on this west-facing stretch of sandy shore. With a view of two lighthouses, you’ll enjoy the scenery as much as your dog does. Dogs are also welcome off-leash at town beaches, but must be leashed within the National Seashore. If you’d like your dog to get his kicks out off-leash, head to Pilgrim Bark Park, the town’s only dog park.

Finally, don’t miss Paws & Whiskers, a pet store and bakery. You can pick up some specialty dog treats and a new toy to memorialize your trip to Cape Cod. Between sightseeing and people watching, you’re sure to have a great trip to Provincetown with your dog in tow.

Our Favorite Provincetown Yoga Classes

Summer in Provincetown means plenty of chances to enjoy outdoor activities—walking on the beach, kayaking around Race Point, and biking in the Cape Cod National Seashore. But sometimes a little reflective, quiet time is what’s needed. Enter three of our favorite Provincetown yoga classes, where we can warm up and work on our yoga practice. Next time you’re on a lark to our boutique Provincetown hotel AWOL, these three studios offering Provincetown yoga classes will help you keep up with your practice while traveling.

PTown Yoga | 2 Mayflower Ln, Provincetown | (508) 487-4418

Start your day off right with PTown Yoga and its 90-minute classes, offered at 8:30 a.m. Practice with instructor Greg at the Provincetown Community Center in the iyengar style of yoga, where yogis pay special attention to the body’s alignment within a pose. This is a great Provincetown yoga class for those looking to hone the technical aspects of their practice. Only 1/2-mile from AWOL (https://awolhotel.com), you can easily walk or ride your bike to this Provincetown yoga class.

Outermost Yoga | 494 Commercial St, Provincetown | (774) 538-9089

This yoga studio is on Provincetown’s East End, above Schoolhouse Gallery. There are a variety of classes offered at Outermost Yoga, from vinyasa flow to iyengar—there’s even Zumba classes if you’re looking to dance. OM Yoga’s website offers a helpful schedule of all yoga classes in Provincetown, at multiple locations (including the other two studios we mention here). It’s a great to see all your options in one place! After an OM Yoga class, you’ll love being downtown for a refueling juice or snack.

Yoga in East Provincetown | 43 Race Point Rd, Provincetown | (508) 487-9642

With a variety of styles, this yoga studio will have something for every yogi. From vinyasa flow to Forrest yoga (a heated form of hatha yoga), you’ll love the variety of Yoga East’s classes. In the warmer months, this studio also offers SUP yoga, a fun way to build core strength and enjoy the beauty of Cape Cod. Whichever studio you choose, you’re sure to enjoy these yoga classes during your stay in Provincetown.

Photo Courtesy of Gretchen Powers

Best Brunch in Falmouth

Falmouth’s growing restaurant scene means there are several great places to find the best brunch in Falmouth. Next time you’re on a lark to Cape Cod, stay at our boutique Falmouth hotel and enjoy these three recommendations for a decadent, boozy meal or a comfort food classic. You’ll be ready for a day of exploring all that there is to see and do in this Cape Cod town after one of the best brunches in Falmouth.

Añejo Mexican Bistro | 188 Main St, Falmouth | (508) 388-7631

Regularly voted as having the best brunch on the Cape and the islands, this Mexican restaurant is known for its Tex-Mex staples and Mexican street fare. The brunch menu is long, so good luck narrowing it down—from tacos and huevos rancheros to a Mexican take on stuffed quahogs, it’s all there. Specialty Mexican brunch cocktails and traditional desserts are on offer for anyone looking to splurge.

Pickle Jar Kitchen | 170 Main St, Falmouth | (508) 540-6760

This café is an area favorite, serving an eclectic menu of breakfast and lunch dishes. Known for mixing in tons of vegetables to dishes, Pickle Jar Kitchen creates a brunch that you can feel good about enjoying but that doesn’t skimp on the flavor. A number of omelets, breakfast sandwiches and hashes cover the savory side, while blueberry muffin french toast will satisfy your sweet tooth. As expected, the lunch items all come with a housemade pickle, which are available by the pound if you fall in love with them.

Eli’s Tavern | 311 Gifford St, Falmouth | (508) 548-2300

For a truly lazy Sunday, enjoy brunch at our on-site restaurant, Eli’s Tavern. Newly renovated with an updated menu, the Sunday brunch buffet is available from 11 am to 2 pm, with brunch classics and New England favorites. From peel-and-eat shrimp and a carving station to waffles and french toast, this brunch spread will impress. You can’t beat the proximity to your room for one of the best brunches in Falmouth.

Nature Walks Near Portsmouth

We love Portsmouth for its small city vibe, with a historic downtown and a happening nightlife. But venture not too far from downtown and you’ll find several places to enjoy some beautiful Northern New England scenery. Next time you’re on a lark to Portsmouth, stay at one of our boutique Portsmouth hotels and explore these recommendations for nature walks near Portsmouth. You’ll learn about the history of the area, see some lighthouses, and experience the draw of Seacoast New Hampshire’s coastal beauty.

Fort Foster Park | Pocahontas Rd, Kittery Point | (207) 439-2182

This historic 88-acre park was once used by the army to protect the entrance to Portsmouth Harbor during the first and second World Wars. Now, it’s used for picnicking, swimming, and nature walks near Portsmouth. Just a 20-minute drive from downtown Portsmouth, you’ll head over the Piscatiqua River to Kittery, Maine and through some of the cutest parts of this coastal town. At the fort, you’re looking back at Portsmouth, where you can see Whaleback Light, Portsmouth Harbor Light, and Fort Constitution. Walk along the water, through the abandoned battleworks, or through the woods on wide trails.

Odiorne Point State Park | Route 1A, Rye | (603) 436-7406

First a summer residence for the American Indians in the area, these 300 acres were settled by Englishmen John Odiorne in the 1660s. The land served as a trading port and farmland for the burgeoning English settlement until like Fort Foster, it was purchased by the federal government and used to defend the entrance to Portsmouth Harbor. Now a state park, there’s picnic facilities, beaches, and trails through the woods. Also in the park is The Seacoast Science Center, open to the public year-round and managed by New Hampshire Audubon. The science center offers interactive programs for all ages on the Seacoast habitat and the creatures that live there.

Urban Forestry Center | 45 Elwyn Rd, Portsmouth | (603) 431-6774

This diminutive park is perfect for anyone looking for a quick walk near downtown. Just a 5-minute drive from the urban center, the Forestry Center has a miles of trails through the woods and along a salt marsh. Learn about the ecology of inland forests or just relax and enjoy the quiet. No matter the season, these nature walks near Portsmouth are a great way to get out and enjoy the New England scenery!

Things to do in Salem in October

Planning a trip to Salem in October? There’s plenty of things to do in Witch City in the fall—October is like the Super Bowl or Mardi Gras in Salem. With Halloween approaching, everyone in Salem is dressed to the nines, decorated to the hilt, and ready to scare anyone looking for a thrill. Salem is, of course, the home of the Salem Witch Trials and has become the epicenter of all things spooky in New England. Next time you’re on a lark to one of our boutique Salem hotels, enjoy these recommendations for things to do in Salem in October.

Salem Witch Trials Memorial | 24 Liberty St, Salem | (978) 740-1250

For all the over-the-top haunted happenings, it can be easy to forget about the actual victims of the Salem Witch Trials. This memorial is a sobering reminder that 20 men and women lost their lives as a result of the hysteria. Set in a park believed to be where the victims were executed, this low stone wall memorializes each person with a low, bench-like stone. Memorial tributes are left on the stones, and it’s a beautiful place for a moment of reflective silence amidst all the hubbub.

The Burying Point | Charter St, Salem

After you visit the Witch Trials Memorial, head to the adjacent cemetery to see the historic graves, some of the people you’ll recognize. Established in 1637, this cemetery is the oldest in the city, containing some of the original English settlers. Look for Judge John Hawthorn’s grave, one of two judges who presided over the Witch Trials. Hawthorn showed any remorse over his role in the trials, but some members of his family weren’t too keen on being associated with him—Hawthorn’s grandson Nathaniel added an “e” to the end of his name, and went on to have a career as a well-known American author.

Haunted Happenings | Various locations throughout Salem

If you come up short on things to do in October in Salem, visit the Haunted Happenings calendar, a town-wide celebration for the month. From street flea markets to hayrides and face painting, you’ll find something for everyone during October. There’s magic shows, occult explorations, famous guest speakers, tea with the witches of Hocus Pocus (filmed in Salem!)… seriously, there’s something to intrigue everyone as the locals pull out all the stops for this special time in Salem.

Leaf Peeping in Midcoast Maine

Fall is one of the best seasons in Maine, with cooling temps and the beautiful colors of the changing fall foliage. Our boutique Camden hotel Whitehall is the perfect place to return to after a day spent leaf peeping in Midcoast Maine. Warm up by the cozy, outdoor fire pit or relax in the common areas of our historic Camden inn. Next time you’re on a lark to Camden, enjoy these tips for the best leaf peeping in Midcoast Maine.

Peak color in Midcoast Maine falls in mid to late October, perfect for one last stay at Whitehall before it closes for the season. If you’re looking to see the most color in the shortest amount of time, head up Mt. Battie (you can even drive!) in nearby Camden Hill State Park. Just a short drive up Route One north of downtown Camden, this small state park is unique in that it’s so close to the ocean. From Mt. Battie you’ll great great views of the changing leaves, as well as Camden Harbor, Penobscot Bay, and even Cadillac Mountain in Acadia National Park. Walk around the summit and check out the historic stone tower, built in 1921 as a WWI memorial.

Take an afternoon drive and check out the foliage with one of two scenic loops. The first one heads north of town and around Megunticook Lake. Drive north on Route 52, admiring the lake on your left and the mountains that make up Camden Hills State Park on your right. Stop for lunch in Lincolnville at the General Store, owned by Phish drummer Jon Fishman and his wife Lisa. Return to town on Route 235 and warm up with a drink at The Drouthy Bear, known for its extensive collection of Scotch and whiskey.

Another great driving loop is out Bay View St. to the Curtis Island overlook. This route takes you past farm fields with the area’s famous Belted Galloway cows to a great view of the lighthouse on Curtis Island. This is a short loop, but all the better, because there’s so much to do and see in Camden. Enjoy your next trip leaf peeping in Midcoast Maine!

Fall Events at the Mendocino Coast Botanical Gardens

Mendocino is truly an ideal all-season destination. Whether you’re looking to cozy up in your room at the Blue Door Group with a good book or set out on a day explore, our coastal town has everything that you’re looking for. As we near the transition into winter, it’s the perfect time to take advantage of some great fall events at the Mendocino Coast Botanical Gardens. If you’re visiting us this fall (and we hope you are), make sure to check out the list of events on your autumnal getaway!

Pumpkin Night | Saturday, October 27 | 4:00 PM to 7:00 PM

Make sure to dress to impress in your best Halloween costume and enjoy Pumpkin Night – a night viewing some uniquely and creatively-carved gourds and painted pumpkins. Vote for your favorite pumpkins, enjoy spooky games, haunting music by DJ Nutrishious, and fall treats. *Regular Gardens admission applies.

Coastal Cornucopia | Saturday, November 3 | 1:00 PM to 5:00 PM

This fall event at The Mendocino Coast Botanical Gardens offers up an afternoon to learn all about nourishment, fermentation and all things autumn, focusing on mushrooms, fruits, and vegetables. There is also the opportunity to try a selection of wines and olive oils tastings with Terra Sávia Winery, identification walks with local Mycologist Mario Abreu, a guest lecture by Eric Schramm of Mendocino Mushrooms, fresh pressed apple juice straight from our orchard, Shroom Snack mushroom jerky samples, and much more. Cost is $25 per person; $15 for Gardens Members. Educational demonstrations, fall bites, brews, wine, and beer tastings included! Sign up in advance or pay at the door.

Mushroom Walks| Each Monday, November 12 – December 17 | 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM

Home to more than 150 species of mushrooms during fall and winter, The Gardens are the only botanical garden in the U.S. to label the mushrooms in their garden with both scientific and common name. Embark on an identification walk and learn mushroom lore with Naturalist and Mycologist, Mario Abreu each Monday from November 12 through December 17 (Nov 12, Nov 19, Nov 26, Dec 3, Dec 10, Dec 17).

Gala 2018 | Saturday, November 17 | 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM

As crisp fall air gives way to long winter nights, gather in the spirit of the season for an exclusive viewing of the Gardens aglow. Be the first to stroll the scintillant paths of brilliant color. The cozy tent will be transformed into a dazzling fantasia of sparkling ice and snow complete with music, drink, and sumptuous bites. The special evening is sure to be full of surprises and delights. The cost is $100 per person. Tickets are limited and sell fast! Purchased yours today by calling 707-964-4352 ext 10.

Festival of Lights | Each Friday, Saturday, and Sunday, November 23 – December 16 | 5:00 PM to 7:30 PM (Last entry at 7:00PM)

Each winter the Mendocino Coast Botanical Gardens transforms into a spectacular show of glittering color. The 9th Annual Festival of Lights is truly the highlight of fall events in Mendocino. Running each Friday, Saturday, and Sunday evening from November 23 through December 16, 2018, the festival is the perfect way to transition from fall into the winter and holiday season. Adult tickets are just $10 and children age 16 and under are free. Tickets are available on the Gardens’ website. Tickets purchased in advance are valid for any night of the event.

Visit These 3 Art Galleries in Kennebunkport

Maine is known for its scenic beauty, from rocky, coastal vistas to pine-covered mountains and hillsides. So it’s no wonder that there’s also a robust artist community, looking to capture the state’s picturesque landscapes on canvas and film. Many art galleries in Kennebunkport showcase local artists’ wares, allowing you to take home a piece of Maine to remind you of your trip all year long. Next time you’re on a lark to our boutique Kennebunkport hotel Captain Fairfield Inn, visit these three art galleries in Kennebunkport to check out the creative takes on Maine art.

Maine Art Hill | 14 Western Ave, Kennebunk | (207) 967-2803

This downtown art gallery is well-known in the Port for its display of spinning wind sculptures out front. These eye-catching copper sculptures by Lyman Whitaker will direct you into this art gallery in Kennebunkport, where you’ll find many large-format print and canvas works of Maine scenes. The gallery also owns studio space behind the shop on Chase Hill Rd. Venture up the hill to find a sculpture gallery and a pop-up gallery highlighting a rotating selection of Maine artists.

Abacus Gallery | 2 Ocean Ave, Kennebunkport (207) 967-0111 |

With five locations in coastal towns, Abacus is a Maine art gallery staple. It has a wide variety of art, crafts, and jewelry—perfect for the shopper in need of a souvenir. A popular item is local artist’s Dana Heacock calendar, with giclee prints of iconic Maine scenes. From sand art and wooden boxes to funky sculpture and prints, you’re sure to find unique Maine art at this Kennebunkport art gallery.

The Wright Gallery | 5 Pier Rd, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-5053

Venture out to Cape Porpoise, a small fishing village located within Kennebunkport to find this bucolic gallery. Being so close to the ocean, you won’t be surprised to find a strong showing of nautical art, including ship models made by a local lobsterman. Enjoy this gallery as part of an afternoon in Cape Porpoise, where you’ll find other boutiques, lobster shacks, and an ice cream shop.

Portland Wine Restaurants – Where To Go

Portland, Maine is known for its great food and drink scene, but many restaurants’ wine programs are often overlooked in favor of the city’s robust craft beer and spirits industries. So we’re highlighting three of our favorite Portland restaurants with great wine—upscale places that serve unique wines and great food with which to enjoy it. Next time you’re on a lark to our boutique Portland hotel The Pomegranate, make a reservation at one of these three Portland wine restaurants for a night of good food and perfect wine pairings.

Lio | 3 Spring St, Portland | (207) 808-7133

Lio is the newest restaurant from Chef Cara Stadler, who also runs Bao Bao Dumpling House and Tao Yuan in Brunswick. Stadler is known for her Asian cooking, but at Lio, she explores European cuisine with small plates and wine. Dishes like potato chips and caviar and foie gras parfait are a playful take on high-end ingredients. The wine list includes nearly 40 wines available by the glass, mostly from Europe and a few from the Americas. You’ll love this chic wine bar and its inventive take on European fare.

Drifters Wife | 59 Washington Ave, Portland | (207) 805-1336

If you’ve followed any of the national news about Portland’s restaurant scene, then you know Drifters Wife, named one of Bon Appetit’s 10 Hot New Restaurants of 2018. Drifters Wife is located in Portland’s East End, on the rapidly developing stretch of Washington Ave. (https://www.pomegranateinn.com/travel/portlands-washington-avenue-restaurants) that is home to many great restaurants, breweries, and distilleries. Drifters serves natural wine, so you won’t necessarily find your favorite, familiar varietals on the menu, but the knowledgeable staff will help you select a wine you’ll love.

Lolita | 90 Congress St, Portland | (207) 775-5652

Also in Portland’s East End, Lolita specializes in house-cured meats, wood-fired grill cooking, and great wines. Owner Stella Hernandez is a certified sommelier and has curated a selection of Italian, Spanish, and French wines. Monday nights bring tapas night, where a half glass of wine with a small plate pairing is available for $5 each. Enjoy a night out at one of Portland’s best wine restaurants for an unforgettable meal.

Where to Hear Live Music in Saratoga Springs

Saratoga Springs is the home to the Saratoga Performing Arts Center (or SPAC), which attracts fans of live music from all over the region. There’s also a good number of live music venues in downtown Saratoga Springs. Whether it’s a local cover band jamming at the brewery or a jazz quartet at a speakeasy, there’s always some great live music to be found in Saratoga. The next time you visit our boutique Saratoga Springs hotel The Downtowner, stop into one of these spots for live music in Saratoga to enjoy some tunes.

Saratoga Performing Arts Center | 108 Avenue of The Pines, Saratoga Springs | (518) 584-9330

SPAC is an outdoor amphitheater, with room for over 25,000 people, which means some big names stop by this venue to play live music in Saratoga Springs. Located inside Saratoga Spa State Park, the venue is surrounded by acres of protected park land, making it a spectacular place to see a show. With everything from jazz and classical concerts to popular Live Nation acts, SPAC is the premier place to enjoy live music in Saratoga Springs.

Dock Brown’s | 511 Route 9P, Saratoga Springs | (518) 306-4987

Every Thursday, Friday, and Saturday night brings live music to this lakeside resort in Saratoga Springs. The featured local acts may vary, but they all provide a great soundtrack for a night of dancing. Enjoy a pre-show drink or meal at the resort’s restaurant, a lovely lakefront dining room with an upscale pub menu, then head out to the water for some after-dinner dancing. Live music lakeside on a clear night in Saratoga Springs will be one of your favorite vacation memories.

9 Maple Ave | 9 Maple Ave # 1, Saratoga Springs | (518) 583-2582

This jazz club was built in 1880 and still channels that old-school speakeasy vibe today. You’ll find live jazz every Friday and Saturday night at 9 Maple, with a number of local and national acts. Whiskey lovers will enjoy the substantial collection of Bourbon, Scotch, and American whiskeys, while 250 varieties of martini will make you feel like you’ve stepped into the Jazz Age. It’s sure to be a sophisticated night of live music in Saratoga Springs.

Biking in Saratoga Springs

With so many historic and scenic landmarks, Saratoga Springs is a great place to enjoy by bike. From Saratoga Lake to the Saratoga Race Track, you’ll love exploring this upstate New York destination on two wheels. Next time you’re on a lark to our boutique Saratoga Springs hotel The Downtowner enjoy these tips for biking in Saratoga Springs.

The bike shop in Saratoga Springs doesn’t rents bike (but can sell you any gear you may need), so bring your bikes from home or use the city’s bike share. Dubbed CDPHP Cycle, this bike share program lets you register via an app on your phone and pay for a bike rental. Then select a bike from the docks placed throughout the city, and you’re off biking in Saratoga Springs! Keep an eye out for the bright green bikes or check the city’s website for the bikes’ locations. Once you’re all set up with a bike rental, pick one of Saratoga Springs’ many scenic destinations and pedal away.

If you’re looking for a great place to explore close to town, head to the Saratoga Spa State Park. This large state park is home to the Saratoga Performing Arts Center and many other public amenities. You can ride the paved roads through the more developed parts of the park or explore the wooded trails. With public baths, natural hot springs, museums, and conservation areas, this state park is the perfect destination for exploring Saratoga Springs by bike.

If you’re looking to brush up on American history while biking, check out the Saratoga National Historic Park. This historic site marks the American forces’ first defeat of the British during the American Revolution and is now a 22-acres park memorializing the battle. The 10-mile park loop road is a popular bike route that helps cyclists experience the park in a different way. These are but two places to explore while biking in Saratoga Springs—the staff at The Downtowner will be happy to help you find the perfect bike trip!

Photo Courtesy of Solé Bicycles

Six Lark Hotels Properties Named Winners in the 2018 Readers’ Choice Awards

Cue the confetti! We’re thrilled that six of our boutique hotels76 Main, 21 Broad, Whitehall, The Attwater, Field Guide, and The Hotel Portsmouth—made the list for “Top Hotels in New England” in the 2018 Condé Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards! Thank you to all of those who voted for us – we are so grateful for your support! 

Check out the full list of winners!

Visit the Newburyport Lighthouse

It’s hard to believe a wild, beach oasis like Plum Island can exist in such close proximity to the bustling metropolis of Boston. Plum Island is an 11-mile barrier island that separates the mouth of the Merrimack River from the Gulf of Maine. Our boutique hotel Blue—Inn on the Beach is one of the few places to stay on this peaceful island preserve, just a short trip from Boston. With all the shipping traffic that once made Newburyport a busy New England port, you can expect to find a historic lighthouse on Plum Island. In fact, the Newbury Harbor Light, also called Plum Island Light, is just under two miles north of Blue—Inn on the Beach, making it a nice walk to tour the historic Newburyport lighthouse and its grounds.

The Newburyport lighthouse was constructed in 1788, to help guide ships into Newburyport Harbor. The sand dunes and wetlands that make up Plum Island are constantly in flux, meaning finding the entrance to the harbor without running aground wasn’t easy. Businessmen, tired of losing their valuable goods to shipwrecks, pooled funds to pay for the construction of the lighthouse. President George Washington appointed a lighthouse keeper after the light was built, and it was staffed until 1951. The light is now electric and still used for navigational purposes. Its Fresnel lens is still in place in the tower, a rarity for historic lighthouses.

Tours are offered by the Friends of Plum Island Light on Open House days throughout the summer and fall. You will climb 35-feet to the top of the tower and have a great view of Newburyport, the Isle of Shoals, Cape Ann, and the coast of Maine. If you find the lighthouse closed, you can still tour the grounds and admire this historic Newburyport lighthouse. The Newburyport lighthouse is a must-see for any fans of nautical history!

Newbury Harbor Light | Harbor St, Newburyport

Rainy Day Activities in Stowe

Fall is one of the best seasons in Stowe, with all the gorgeous changing foliage in the surrounding mountains. But fall also can bring a fair amount of rain to the area, so it’s best to have some ideas for rainy day activities in Stowe in mind. Our boutique Stowe hotel Field Guide is the perfect home base for a cozy rainy day in Stowe, and these rainy day activities in Stowe will keep you entertained, no matter the forecast.

Stowe Bowl | 1613 Mountain Rd, Stowe | (802) 253-2494

Like many “new school” bowling alleys opening around the country, Stowe Bowl defies stereotypes. With a cozy atmosphere, great drinks, and a full menu of upscale bar food, Stowe Bowl is a great place to spend a rainy afternoon in Stowe. Eight lanes of bowling and big comfy couches mean it’s the perfect family-friendly spot. Even if you don’t bowl, the beer and food alone are worth at stop into Stowe Bowl on a rainy day in Stowe.

The Swimming Hole | 75 Weeks Hill Road, Stowe | (802) 253-9229

Warm up with a dip in this Olympic-sized swimming facility. Kids can expend pent-up energy in a dedicated children’s swimming area, where a water slide, shallow wading pool, and water toys provide fun for kids of all ages on a rainy day in Stowe. Adults can also take a dip or swim laps in the 25-meter lap pool. Day rates are available for visitors to the area, so consider some indoor fun at The Swimming Hole next time the forecast calls for rain.

Vermont Ski and Snow Museum | 1 S Main St, Stowe | (802) 253-9911

Get excited for ski season at this Stowe museum that celebrates Vermont’s skiing history. From retro snow gear to the history of the 10th Mountain Division in WWII, the Vermont Ski and Snow Museum has exhibits that will appeal to both history buffs and fans of modern skiing and snowboarding. After spending a rainy day at this museum, you’ll be wishing that rain turns to snow in no time!

Our Favorite Consignment Shops in Newport

Newport is known as a town with a nautical, preppy vibe, and many locals and visitors take pride in dressing to the nines when heading out on the town. If you’re inspired to add some unique flair to your wardrobe, Newport is the perfect place to scour consignment shops. These boutiques are full of designer and vintage clothing at a fraction of the price. Some are more curated than others, but hunting for a bargain is half the fun. Next time you’re on a lark to our boutique Newport hotels, stop into these consignment shops in Newport to add some coastal flair to your closet.

Wish Newport | 80 Thames St, Newport | (401) 848-0202

This downtown consignment shop in Newport says it carries “from J. Crew to Chanel and everything in between.” The shop is well-lit and neatly organized, helping you narrow down your search. You’ll find many items still have the tags on, but still priced at a discount. Voted the best consignment shop in Newport by readers of Rhode Island magazine many times, Wish Newport is one of the best places in Newport to shop consignment.

St. Paul’s Thrift Shop | 326 Broadway, Newport | (401) 847-8441

A more traditional charity thrift shop, St. Paul’s has a wide variety of home goods, art, and books, but it’s the great selection of vintage clothing that keeps us coming back. There’s always a number of printed dresses, faux fur coats, scarves, and hats that can create a unique look when paired with modern pieces. Enjoy shopping at this old-school consignment shop in Newport.

Closet Revival | 30 Broadway, Newport | (401) 845-0592

Located in the Broadway District, this consignment shop in Newport embodies the neighborhood’s funky, alternative vibe. This shop does a great job of packing in the glitz, glam, and preppy pieces, with selections from sundresses to evening gowns. Hats, bags, scarves, and jewelry help you complete the look and all of it for a fraction of its original price. High standards for consigning means the pieces are always in great shape, so you’re sure to find something you love.

Coffee Shops in Oak Bluffs

Martha’s Vineyard has several excellent coffee shops to give you that much-needed caffeine kick when you’re exploring the shops and galleries of Oak Bluffs. Many coffee shops in Oak Bluffs take great care and pride in roasting beans and preparing the perfect espresso drink or drip coffee. You’ll also find that most offer a sweet treat to go along with your cup of joe. When you’re staying at one of our boutique Martha’s Vineyard hotels, here are of the best coffee shops in Oak Bluffs.

Mocha Mott’s | 10 Circuit Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 696-1922

With another location in Vineyard Haven, Mocha Mott’s is the island’s best-known coffee shop. A full espresso bar means you can get your fix of flavored lattes or straight espresso shots, as well as a variety of drip coffees. If you find a favorite, Mott’s has its coffees packaged for sale so you can enjoy some of the Vineyard at home.

Martha’s Vineyard Gourmet Cafe & Bakery | 5 Post Office Square, Oak Bluffs | (508) 693-3688

We love Martha’s Vineyard Bakery so much that we serve its apple fritters at our Oak Bluffs boutique hotel Summercamp. Known for donuts and late-night “back door” donuts service, this Oak Bluffs bakery also serves espresso drinks and coffee. The bitter brew perfectly cuts the sweetness of the baked goods and is a great stop if you find yourself dragging mid-afternoon.

Vineyard’s Best Ice Cream and Coffee Co. | 12 Kennebec Ave, Oak Bluffs | (617) 775-6019

This coffee and ice cream shop is a popular place in Oak Bluffs to pop in for a quick cup of coffee. No espresso machine here, but plenty of hot Seattle’s Best coffee to keep you energized and warm you up. The shop also serves ice cream and other sweets, so it’s a great stop for the whole family. Enjoy a fresh cup of coffee at any of these three coffee shops in Oak Bluffs the next time you’re on a lark to Martha’s Vineyard.

Our Favorite Romantic Restaurants in Falmouth

Many guests of our boutique Cape Cod hotel The Coonamessett are looking to enjoy a night out at a romantic restaurant in Falmouth. Falmouth has a great restaurant scene for a town of its size, and we have several recommendations for a date night dinner in Falmouth. Next time you’re on a lark to Falmouth, enjoy dinner at one of these romantic restaurants and experience Cape Cod dining at its finest.

C Salt Wine Bar & Grille | 75 Davis Straits, Falmouth | (774) 763-2954

This Falmouth bistro and wine bar offers a great mix of European and Asian cuisine. It’s a fun environment—not too stuffy, with great food and wine. There’s plenty of fresh Cape Cod seafood like steamed mussels and lobster, and tantalizing Asian dishes like soy glazed pork belly bites and poké style tuna tartare. You’ll enjoy your time at this local favorite with its lively atmosphere and attentive service.

Water Street Kitchen and Public House | 56 Water Street, Woods Hole | (508) 540-5656

Head down to Woods Hole for a romantic night out at this upscale, New American restaurant. With a focus on local and from-scratch cooking, the food here is a great celebration of Cape Cod’s harvests. With its chic nautical decor and great cocktails, you’ll feel like you’re having a special night out at Water Street Kitchen. The menu changes frequently, but always showcases local fish and meats, charcuterie, and housemade condiments like tomato jam and corn relish.

Eli’s Tavern | 311 Gifford St, Falmouth | (508) 548-2300

If your trip to the Cape includes young children, you can still enjoy a romantic restaurant in Falmouth, without leaving our boutique hotel. Eli’s Tavern, our on-site restaurant is now open after an extensive renovation at The Coonamessett. Head downstairs to enjoy a night at a romantic restaurant in Falmouth, with a table overlooking Jones Pond. Go casual with beers and a burger or upscale with pan seared scallops or a petite filet. Enjoy a “night out” in Falmouth without ever leaving the hotel!

Best Places for Leaf Peeping on Cape Cod

Fall foliage is at its finest on Cape Cod mid-September through late October—the leaves tend to be at peak color a little later in the season, due to the Cape’s relatively seasonal climate. At our Cape Cod boutique hotels, AWOL in Provincetown and The Coonamessett in Falmouth, we love to recommend that our guests travel around scenic Cape Cod to see the beautiful reds, oranges, and golds of the tree-covered hillsides. Check out our tips for how to see the best leaf peeping on Cape Cod during your stay.

Once you cross the Sagamore Bridge onto Cape Cod, take a scenic detour on Route 6A, or Old King’s Highway. This road passes through some of the oldest villages in the country, making it a great place to take in quintessential New England. With trees, stone walls, cranberry bogs, and historic homes on view, Route 6A is a great introduction to the charm of Cape Cod. Stretch your legs in Brewster at Nickerson State Park, where the Cape Cod Rail Trail provides 22 miles of leaf peeping on Cape Cod.

The Cape Cod National Seashore is a great place to enjoy the show that is the changing fall foliage on the Cape. A huge swath of protected beaches, dunes and marshland, the National Seashore stretches from Chatham to Provincetown and has miles of walking trails. You’ll find plenty of scrubby evergreens, but also red maple, oak, and beech trees. Their changing colors, right next to the ocean, provide a great picture of the Cape’s unique beauty in the fall.

You can also enjoy the fall bounty of the Cape at Cape Cod Winery with a tasting of their Cranberry Blush. Located in East Falmouth, this family-owned winery makes several varieties of wine from Cape-grown fruits like grapes, blueberries, and cranberries. A $10 tasting fee (which includes a souvenir wine glass) lets you sample a number of these great Cape wines while relaxing in the tasting room. A visit to this winery is the perfect cap to an afternoon of scenic leaf peeping on Cape Cod.

The Best Places for Antiques Near Camden

Maine is known for its great antiquing—especially on coastal Route One in the Midcoast area. There are tons of great places to stop along your way to and from our boutique Camden hotel Whitehall to hunt for antique and vintage treasures. With so many talented craftsmen in the area and a strong nautical tradition, Maine’s antique shops are some of the best in New England. Find a great gift or memento of your trip at these three places for antiques near Camden.

The Goose River Exchange | 23 Bayview St, Camden | (207) 236-3345

Specializing in paper goods, maps, prints, postcards, and ephemera, Goose River is a great place to browse for that thing you didn’t know you needed. From vintage prints to old maps, Goose River can help you add a conversation piece to your walls. The shop’s collection, while large, is actually well-organized, and the friendly staff can help you if you have something specific in mind.

Antiques at 10 Mechanic | 10 Mechanic St, Camden | (207) 236-6010

This antique mall in downtown Camden is packed full of antiques of all kinds. You’ll find home goods, furniture, clothing, jewelry and art—even if you’re just browsing, it’s always fun to hunt through the inventory to admire the silly, beautiful, and quirky retro items in stock. If you love Antiques at 10 Mechanic, stop in next door, at the appropriately-named The Shop Next Door, which has a carefully-curated selection of vintage and antique items.

Rockland Marketplace | 25 Rankin St, Rockland | (207) 596-9972

You’ll find this antique mall in Rockland, Camden’s more commercial neighbor to the south. With over 50 vendors in the mall, this antiques shop near Camden contains a staggering amount of inventory. Enjoy the thrill of the hunt for antique furniture, vinyl, and art, plus a large collection of nautical items, which always add a fun touch to any home’s decor.

Fall Activities in Kennebunkport

It’s fall in New England, and after a hot summer in Maine, the temps are starting to drop. The leaves are beginning to change colors in some spots, meaning it’s the start of another great season in Kennebunkport. With beautiful foliage, warm days and crisp nights, and a number of fall festivals to enjoy, fall is a great time to explore southern Maine. During your next stay at our boutique Kennebunkport hotel, enjoy these three fall activities in Kennebunkport.

Pumpkin Patch at Seashore Trolley Museum | 195 Log Cabin Rd, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-2800

Fall weekends bring this fun fall event to the Seashore Trolley Museum. Ride one of the historic trolleys out to the pumpkin patch and pick out your favorite pumpkin. Enjoy beautiful weather on the museum grounds, games, and even lunch at this fantastic fall activity in Kennebunkport. If you can’t make it to the Pumpkin Patch Trolley event, the Seashore Trolley Museum is still worth a visit. Hundreds of historic trolleys from around the country have been donated to the museum, where you can tour them and see the various stages of repair and renovation.

Apple Picking at Spiller Farm | 1054 Branch Rd, Wells | (207) 985-3383

Maine is full of great apple orchards, and nothing says fall like picking a peck of apples. In neighboring Wells, Spiller Farm offers a picturesque fall activity near Kennebunkport. The staff can recommend an apple variety for fresh-eating or baking and point you in the direction of the appropriate trees. Grab a basket and an apple picker (a tool for helping you reach apples up high in the trees) and head out to the orchard. Bring a picnic and enjoy lunch or a snack by the pond, where ducks and geese complete the scenic picture.

Halloween on Summer Street | Summer St, Kennebunk

If you’re in Kennebunkport on Halloween, lucky you. Start the evening with a tour of historic Summer Street in downtown Kennebunk. These former sea captains’ homes are decorated to the max, with community members putting on haunted houses in their garage and offering treats to the trick or treaters. Visit this street between 5-9 p.m. on Halloween, when it’s closed to cars and filled instead with community members enjoying this great fall activity in Kennebunk.

Where to Find the Best Brunch in Portsmouth

The small, seaside city of Portsmouth has so much to offer, with historic landmarks, beautiful beaches, and many fabulous restaurants. Many of our guests enjoy heading out to find the best brunch in Portsmouth during their visit. Whether you’re looking for a casual bite before exploring the city or for a more drawn-out affair with drinks and decadent dishes, we have a recommendation for the best brunch in Portsmouth. Enjoy brunching at one of these three brunch spots the next time you’re on a lark to one of our boutique Portsmouth hotels.

The Friendly Toast | 113 Congress Street, Portsmouth | (603) 430-2154

Brunch in Portsmouth has become synonymous with The Friendly Toast over the years. This retro restaurant is filled with wacky decor and has an extensive brunch menu with sweet and savory dishes. With big portions and creative ingredients, you’ll find all the classics from pancakes and French toast to egg scrambles and breakfast burritos. Draft beer and a full bar mean you can enjoy some local craft beer or a mimosa with your brunch.

Colby’s | 105 Daniel Street, Portsmouth | (603) 436-3033

Serving just breakfast and lunch, Colby’s is located downtown Portsmouth in a historic brick building and is known for its classic dishes and warm service. Don’t miss the cinnamon swirl French toast, a specialty, and the variety of eggs benedicts. Colby’s nails traditional brunch dishes, which can often be hit or miss in a popular brunch spot.

The Oar House | 55 Ceres Street, Portsmouth | (603) 436-4025

Brunch is popular at this historic restaurant located in Portsmouth’s Merchant Row. Offering a fine dining experience, the menu has brunch staples like omelets, corned beef hash benedicts, and baked French toast. You’ll love its charming location, perfectly located in Portsmouth’s historic district, prime for exploring after enjoying one of the best brunches in Portsmouth.

The Best Outdoor Dining in Portland

Fall is one of the greatest seasons in Portland (tied for first with summer)—the summer visitors have gone home, so there’s a little more breathing room on the streets and in Portland’s most popular restaurants. But the weather is still fantastic, with daytime temps well into the 70s. Many restaurants still have their outdoor seating still set up, and there’s no better time to enjoy a relaxed meal on a patio in one of Portland’s finest restaurants. Here are three options for outdoor dining in Portland next time you’re on a lark to our boutique Portland hotel The Pomegranate.

Chaval | 58 Pine St, Portland | (207) 772-1110

This Spanish bistro is just a few blocks from our hotel in Portland’s West End and has a great back deck with ample seating. The deck is surrounded by tall trees, making it feel like a secluded escape within the city. Enjoy tapas-style snacks like pan con tomato, patatas bravas, and fig a la plancha while you admire local artists’ mural on the back of the building. Don’t skip the outdoor dining at Chaval while the weather still allows for it.

Thirsty Pig | 37 Exchange St, Portland | (207) 773-2469

The Pig, as it’s known to regulars, has a big back deck that’s always popular in warmer months. With a menu of housemade sausages and a great selection of local craft beer, the Thirsty Pig’s deck is perfect for a casual meal outdoors. Located right in the heart of the Old Port on Exchange Street, the Pig is a great place to pop into after exploring the shops of Portland’s popular downtown district. Plenty of tables on the deck means you’re likely to get a seat, even in the busy season.

Black Cow | 83 Exchange St, Portland | (207) 772-7774

Just up the street from The Thirsty Pig, this old-school burger restaurant has a small number of tables overlooking Tommy’s Park. The menu is small, limited to burgers, chicken sandwiches, fries, milkshakes, and a few sides. Add unique cocktails and you’ve got the perfect mixture of hip hangout and family-friendly spot. Enjoy a warm afternoon on the patio and the simple pleasures of a perfectly-cooked burger and fries.

Best Mendocino Wine Tours

Vacationing in Mendocino is all about enjoying the natural beauty of the Northern California coast and the world-renown wine region of the nearby Anderson Valley. But there’s only so many wineries you can visit in an afternoon and still drive safely back to our boutique Mendocino hotel Blue Door Group. Enter Mendocino wine tours—transportation companies that specialize in providing a relaxing day of wine tasting without worrying about navigating the area’s famously curvy roads. Book a Mendocino wine tour with one of these companies, and enjoy a day of sipping some of the area’s finest wines safely.

Mendo Wine Tours | 45020 Albion St, Mendocino | (707) 937-6700

This Mendocino wine tour offers tours daily, lasting from 10am-4pm. The driver will pick you up at our boutique hotel and take you on a guided tour of several Anderson Valley wineries. The tour includes a picnic lunch, meaning you can truly leave all the planning to your Mendocino wine tour guide. Ride in the company’s comfortable van or upgrade your group to a luxury SUV limousines. Private group tours are available too.

Julie’s Trips and Tours | Mendocino | (707) 357-6035

Book a private tour for your group or join a group with this Mendocino wine tour company. Julie herself drives a 14-passenger bus to four Anderson Valley wineries in these 6-hour wine tours. Lunch is included, and Julie, like all Mendocino wine tour guides, can provide some history of the area or just drive while you catch up with your group. Julie also offers brewery tours and shuttles for weddings, airport pickups, and other group events in the Mendocino area.

Mendo Insider Tours | Mendocino | (707) 962-4131

Wine tours are but one option this Mendocino tour company offers. Hop in a 9-passenger van and enjoy a day of wine tasting at the Anderson Valley wineries chosen by your tour guide—or take it to the next level with a wine, art, and chocolate tour, combining 3 of many people’s favorite things. This tour company also offers a number of fun tours like mushroom hunting, birding, and shuttles for backpackers hiking the Lost Coast. Whatever you end up doing, you’re sure to enjoy a great day in Mendocino with one of these wine tours!

Our Favorite Nantucket Cooking Classes

If you love food, you already know about Nantucket’s incredible restaurant scene and its great farm stands and farmers’ markets. Guests of our two boutique Nantucket hotels love to explore the island’s incredible culinary options during their stay. In particular, the Nantucket Culinary Center is a great place for those looking to dive a little deeper into the food system of this rugged island, located 30 miles from the mainland. This cooking school and event center is a wonderful place to spend an afternoon or evening with friends and family, learning some new cooking skills or just relaxing and enjoying a wonderful meal.

The Culinary Center’s Nantucket cooking classes are the most popular, with a variety of topics offered. From global cuisine like Spanish tapas and Japanese ramen, the classes include a demonstration of the meal preparation, dinner, and drinks. These Nantucket cooking classes show off the bounty of the island’s local farms and seafood production, providing some education with your delicious meal. Check out the Culinary Center’s calendar to see what’s being offered during your visit to Nantucket.

The center is particularly busy during the upcoming Nantucket Grown Food Festival, October 11-14, 2018. The festival, organized by Sustainable Nantucket, is a celebration of locally produced food, with dinners, workshops, cocktail events, tastings, and farm tours. At the Culinary Center, Nantucket cooking classes are being offered in conjunction with the festival, focusing on local food. The kick-off event, the Nantucket Grown dinner, is a four-course meal prepared from island-grown ingredients, with Chef Greg sharing stories of what’s great and not-so-good about sourcing local food on a small island. The evening should prove to be a great peek into what makes Nantucket’s local food scene so special. Be sure to check out the Nantucket Culinary Center for great Nantucket cooking classes all year long!

Nantucket Culinary Center | 22 Federal Street, Nantucket | (508) 228-2665

Chef Perdue Featured at Martha’s Vineyard Food and Wine Festival

11th Annual Martha’s Vineyard Food and Wine Festival

The Martha’s Vineyard Food and Wine Festival is a 4-day event that highlights not only the island’s deep farming and fishing history but showcases both local and culinary talent by highlighting chefs from both the island, as well as from around the globe. This year Lark Hotels very own Group Executive Chef Justin Purdue will be featured at the festival!

From October 17-21, 2018, choose from a variety of different events to create a unique itinerary and an experience that is all your own. The festival offers everything from wine tastings to a grill off to a “Lobsterpalooza,” and even a 5k/10k run (followed by brunch of course!) to finish off what’s sure to be an event to remember.

Tickets are sure to go quickly so make sure to get yours today! And while you’re at it, make sure to book your room at one of our boutique island properties!

Our Favorite Day Hikes Near Saratoga Springs

Located just south of the great and wild Adirondack State Park, Saratoga Springs offers a great variety of hikes to those looking to get out and enjoy the fresh Upstate New York air. With small mountains and plenty of lakes, there’s ample opportunity to summit some peaks and scope out a great view of the area. Our boutique Saratoga Springs hotel The Downtowner is a luxurious place to return to after a day on the trail. If you’re looking to do some hiking on your next stay, check out these three day hikes near Saratoga Springs.

John Boyd Thacher State Park | Thacher Park Rd, Voorheesville | (518) 872-1237

This whole state park is great for exploring with 25 miles of trails. But one of the more popular hikes in the park is the Indian Ladder Trail, a 4-mile round trip hike that has incredible views, waterfalls, and even the promise of some fossil hunting. Don’t be intimidated by the steep stairs at the start of the trail—the trail has a gentle grade as it follows limestone cliffs that overhang the trail. Caves and crevices are great for exploring, and the spectacular views during the whole hike cannot be understated, especially during the fall foliage season.

Shelving Rock Falls & Summit | Shelving Rock Rd, Fort Ann | (518) 623-1200

Although it’s a bit of a drive from Saratoga Springs (just over an hour), this natural waterfall is worth the trek. With a 2-mile hike to the summit of Shelving Rock on an old carriage trail, this is a great hike for families and beginner hikers. The slope is a gentle rise to the summit with great views of Lake George. Afterward, head down another trail along the falls to relax and even swim on those warm upstate summer days.

Hadley Mountain | Tower Rd, Hadley | (518) 696-2893

This 1,500-foot mountain is about 45 minutes north of downtown Saratoga Springs, with a 2-mile trail to the summit. Some large rock steps make this trail feel steeper than it is, but once you reach the summit, you’ll be rewarded with views of the Eastern high peaks in Adirondack State Park. The summit also has an old fire tower, leftover from the late 1800s when several forest fires devastated the area. The tower is open is available to climb, affording a spectacular 360-degree view of the area.

Visit These Wineries in Saratoga Springs

Saratoga Springs may be outside of any of New York’s officially recognized American Viticulture Areas, but there’s still plenty of great wine grapes grown in the area. New York state actually produces the most wine in the U.S. after California and Washington. The region grows traditional wine grapes, as well as some unique American hybrids developed by area universities. You’re sure to find a wine you’ve never tried before when you visit these wineries in Saratoga Springs.

Saratoga Winery | 462 Route 29 Saratoga Springs | (518) 584-9463

Just a few miles west of our Saratoga boutique hotel The Downtowner this winery in Saratoga Springs has the sweetest tasting room set up. With a rustic feel, the tasting room patio is a comfortable place to enjoy sampling the wines produced on site. Whether you like crisp whites or fruity reds, you’ll find a varietal you enjoy. Weekends bring live music and wood-fired pizza, while the winery partners with the Spa City Brew Bus to offer a Sip ‘n Sail afternoon boat cruise on Saratoga Lake.

Oliva Vineyards | 250 Excelsior Ave, Saratoga Springs | (518) 350-4515

The owners of this Saratoga winery love for wine and horseracing are combined in this passion project—a winery with a thoroughbred stable. The Oliva family moved to Saratoga almost 20 years ago to breed and race horses, and Tony, a home winemaker, started a winery on his horse farm as well. Enjoy a tasting in the newly constructed tasting room, also home to the family’s other venture, Race City Brewing Co. Beer and wine lovers alike will be happy sampling the results of this family-owned venture.

Victory View Vineyard | 11975 NY-40, Schaghticoke | (518) 461-7132

You’ll need to drive 30 minutes east to find this farm winery, but the trip can be a lovely part of an afternoon exploring the countryside that surrounds Saratoga Springs. Sample some of the unique varietals like Marquette and Lacrosse in the tasting room or reserve your spot on a tour of the winery, where you’ll get an in-depth look at the winemaking process. You’ll love learning about (and tasting!) the wines of Saratoga Springs at this family-run winery.

New Hampshire Film Festival

Starting in 2004 in Derry, NH, The New Hampshire Film Festival has since moved to its current home in Portsmouth, NH. The city of Portsmouth offers up the perfect setting for the festival, with plenty of shops, hotels, and dining all within walking distance of the various screening venues. From October 11-14, 2018, the New Hampshire Film Festival will connect screenwriters, filmmakers, film connoisseurs and more, with industry experts in the charming, seaside setting of Portsmouth in an event to celebrate independent film.

Screenings and special events are dispersed across various venues from the historic main stage“The Music Hall” to it’s new more contemporary sidekick the “Loft.” The Music Hall, seats over 800 and has been restored since it was first built back in 1878. Just steps away is where you’ll find the Loft. The Loft brings the same high level of programs, but in a more intimate and hip setting. 3S Artspace, new to the festival as of 2015, is both an art gallery, as well as another intimate venue.

Whether you’re a budding screenwriter or you simply appreciate a good film, this festival is not to be missed! Grab your festival pass online (or the weekend of the festival at the Music Hall Box Office) and book your room at one of our boutique Portsmouth hotels!

Explore These Provincetown History Museums

With its rich tradition of indigenous people, European colonists, and seafaring, Provincetown is a great place to explore museums dedicated to the history of the area. Guests of our boutique Provincetown hotel AWOL love to visit these Provincetown history museums to take in the culture, art, and stories of those that lived on this narrow hook of sand. Whether you’re looking to learn about the Pilgrims’ first stop in the New World or the swashbuckling history of the pirates of Cape Cod, these Provincetown history museums deliver an entertaining afternoon while you learn about one of our favorite Cape Cod beach towns.

Pilgrim Monument and Provincetown Museum | 1 High Pole Hill Rd, Provincetown | (508) 487-1310

Did you know the Pilgrims stopped in Provincetown for 5 weeks before moving onto to Plymouth nearly 400 years ago? This monument and museum, built in 1907, memorializes the English explorers’ time on the Cape. Climb P’town’s signature granite tower to reach 350 feet above sea level, then head into the Provincetown museum to learn about the town’s early history. The museum is preparing to mark the 400th anniversary of the Pilgrim’s historic landing with a town-wide celebration in 2020.

Expedition Whydah | 16 MacMillan Pier, Provincetown | (508) 487-8899

The Wydah was a British cargo and slave ship that was captured by pirates and then sunk off the coast of Cape Cod in 1717. Its treasure lay undiscovered until an underwater archeologist found the shipwreck buried in the sand in 1984. The Expedition Whydah has made some of the recovered artifacts available to the public in this pier-side museum. Tour the learning center to learn about this incredible recovery effort and the history of the Golden Age of Pirates.

Old Harbor Life-Saving Station Museum | Race Point, Provincetown | (508) 487-1256

The predecessor to the U.S. Coast Guard, the Life-Saving Service was an indispensable resource on the rocky shoals of the Cape. This museum, housed in a former life-saving station, details the heroic efforts of the men of the Life-Saving Service. On Thursdays throughout the summer, demonstrations of the breeches buoy method of rescue are held, something you truly need to see to believe.

Top Picks for Outdoor Dining in Salem

With plenty of real estate along the historic harbor, Salem is home to many restaurants that have great waterfront views. And although summer may be winding down, there’s still plenty of time to enjoy outdoor dining in Salem. So where to head when you’re looking to enjoy a drink or a meal in the sun? From casual brewery to seafood on the waterfront, we’ve got recommendations for the best outdoor dining in Salem for your next visit to this charming, seaside city.

Sea Level Oyster Bar | 94 Wharf St, Salem | (978) 741-0555

This seafood restaurant has the most popular outdoor dining in Salem. With tables that overlook the harbor and the Salem Maritime National Historic Site, you’ll have a prime view of Salem’s waterfront. We love to enjoy a drink and some oysters on the half shell here, as dinner can be a pricey affair and usually requires a reservation. But after a day spent exploring the museums and witch history of Salem, this waterfront seafood restaurant offers some of the best views in town.

Notch Brewery & Tap Room | 283R Derby St, Salem | (978) 238-9060

Notch Brewery has been around since 2010, but only recently opened its tap room and Biergarten. The highlight of its new space is the expansive patio that offers some of the best outdoor dining in Salem. With picnic tables perfect for groups of friends or couples, you can enjoy full pours from Salem’s only craft brewery in the sun (or under an umbrella if the sun is too strong). Light snacks like soft pretzels and a meat and cheese plate will allow you to stay for a few rounds—the makings of a perfect afternoon in Salem.

The Roof at The Hotel Salem | 209 Essex Street, Salem | (978) 451-4818

Our newest Lark Hotels venture has some of the best outdoor dining in Salem—The Roof at The Hotel Salem. As the only rooftop deck in Salem, this seasonal dining space offers great views of downtown Salem. With creative cocktails (available as pitchers for sharing with a group!) and oysters, tacos, and ceviche, we love spending an evening at The Roof, overlooking the city at one of the best outdoor dining spots in Salem.

Photo Courtesy of Tamara Flanagan Photography

Where to Find the Best Lobster Rolls in Newburyport

Many visitors to the North Shore of Boston have one thing in mind when it comes to eating: enjoying as much local lobster as possible. Perched on the Gulf of Maine, vacations on Plum Island and lobster go hand in hand, so naturally many of the guests at our boutique Plum Island hotel want to know where to get the region’s most iconic seafood treat, a lobster roll. We’ve got you covered with three recommendations from upscale to seaside shack for the best lobster rolls in Newburyport.

Bob’s Lobster | 49 Plum Island Turnpike, Newbury | (978) 465-7100

With a name like Bob’s Lobster, you know the lobster rolls have to be good. This seafood shack on Plum Island serves up a variety of fresh seafood, from chowder to fried seafood baskets. This lobster roll has all the hallmarks of the best ones: a buttered, griddled, split top bun overflowing with lobster meat. While the little bits of lettuce lining the bun may be superfluous to some, the fresh and lightly-dressed lobster meat remains the star of the show.

Michael’s Harborside | 1 Tournament Wharf, Newburyport | (978) 462-7785

This waterfront restaurant is known for its great seafood and views of the Merrimack River. Michael’s serves up lobster several different ways on the menu—from a lazy man’s lobster pie to baked and stuffed. The heaping lobster roll comes with onion rings and is best enjoyed on one of the prime seats on the deck, overlooking the water. Serving up some of the best lobster rolls in Newburyport, Michael’s Harborside has become an institution in Newburyport.

Brine | 25 State Street, Newburyport | (978) 358-8479

The most upscale lobster roll in Newburyport can be found at Brine, one of our favorite raw bar and chop houses in town. Served at lunchtime, this roll is stuffed with fresh lobster meat and lightened up with lemon zest and a tarragon aioli. Not for the purists, but delicious all the same. Should you end up at Brine for dinner, enjoy local lobster in the deconstructed take on a New England lobster bake. With steamed lobster meat, smoked clams, and a corn spoonbread, this iconic dish is another way to enjoy the best lobster in Newburyport.

Local Fare at Stowe Farmers’ Markets

Vermont is known for its farms and agricultural products, as well as its leadership in the local food movement. Two great Stowe farmers’ markets help to showcase the abundance of locally-made goods in the state. Guests of our Stowe boutique hotel Field Guide love to visit farmers’ markets and farm stands to pick up supplies for hikes or to browse the handmade artisan products that make for a great vacation memento. Next time you’re on a lark to Stowe, make sure to stop into these Stowe farmers’ markets.

Stowe Farmers’ Market | Mountain Rd, Stowe | (802) 279-3444

With nearly 50 vendors, the Stowe Farmers’ Market is a fantastic showcase of all of the area’s local food. With tons of in-season vegetables, meats, cheeses, cut flowers, honey, maple syrup, and beverages, the Stowe Farmers’ Market is a great place to learn about the area’s farming and support Vermont’s local food scene. Best of all, this farmers’ market allows the sale of prepared foods and even alcoholic beverages, so you can enjoy a lovely lunch at the market from several food vendors. Don’t miss Caledonia Spirits, who make gin and vodka from honey, and the Vermont Switchel Company, which produces the spicy, tart beverage that’s been around since Colonial times. The Stowe Farmers’ Market is open every Sunday from 10:30am until 3pm, April through October.

Shelburne Farms | 1611 Harbor Rd, Shelburne | (802) 985-8686

Fans of local agriculture will want to make the trek over to Shelburne to check out this working farm and sustainable agriculture center. Guided tours of the 3,800-acre farm, gardens, historic house, and barn are available—the farm tour includes a wagon ride, so it’s especially popular with families. The farm makes it own cheese daily, and you can see the cheesemaking operation or join a guided tour that includes a tasting of the farm’s line of cheddar cheeses. Enjoy lunch from the Farm Cart, a small food truck that produces a menu of simple dishes made with farm products. Shelburne Farms is a worthy day trip for anyone looking to learn more about Vermont agriculture while enjoying some fresh farm air.

Fall Events at the Newport Art Museum

Newport is lucky to be home to one of the best art museums in the Northeast. The Newport Art Museum is not only home to a fantastic collection of traditional and modern New England art, it also hosts great events throughout the year. So while a tour of the museum’s exhibits is definitely on our list of recommendations for the guests of our boutique Newport hotels, we also love fall events at the Newport Art Museum for after-hours events that offer educational and entertaining cultural experiences. Enjoy these fall events at the Newport Art Museum next time you’re on a lark to Newport.

Art After Dark: An Inflatable Lawn Party | September 13, 2018, 5-9pm

In a partnership with DESIGNxRI, September’s monthly after-hours event at the Newport Art Museum features an inflatable playscape. Designed and built by the design collective Pneuhaus, the interactive exhibit features inflatable, lit shapes that fill the museum’s grounds and beg to be explored. With a cash bar and light refreshments, this evening is sure to be a unique way to visit the Newport Art Museum. This event kicks off Design Week RI, another great series of events in Newport focused on art, design, and community.

Fall Exhibitions Opening Reception | September 28, 2018, 5-7pm

Get a first look at the Newport Art Museum’s fall exhibits at this opening reception. Two exhibits open for the fall—a Lalla Essaydi’s photography. Her works explore gender roles and stereotypes in her life spent in Morocco and America, while The Shapes of Birds is a collection of works from various artists around the themes of migration, identity, and history. Enjoy an evening exploring these two new exhibits with a cash bar and remarks from the museum’s curator. See the museum’s event calendar for more fall events at the Newport Art Museum.

Newport Art Museum | 76 Bellevue Ave, Newport | (401) 848-8200

Photo Courtesy of the Newport Art Museum

Best Beaches in Oak Bluffs, Martha’s Vineyard

Martha’s Vineyard in the summertime is all about the beach. From long days spend on the sand to taking in sunsets over the water, no summer vacation to the Vineyard is complete without some beach time. Several of the best beach in Oak Bluffs are located just a short walk or drive from our boutique Martha’s Vineyard hotel Summercamp. Next time you’re on a lark to Martha’s Vineyard, here are our recommendations for the best beaches in Oak Bluffs.

Oak Bluffs Town Beach | 83 Seaview Ave, Oak Bluffs

Also known as Inkwell Beach, this small beach is conveniently located close to downtown Oak Bluffs. Because of its proximity to town, this beach is not where you go if you want to be alone with nature, but rather offers the quickest access to the water for a dip. The water here is calm, with gently sloping sand bottom. Inkwell Beach overlooks the ferry terminal, meaning you’ll be entertained by harbor traffic at one of the best beaches in Oak Bluffs.

Joseph Sylvia State Beach | Beach Rd, Edgartown | (508) 627-6145

A little bit further east, this beach in Oak Bluffs offers more gentle waves and a two-mile long stretch of sand. Go for a long walk on the beach and look for sea glass or be daring and jump off the “Jaws Bridge,” featured in the movie. People love this beach for its placid atmosphere and calm waters. Conveniently located close to Oak Bluffs, Joseph Sylvia State Beach is also a great beach to bike to, as it’s easily accessible by the town’s bike path.

Eastville Beach | Beach Rd, Oak Bluffs

This small beach is in a unique spot, by the drawbridge that spans the channel between Oak Bluffs and Vineyard Haven. Located on a small point overlooking Vineyard Haven Harbor, this scenic beach is great for sunbathing and wading. The waters here, while beautiful, are part of a busy boat channel with a strong current, so swimming too far out isn’t recommended. But like our other recommendations, this beach is easily one of the best beaches on Oak Bluffs because of its soft sand, great views, and gentle waves.

Our Favorite Shopping in Falmouth

With its historic downtown lined with boutiques and galleries, Falmouth is a great place to spend a day shopping when you need a break from the beach. Our boutique Cape Cod hotel The Coonamessett is the perfect retreat after a day of dining and shopping in Falmouth. Enjoy these three Falmouth boutiques showcasing local artists and makers with that New England vibe, and take home a keepsake of your time on Cape Cod.

Eight Cousins Books | 189 Main St, Falmouth | (508) 548-5548

We love a great independent bookstore, especially when on vacation, and Eight Cousins Books delivers. Once exclusively a children’s bookstore, Eight Cousins now carries titles for grown-ups too. Grab a new novel for the beach or some nonfiction about the shipwrecks of Cape Cod. Locals love to support this shop in Falmouth after severe flooding almost closed the shop for good in the winter of 2018.

Bella of Cape Cod | 155 Main Street, Falmouth | (774) 255-1955

Bargain shoppers with an eye for fashion will love this clothing and accessory boutique where everything is under $25. Filled with affordable, beach-inspired accessories, you’ll find a great gift or memento at this boutique in Falmouth. The great selection of on-trend handbags and clutches are especially popular. Bella is a great place to add a little Cape Cod flair to your wardrobe in an inexpensive way.

Maxwell & Co. | 200 Main St #1, Falmouth | (508) 540-8752

This clothing boutique is one of our favorite places to stop while shopping in Falmouth for its stylish selection of men and women’s clothing. This is a great place to pick up that new statement piece or a great fall jacket. With designer labels and a great collection of men’s suiting, Maxwell & Co. is just the place to find a memorable vacation memento.

Visit These Lighthouses of Mendocino

The coast of California is a spectacular draw for the guests of our boutique Mendocino hotel. With craggy cliffs, sweeping vistas, and muted colors, Northern California’s coastline begs to be explored during your stay in Mendocino. The Mendocino area is home to two lighthouses that offer unique vantage points into the history of the California coast. Visiting them is a great day trip for some sightseeing and education about these navigational aids. Next time you’re on a lark on Mendocino, visit these two lighthouses of Mendocino to learn more about the maritime history of Northern California.

Point Cabrillo Light Station | 45300 Lighthouse Rd, Mendocino | (707) 937-6122

This Mendocino lighthouse is about a 30-minute drive north of downtown Mendocino, in the Point Cabrillo Light Station State Historic Park. The lighthouse is located about half a mile from the parking lot, so come prepared to do some walking around the grounds. This lighthouse of Mendocino was manned from its construction in 1909 until it was automated in 1972. Now, the lighthouse is available for tours daily from sunrise to sunset. The original British-built Fresnel lens is still in place, which once created the lighthouse’s signature flash every 10 seconds. Take a self-guided tour of the lighthouse, the keepers’ house, and the grounds to see how the lighthouse keepers and their families lived for decades.

Point Arena Lighthouse | 45500 Lighthouse Rd, Point Arena | (707) 882-2809

Head south to Point Arena, to see this uniquely designed lighthouse, built to withstand earthquakes after the original, more traditionally shaped lighthouse was damaged in 1906. The original Fresnel lens, still in place, was discontinued in 1977 and an array of LED lights now guides ships off the coast to safety. Guided tours of the lighthouse’s tower are available, and the 115-foot climb to the top means Point Arena Lighthouse is the tallest lighthouse on the West Coast open to the public. Learn about the development of the California coast while you look for sea life, including some of the best whale watching around.

Horseback Riding on Martha’s Vineyard

Martha’s Vineyard, with its miles of sandy beaches, rocky coasts, and coastal dunes, begs to be explored. One of the more popular ways to see the scenery in Martha’s Vineyard is by horseback. There are two horseback riding outfits on Martha’s Vineyard near our boutique hotels that our visitors enjoy. Whether you’re looking to take lessons at a farm that specializes in teaching or to go on a daylong trail ride, there’s a horseback riding adventure in Martha’s Vineyard to suit you. Here is the lowdown on horseback riding on Martha’s Vineyard for the next time you’re on a lark to the Vineyard.

Esparanza Riding Company | (508) 939-1001

This riding outfit also has another location in Puerto Rico, which explains why they own Paso Fino horses. These smaller horses are descended from Spanish horses brought to the Caribbean. They have a smooth gait and are well-mannered, making them the perfect trail horse for beginning riders. Enjoy a 2-hour trail ride in the morning or afternoon, in a small group of 6 with a seasoned trail guide. Venture through the woods, meadows, and alongside working farms for this unique view of the Vineyard. Pony rides for kids are offered at noon by reservation only.

Arrowhead Farm | 174 Indian Hill Rd, West Tisbury | (508) 693-8831

This full-service horse farm boards horses and offers lessons and pony rides. For the horseman looking to expand their skills to those enjoy music by the barn, this farm has it all. Send the kids to horse camp for a week or explore the private lesson and ride options with a group. Experienced riders will love the great horse community they find at Arrowhead Farm, while beginners can get comfortable with horseback riding on Martha’s Vineyard at this great teaching farm.

Sailing Cruises in Kennebunkport

Kennebunkport, located on the Kennebunk River, is a great place to sail. With tons of coves, islands, and harbors to explore, you’ll love taking in a sailing cruise in Kennebunkport. The area has a rich history of sailing, from the sea captains who once lived in our boutique Kennebunkport hotel Captain Fairfield Inn to the shipbuilding industry that developed in Southern Maine. Take in some of this local history with our two recommendations for sailing cruises in Kennebunkport. Next time you’re on a lark to KPT, get a different look at the Maine coast by setting sail with one of these sailing cruises in Kennebunkport.

Pineapple Ketch | 95 Ocean Ave, Kennebunkport | (207) 468-7262

Both sailing cruises in Kennebunkport are a short walk from the Captain Fairfield Inn (there is also free parking at the Nonantum Resort, where the boat leaves from). Docking in the Kennebunk River, the Pineapple Ketch is a two-masted sailboat with tanbark sails—a reddish material that makes for a unique sight as she sails by the beaches. Enjoy a one- or two-hour afternoon cruise or a two-hour sunset sail. Help to set the many sails, learn some local history, or just kick back and take in the sights (keep an eye out for seals and whales!). Soda and water are provided, but you are welcome to bring adult beverages on board as well.

Schooner Eleanor | 43 Ocean Ave, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-8809

The Schooner Eleanor is another great option for a sailing cruise in Kennebunkport. Docked at the Arundel Wharf restaurant, the Schooner Eleanor is also a short walk or drive from the Captain Fairfield Inn. Enjoy a 2-hour morning or afternoon sail with Captain Rich and crew or a sunset sail. The morning sail will typically take you closer to the coastline, while the afternoon, when the winds pick up, will see the schooner sailing further out into the Gulf of Maine. No matter which way the winds take you, you are sure to enjoy this unique way to see the coast of Maine.

Plum Island Kayak and SUP Rentals

With miles of winding estuary and marshes, Plum Island is a great place to explore by kayak or stand-up paddleboard. When visiting our boutique Newburyport hotel Blue—Inn on the Beach, our guests love to rent kayaks and SUPs and see the area by paddle. Whether you’re an experienced paddler who just needs an equipment rental or someone who would like a lesson or guided tour, there are several Plum Island kayak and SUP rentals that will help you get out on the water. Enjoy these tips about Plum Island kayak and SUP rentals for the next time you’re on a lark to Plum Island.

Plum Island Kayak | 92 Merrimac St, Newburyport | (978) 462-5510

This kayak and SUP rental shop is in downtown Newburyport, very close to the waterfront. The shop rents open or sit-on-top kayaks recommended for the inland waterways, and closed cockpit sea kayaks for the ocean side of Plum Island. You can put in from a spot near the shop or rent the equipment necessary to transport your kayak or SUP by car. The staff will also take you to your destination for a small fee. If you’d like to enjoy a kayak tour, Plum Island Kayak offers many, the most popular a daily tour that varies in its put in spot and destination based on the conditions. Explore the marshes and estuaries and see the fish, reptiles, and birds that inhabit these unique ecosystems. Full moon and horseshoe crab tours are offered as well, plus lessons for both kayaks and SUPs.

Newbury Kayak & Canoe | 291 High Rd, Newbury | (978) 465-0312

This paddle shop is located on the Park River in nearby Newbury. Rent kayaks, canoes, or SUPs for exploring the marshes of the National Wildlife Refuge or a sea kayak for catching some waves in the ocean. If you’re looking to get into the sport, Newbury Kayak & Canoe has partnered with Rock Paddle Surf Kayak Coaching to offer sea kayaking lessons and tours. A number of kayak tours are offered, from a sunset tour to guided tour of the Parker River. Enjoy some time on the water next time you’re visiting Plum Island!

Late Summer Events on Cape Cod

While it pains us to say it, summer on Cape Cod is winding down. While the hot beach days may be behind us, there’s still plenty to enjoy during our favorite time on Cape Cod. Late summer is arguably one of the best times to visit Cape Cod, as the crowds have returned home and the weather is still gorgeous. There’s plenty of late summer events on Cape Cod to keep you entertained during your visit and your stay at one of our Cape Cod boutique hotels, AWOL in Provincetown and The Coonamessett in Falmouth. Enjoy these late summer events on Cape Cod during your next stay at a Lark Hotel.

Falmouth Dream Cruise Car Show | 300 Main St, Falmouth | September 15, 2018

Scope out your dream car at this Falmouth car show. Put on by the Falmouth Classic Car Club, you’ll see hundreds of antique cars, hot rods, British vehicles, sports cars, motorcycles, and trucks. Stop by each car to chat with the owners who have put hundreds of hours into restoring and maintaining these beautiful antiques. Custom glass trophies made by a local artist are awarded in 10 categories, so be sure to find the best in show for each category.

Cranberry Cluster Dog Shows | 1220 Nathan Ellis Hwy, East Falmouth | September 14-17, 2018

Two of the Cape’s kennel clubs put on this annual dog show at the Cape Cod Fairgrounds. For four days, dogs compete in obedience and rally trials and are judged in traditional dog shows. The public can watch these competitions for a $5 admission—bring your own lawn chair or blanket to stake out a spot by the show. Vendors with all kinds of dog-related products for sale are a great way to snag a memento for your pup, but dogs that aren’t participating need to stay home.

Tennessee Williams Film Festival | 331 Commercial St, Provincetown | September 26-30, 2018

Celebrate Tennessee Williams’ legacy at this theater festival in Provincetown. Williams spent four summers in Provincetown, writing some of his most famous works at historic Captain Jack’s Wharf. Today, his legacy on the Cape is honored with a four-day theater festival, where his plays and others inspired by him are performed. Start each day with a Williams 101 session at the Pilgrim Monument, where you can brush up on your Tennessee Williams history before you take in a live performance of some of his best work.

Portland is Bon Appetit’s Restaurant City of the Year

Bon Appetit magazine has announced its 2018 Restaurant City of the Year, and to no surprise to those of us who have spent any time here, Portland, Maine is its pick. This honor has been awarded only three times in the past, to Washington D.C., San Francisco, and Chicago. That this national publication has highlighted Portland’s corner bakeries, burgeoning East End eateries, and even dive bar favorites is an exciting milestone to say the least.

Now is the time to eat your way through Portland, and our boutique Portland hotel Pomegranate Inn is the perfect home base from which to enjoy these bars and restaurants that make Portland Bon Appetit’s Restaurant City of the Year.

The Shop | 123 Washington Ave, Portland | (207) 699-4466

This relaxed oyster bar on Washington Ave. in Portland’s East End has a narrow focus: oysters and not much else. There’s local beer and wine on tap and a selection of tinned fish, but most of the menu is just local oysters, served on the half shell. Slurp your way through the menu on the patio or just inside the garage doors, open during nice weather.

Rose Foods | 428 Forest Ave, Portland | (207) 835-0991

You’ll be rewarded for your trek off the peninsula with this small bagel shop in a decidedly non-touristy spot of Portland. With bagels that rival those in New York (even Bon Appetit agrees!), this is a great place to start your day. These Montreal-style bagels come piled high with corned beef, lox, or whitefish salad and vegetables. Latkes and matzo ball soup round out the offerings at this Jewish deli.

Baharat | 91 Anderson St, Portland | (207) 613-9849

You’d never known Baharat got its start as a food truck, with its sophisticated Mediterranean menu and cocktail program. Start your meal with a Tom Kha-tail, a coconuty, ginger rum drink inspired by the Thai coconut soup, while you snack on fried chickpeas, housemade pickles, and za’atar deviled eggs. Don’t skip the specials board, where dishes like Turkish crab dip and spring pea fritter salad will be the sleeper hit of your meal.

Brush up on the rest of Bon Appetit’s Restaurant City of the Year recommendations before your next visit to Portland, Maine.

Martin Sexton & Ron Artis II are Coming to Falmouth!

Iconic singer-songwriter Martin Sexton, best known for hits such as “Diner,” “Black Sheep,” “Glory Bound,” and “Freedom Of The Road” and Ron Artis II, named one of the most outstanding musical talents of his generation, will be making their way to The Coonamessett Ballroom in Falmouth on September 17, 2018. Come enjoy an intimate night full of Sexton’s diverse Americana, folk, and Artis’ deep Gospel, soul and R&B musical sound at Falmouth’s newest laid-back music venue!

Born in Syracuse, NY, Sexton later headed to Boston and took his talents to the streets and open mic nights around the city. After releasing self-produced demos, Martin’s career took off and landed him to where he is today – winner of multiple musical awards and on tour for his 9th studio release “Mixtape of the Open Road.”

Growing up in a large, musical household on the island of Oahu, it was clear early on that Artis was extremely gifted. Taking to the piano and guitar, as his talents progressed, Artis played at venues throughout the island and was recognized by names like Mick Fleetwood (Fleetwood Mac), Jack Johnson, Jake Shimabukuro. Artis has since toured many of Hawaii’s best venues with his band, The Truth,” released his debut album titled “Soul Street” in April 2018 and continues to sell out shows all over the US.

Don’t miss this special show—tickets are on sale now at the link below!

Monday, September 17, 2018 at 8 PM
The Coonamessett Ballroom
311 Gifford Street, Falmouth, MA
Tickets are $32 in advance, $37 day of show.
Purchase your ticket here: http://martinsextonfalmouth.bpt.me/

 

Want a sneak peek into this amazing night?

Watch the video for Ron Artis II hit “We All Live” or Check out Sexton’s video for You (My Mind is Woo)

Our Favorite Gift Shops on Nantucket

Downtown Nantucket, with its cute shops, galleries, and museums is a great place to spend an afternoon, poking in and around stores. We’ve got recommendations for clothing shops to help you round out your Nantucket summer wardrobe, now here are our favorite gift shops on Nantucket. When you’re visiting our boutique Nantucket hotels, visit these three gift shops on Nantucket for that perfect thank you gift for the petsitter or souvenir to remember your summer on Nantucket.

Nantiquet | 7 Old South Wharf, Nantucket | (508) 901-5375

Stocked with vintage surf paraphernalia and nautical antiques, you’ll love this home goods and clothing boutique. You’ll find great gifts and souvenirs in this carefully curated selection of unique items. ACK hats and “Pray for surf” shirts will help you remember your time on the island, while vintage military and nautical items can add a touch of island flair to your home back on the mainland.

Bodega Nantucket | 2 Candle St, Nantucket | (508) 228-1992

This home goods boutique is run by an interior designer who has lived on the island for nearly 10 years. Stocked with everything from bedding to stools and pillows, you’re sure to find that perfect piece for your home. With a neutral palette that is reminiscent of the sand dunes and surf of the island, this store has a coastal, modern vibe. Take home a piece of the island at this gift shop on Nantucket.

Nantucket Bookworks | 25 Broad St, Nantucket | (508) 228-4000

An independent bookstore is always a great place to find a gift or your next beach read, and we love this one on Nantucket. Stocked with books by local authors like Elin Hilderbrand and Nathaniel Philbrick, this bookstore will have something for you to enjoy on the beach. Art, jewelry, reading accessories, and some toys round out the selection of great gifts at this gift shop on Nantucket. Mitchell’s Book Corner, just down the street, is owned by the same people and is an equally cozy and eclectic gift shop.

Enjoy These Historic Tours in Edgartown

Edgartown, Martha’s Vineyard is full of history and interesting architecture, and historic tours in Edgartown are the best way to learn and see the sights at the same time. Guests of our boutique Martha’s Vineyard hotels love the mix of historic homes and seaside attractions in historic Edgartown. These three historic tours in Edgartown are a great way to gain a deeper understanding of what makes this island community such a wonderful place to live and visit.

Edgartown Historic House Tour | 508-627-4440

Two tours are offered by the Martha’s Vineyard Preservation Trust—one of several historic properties and one of the Edgartown harbor. The Architectural Walking Tour is a 90-minute tour that tours several historic Edgartown properties: the John Coffin House, the Village Green, the Vincent House of 1672, the Dr. Daniel Fisher House, and the Old Whaling Church. The guided Edgartown Harbor tour is 45 minutes long and offers a look into the whaling and maritime histories of Edgartown.

African-American Heritage Trail | (508) 693-4361

This trail is composed of thirty sites throughout the island that mark a significant contribution by African-Americans to the island’s history. Half day tours of the entire trail are available or shorter ones in Edgartown and Oak Bluffs. Learn about the contributions of people of color to the whaling industry, the civil rights movement, and the history of black churches on the island in this fascinating cultural and historic tour in Edgartown.

Gingerbread House Tour | 80 Trinity Park, Oak Bluffs | (508) 693-0525

Tour the island’s famous ornately decorated cottages with the Martha’s Vineyard Camp Meeting Association. A preserved campground once used for religious “camp” meetings in the 1800s, these gingerbread houses attract many visitors. Learn about the history of these historic homes, as well as the owners’ efforts to preserve them. These tours are offered in July and August and last about an hour and a half.

Guide to Enjoying Saratoga Lake

Just a few miles south of downtown Saratoga Springs, Saratoga Lake is a summer playground for the area’s visitors and residents. Guests of our boutique Saratoga hotel The Downtowner love to visit the lake for an afternoon to swim, boat, fish, and enjoy all that this gorgeous upstate New York lake has to offer. Here your tips for enjoying Saratoga Lake on your next visit to the area.

First, your destination: Saratoga Lake is a long skinny lake, running north to south that is five miles long and two miles wide. The northern end is only a 10-minute drive from The Downtowner, so set your GPS for Waterfront Park. This newly developed green space opened in the summer of 2015 and is the perfect place to enjoy the lake’s scenery for the day. Barbecuing, picnicking, and kayaking are the things to do here, but there’s no swimming area. Waterfront Park is one of the lake’s only public boat launches, as most of the lakefront is privately owned.

If you’re looking to take a dip, head south to Brown’s Beach for the lake’s only public swimming spot. There is both a beach resort and a town-owned beach here, where you’ll find warm, shallow water and a sandy beach with a gentle slope. The beach resort has a restaurant and a beach bar with live music, making it a happening spot in warm weather. The town beach offers good access for launching kayaks and paddle boards. A $2 fee applies for beachgoers; children 12 and under are free.

If you’d like to get out on the lake and boat or fish, visit Boatworks Marine for pontoon and deck boat rentals by the day, or The Kayak Shak to rent single and tandem kayaks and stand-up paddle boards. Both facilities offer boat launch services. Whatever route you take, you must join in on the fun that is Saratoga Lake in the summertime.

Best Brunch in Saratoga Springs

Saratoga Springs has so many great places to enjoy breakfast and brunch during your visit—from high end to comfort food, these restaurants have earned a reputation for serving up the best brunch in Saratoga. Next time you’re on a lark to our boutique Saratoga Springs hotel, here three places where you can find the best brunch in Saratoga Springs before exploring all that Saratoga has to offer.

Hattie’s Restaurant | 45 Phila St, Saratoga Springs | (518) 584-4790

This New Orleans-themed spot is known for its fried chicken and Southern classics like biscuits and gravy and fried green tomatoes. Bring your appetite and be prepared to chow down on a Southern feast. Brunch is offered weekends from 9 am to 2 pm, but open for dinner 7 nights a week. Hattie’s is worth a visit no matter when you’re in town.

Farmers Hardware | 35 Maple Ave, Saratoga Springs | (518) 934-3444

Tired of waiting forever for a table at your favorite brunch spot? Then Farmers Hardware is for you, with over 100 seats at communal tables in this airy “brunch hall.” Order at the counter for quick service, and if you’re with a group, opt for the bucket of bubbles, an ice bucket of OJ and Prosecco that allows you to mix your own drinks. The wide-ranging food menu offers dishes from cinnamon bun french toast to the Impossible burger, a plant-based burger. And don’t miss the sweet potato tots!

Sweet Mimi’s Cafe & Bakery | 47 Phila St, Saratoga Springs | (518) 871-1780

This sweet shop serves brunch from 8 am to 2:30 pm every day except Tuesday. Known for its stuffed omelettes and giant pancakes, Sweet Mimi’s menu has great dishes that will satisfy everyone from sweet lovers to those looking for a simple or light breakfast. The bakery case is a great option for grabbing a tempting looking treat for later.

Best Happy Hour in Falmouth

Nothing says vacation like enjoy a drink with friends and family on the patio of a waterfront restaurant. After a day of shopping or sunning at the beach, it’s time to cool off with a drink on a patio overlooking the water. Luckily, your options for such a treat abound in Falmouth. Next time you’re visiting Cape Cod and our boutique Falmouth hotel, enjoy the best happy hour in Falmouth at one of these waterfront bars.

The Boathouse at Pier 37 | 88 Scranton Ave, Falmouth | (508) 388-7573

Located near the ferry terminal, this waterfront seafood restaurant has one of the best happy hours in Falmouth. With plenty of high top seating and tables on its large patio, you can enjoy a drink and watch the sunset over the sound. Sail shades, heaters, and a fire pit will keep you comfortable on the patio no matter what the weather Cape Cod delivers at The Boathouse.

Landfall | 9 Luscombe Ave, Woods Hole | (508) 548-1758

If your adventures take you south to Woods Hole, Landfall is our favorite place to enjoy happy hour on the water. Overlooking the piers where the Nantucket Lightship and the Sea Education Association tall ships dock, this cozy, nautical pub will have you feeling like a Cape Codder in no time. Even if you end up seated inside, the dining room’s harbor side is lined with French doors left open during nice weather that let you feel closer to the water.

The Chart Room | 1 Shipyard Ln, Cataumet | (508) 563-5350

If you need to transition into vacation mode ASAP, stop at The Chart Room on your drive into Falmouth. This waterfront restaurant overlooks Buzzards Bay and has the best view of the sunsets in town. With a casual patio area and even a grassy strip to play cornhole, The Chart Room embodies the casual vibe we love about the Cape. Visit for one of the best happy hours in Falmouth and see why this place is so popular with visitors and locals alike.

Best Beaches in Falmouth

Vacationing on Cape Cod promises miles of sandy beaches, relaxing days spent by the ocean, and tons of sunshine. Our boutique Falmouth hotel is a great home base for those looking to enjoy some downtime on Cape beaches, along with the restaurants, galleries, and shops in historic Falmouth. Here are our recommendations for the best beaches in Falmouth so you can maximize these last few weeks of summer.

Falmouth Heights Beach | Grand Ave, Falmouth, MA | (508) 548-8623

Located right in the heart of Falmouth, this beach faces Nantucket Sound and is perfect for watching the harbor traffic while you relax. With a long crescent of sand and its easy access, this beach can be crowded, so don’t head here if you’re looking for a quiet day on the sand. Instead, bring your Frisbee and prepare to get in on the fun. The beach has lifeguards and restrooms.

Old Silver Beach | Quaker Rd, Falmouth | (508) 548-8623

Hit the beach with kids in tow at this family-friendly spot. With warm water from Buzzards Bay, soft sand, and gentle waves, this is the perfect beach for some time in the sun. Amenities like lifeguards, restrooms, and a snack bar mean you can spend the day here. This is one of the more popular beaches in Falmouth, so arrive early if you want a prime spot for the day.

Stony Beach | Gosnold Rd, Falmouth | (508) 548-8623

Head out to Woods Hole to find this gem of a beach, that despite the name, is nice and sandy. With a great view of Buzzards Bay looking north, Stony Beach feels like a world apart. A parking fee applies, but the lot is very close to the beach. As with all popular Cape Cod beaches, come early to ensure a good spot.

Kayak and SUP rentals in Provincetown

Guests of our boutique Provincetown hotel visit to enjoy the unique culture and natural beauty of Cape Cod. Getting out on the water is a great way to explore and see the Cape from a different perspective. Grab a paddle and SUP or kayak around the island’s protected waters or take a guided tour to learn about the area’s ecology. Check out the shoreline, look for whales, seals, and birds, and soak up the Cape Cod sun with these kayak and SUP rentals in Provincetown.

Provincetown Aquasports | 333R Commercial St #1, Provincetown | (508) 413-9563

Rent a kayak or a stand-up paddleboard at this waterfront shop. Boats and boards are available to rent between 10am and 6pm and can be rented by the hour, day, or week. Paddle right from the shop out into Provincetown Harbor—the shop’s deepwater access means you’ll have no trouble launching, even at low tide. Take a guided kayak or SUP tour through the salt marshes of the Herring Cove tidal lake for a look at Provincetown’s natural beauty. With a special permit from the Park Service, this kayak and SUP tour is a unique trip on Cape Cod. Guided lighthouse and harbor tours are also available from this kayak and SUP rental in Provincetown.

Ventures Athletics Kayak Shop | 237 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-9442

This waterfront shop with great service is another option for renting kayaks and SUPs in Provincetown. Paddle right from the shop into Provincetown Harbor or ask for delivery to your favorite paddling spot. At just $20 for an hour, you can take a quick spin on a paddleboard if you’re looking to try the newest craze in paddling sports. Lessons are available if you’d like tips from an expert, and then you’re off to explore the Cape. For a different type of boating adventure, join in or watch the homemade boat race, hosted by this kayak and SUP rental shop in Provincetown. Held annually in early August, this race shows off the ingenuity of local amateur boat builders (really amateur in some cases!) and always provides an entertaining mix of creativity, costumes, and paddling skills.

Best Nightclubs in Provincetown

Guests of our Provincetown boutique hotel AWOL love to visit this Cape Cod town for its pristine beaches, art galleries, and hopping nightlife. P’town is known as a haven for the LGBT community, and its nightclubs are no exception—you’ll find a dance scene to suit everyone here. When you’re looking to hit the town for some drinks and dancing, we have recommendations for the best nightclubs in Provincetown. Enjoy these three bars and nightclubs where you’ll find some of that quintessential P’town character for a great night out in Provincetown.

Best Nightclubs in Provincetown

The Crown and Anchor | 247 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-1430

The Crown has it all, with a restaurant, dive bar, nightclub, and a cabaret room. Dance the night away, see some stand-up or a drag show at this Provincetown institution. Visit during the day to take a dip in the waterfront pool and enjoy some drinks at The Wave Bar before it transforms into a club at night.

The Atlantic House | 6 Masonic Pl, Provincetown | (508) 487-3821

A-House, as the locals know it, was once P’town’s post office, then a jazz club, and now one of the best Provincetown nightclubs. With three bars each hosting its own theme party, you’re sure to find a party you love. Dance to the beats of resident DJ David LaSalle while you take in the nightly costume contest. Be sure to bring some cash for the cover.

The Underground | 293 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 413-9648

Another great Commercial St. party spot, this divey club is a great late night stop. With three large rooms, there’s room for games, dancing, and a bar. Dance with the DJ, play some ping pong or air hockey, or meet some new friends at the bar. A drink at the Underground is always a part of any great night out in Provincetown.

Breweries Near Camden

While Portland is often viewed as the epicenter of Maine’s craft beer scene, the truth is there are many breweries in the Midcoast area that are worth visiting. With one brewery in downtown Camden and several within a short drive’s distance from our Camden boutique hotel Whitehall, you’re never too far away from some fresh, locally-brewed craft beer. Next time you’re on a lark to Camden, visit these breweries near Camden to experience the thriving Maine beer scene.

Sea Dog Brewing Co. | 1 Main St, Camden | (207) 230-1306

Sea Dog was one of the early pioneers of craft brewing in Maine and has expanded to several locations in Maine, New Hampshire, and Florida. In addition to a range of styles, including a blueberry wheat ale, Sea Dog carries some of Shipyard Brewing’s beers. Finder, a New England-style IPA, is Shipyard’s latest and most popular brew. You can enjoy a meal at this full service brewpub too.

Rock Harbor Pub | 416 Main St, Rockland | (207) 593-7488

You can find another great brewpub in neighboring Rockland, on Main St. Rock Harbor. They brew their own beer here, with 7 styles reflecting today’s hoppy beer trends—Double IPA, a session IPA and several pale ales. If you’re just after the beer, check out the newly opened tap room at 5 Payne Ave and enjoy a flight.

Marshall Wharf Brewing Company | 40 Marshall Wharf, Belfast | (207) 338-1707

Making some of the most popular beer in the state, Marshall Wharf is a relaxed place to visit on the Belfast waterfront. Just a short drive north of Camden, Belfast is a great day trip with one of the best breweries near Camden. The tap room is a more relaxed affair, while Three Tides, the bar upstairs, opens in the evenings with a menu of small plates. Try the unusual styles, some brewed with seaweed and oysters for a real taste of the coast.

Best Oysters in Camden

Guests of our Camden boutique hotel Whitehall love to enjoy fresh Maine seafood during their visit. In particular, Midcoast Maine is known for its oyster varieties, with over 80 oyster farms in the state. A plate of freshly shucked Maine oysters enjoyed while overlooking the Camden Harbor should be one of your vacation goals. Next time you’re on a lark to Camden, visit one of these raw bars to find the best oysters in Camden.

Rhumb Line | 59 Sea St, Camden | (207) 230-8495

This recent addition to the Camden dining scene has everything we love in Midcoast restaurants: great water views, plenty of outdoor seating, and a menu of fresh seafood. Head over to the northern side of the harbor to enjoy a dozen local oysters on the half shell and enjoy the view of downtown Camden. You can even arrive by boat, as the restaurant is dockside to Wayfarer Marine.

Peter Ott’s on the Water | 16 Bay View Landing, Camden | (207) 236-4032

This longstanding steakhouse offers another great place to enjoy local oysters with a view of the harbor. Head down Bay View St, then walk towards the water to find Peter Ott’s. With local seafood options like steamed mussels, oysters on the half shell, and crab cakes, you’ll satisfy your seafood craving here. The deck overlooks the docks where the windjammers tie up, creating a perfectly nautical atmosphere for enjoying the best oysters in Camden.

18 Central Oyster Bar & Grill | 18 Central St, Rockport | (207) 466-9055

Just like all the best places to enjoy oysters in Camden, this oyster bar in nearby Rockport has a great view of the water and fresh local oysters. With a raw bar offering 7 different varieties of oysters, you can mix and match to sample the different kinds of Maine oysters. With a farm-to-table menu and original cocktails, you’ll love more than just the oysters at this raw bar near Camden.

Tips for Biking in Kennebunkport

We love summer in Kennebunkport, with beautiful beach days, sunset sails, and meals on patios overlooking the water. But all the summertime visitors mean that there can be a lot of traffic in this seaside village. Our summertime traffic solution? Ditch the car and explore Kennebunkport on two wheels. Here are our tips for biking in Kennebunkport, from best bike shops for rentals to scenic rides by the ocean.

If you need to rent a bike in Kennebunkport, head to Coastal Maine Kayak & Bike at 51 Western Ave. in Kennebunk. This shop is conveniently located in Lower Village, so you can easily walk there from our Kennebunkport boutique hotel Captain Fairfield Inn. Ride right from the shop to the beach or explore the village by bike. Tandem bikes and tag-a-long bikes for kids are available too. If you’re looking for a wider selection of rental bikes, the Kennebunkport Bicycle Company is your go-to. From fat bikes to mountain bikes, road bikes and hybrids, this full-service bike shop will have it. The staff can also give great recommendations for bike routes, as they are all avid riders themselves.

Once you’re ready to ride, choose whether you’re looking to explore a coastal route or inland through the Kennebunk plains. A good, easy ride to the beach is out Beach Ave. to Kennebunk Beach. Ride past the Franciscan Monastery (no bikes allowed on the grounds, but great walking trails) and out to the beach. Extend your ride on the Kennebunk Land Trust’s Bridle Path, which follows the Mousam River on an old rail bed. Pick up the Bridle Path where it crosses Sea Rd, across from the golf course. Or else head out Ocean Ave. to Cape Porpoise for more coastal views. Pass Walkers Point, the home of the Bush family, and take a right on Wildes District Rd. into the village of Cape Porpoise. Explore this quaint fishing village and enjoy lunch at Nunan’s Lobster Hut or Musette. Biking in Kennebunkport is one of the best ways to beat the traffic and to see the town from a new perspective.

Photo courtesy of Solé Bicycles

G. Love’s Solo Beachside Blues Tour Comes to Falmouth!

G. Love, best known for songs like “Blues Music,” “Rodeo Clowns,” “I-76,” and “Cold Beverage,” will be bringing his eclectic mix of blues and hip-hop to an intimate acoustic show at The Coonamessett in Falmouth on July 24th. Starting out with his guitar and a harmonica on the streets of Philadelphia, G. Love made his way to Boston and evolved the “foot stomping street side blues” style he’s known for today. This is a musical night not to be missed!

Tuesday, July 24th at 8 PM
The Coonamessett Ballroom
311 Gifford Street, Falmouth, MA

Tickets are $25 and can be purchased here: g-lovefalmouth.bpt.me

Ice Cream Shops in Oak Bluffs

New Englanders love ice cream, and no summertime visit to Martha’s Vineyard is complete without a scoop (or two) of some freshly churned sweet cream in your favorite flavor. While the island has a Dairy Queen (and we’re not afraid to say we love a Blizzard!), here are three local ice cream shops in Oak Bluffs and within walking distance of our boutique Martha’s Vineyard hotel Summercamp.

Ben & Bill’s Chocolate Emporium | 20a Circuit Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 696-0008

This local chain is popular with those with a sweet tooth—in addition to ice cream, Ben & Bill’s has chocolates and candies of all kinds. Beyond regular ice cream flavors like triple chocolate and Oreo, Ben & Bill’s serves up its famous lobster ice cream. With a butter ice cream base and chunks of real lobster, you’ll have to try it to believe it.

Vineyard’s Best Ice Cream and Coffee Co. | 12 Kennebec Ave, Oak Bluffs | (617) 775-6019

With bagels, coffee, and ice cream, this ice cream shop in Oak Bluffs has you covered morning, noon, and night. Their ice cream isn’t made on site, rather coming from Richardson’s, a family-run dairy farm on the North Shore of Massachusetts. With over thirty flavors of ice cream available, this is the perfect place to take a break from exploring Oak Bluffs. Enjoy some people-watching on the wraparound porch with a giant scoop of creamy ice cream.

Zero Below Thai Ice Cream | 7 Circuit Avenue Extension, Oak Bluffs | (860) 997-9996

Oak Bluffs gets in on the trend of rolled ice cream at this new ice cream shop. Choose your flavor and your add-ins and watch your ice cream be assembled on a cold plate. Your server will roll it into columns, place them upright in a cup, and add your toppings. Choose from Thai flavors like milk tea, coconut, and lychee, and find out what this new style of ice cream shop is all the rage in Oak Bluffs.

All You Need to Know About Horse Racing in Saratoga

Saratoga Springs is known for its horse racing culture, as it’s home to one of the oldest horse race tracks in the country. Along with Pimlico, Churchill Downs, and Fairgrounds, Saratoga Race Course is synonymous with thoroughbred racing in America. With the 6-week racing season kicking off July 20th, we’re here with everything you need to know about horse racing in Saratoga for the next time you’re on a lark to our boutique Saratoga Springs hotel. For starters, the races at Saratoga happen daily except Tuesdays starting July 20th. The race track opens at 7 a.m. with races beginning at 1 p.m. The dirt track is 1-1/8 mile long, and jockeys compete for prize money that totals over $18 million for the 2018 season. Look for special events throughout the season from bourbon and beer tastings to fashion shows and family-friendly days.

To enjoy the action up close and personal, grab a $5 ticket ($7 at the gate) for grandstand seating. The clubhouse seats are $10 and have a bit of a dress code requirement. Either one gives you unobstructed views of the track and access to the rail, but on hot summer days, you’ll find the seats at the grandstand or clubhouse offer some relief from the heat. There’s food and drink available for sale inside the clubhouse, and you can bring your own food in as well.

Our favorite way to explore the race track is between 7 and 10 a.m. when admission is free and you can watch the riders and horses warm up. The parking attendant will still charge you $10, but you’ll get your money back if you leave before 10 a.m. Avoid the crowds, tour the park, and still take in the historic track at Saratoga without any of the hassle. And if you’re still looking for more backstory on horse racing in Saratoga, visit the National Museum of Racing and Hall of Fame.

Best Saratoga Springs Restaurants

In addition to horse racing, spas, history, and art, Saratoga Springs has a robust dining scene. Guests of our boutique Saratoga Springs hotel are within walking distance of many of the best Saratoga Springs restaurants. With so many great restaurants to choose from, choosing where to eat dinner in Saratoga Springs can be a bit overwhelming. But we have a recommendation for whatever mood you’re in—use this guide when you’re visiting The Downtowner to find a great meal in one of the best Saratoga Springs restaurants.

If you’re in the mood for farm-to-table inspired pastas and pizza, try:

Max London’s | 466 Broadway, Saratoga Springs | (518) 587-0505

This contemporary bistro serves a wide of dishes, starting with a big selection of cheese and salumi. The salads and starters are all seasonally-inspired and use local ingredients wherever possible. Hearty housemade pastas and wood-fired pizzas round out the menu at one of the best Saratoga Springs restaurants.

If tapas and cocktails sound good, book a table at:

Boca Bistro | 384 Broadway, Saratoga Springs | (518) 682-2800

Enjoy Spanish themed dishes at Boca Bistro, from cheese and charcuterie to traditional tapas. Garlic shrimp, ham croquettes, seared octopus—it’s all here. Dinner ranges from large paella dishes for the table to share to fisherman’s soup and NY strip steak.

Craving elevated comfort food? Head to:

Comfort Kitchen | 454 Broadway, Saratoga Springs | (518) 587-1234

Think homemade classics, but updated for today’s diners at Comfort Kitchen. Yes, there’s grilled cheese, mac and cheese, and chicken pot pie, but also falafel tacos, kale salad, and everything bagel pierogis. With a great beer and wine list, you’ll love enjoying childhood favorites as an adult.

Boating on Nantucket

Sailing and boating are such a big part of Nantucket’s culture, and many of the guests at one of our two boutique Nantucket hotels want to get out on the water during their time on the island. From cruising the bay at sunset to exploring for the day, we’ve got three recommendations for boating on Nantucket. Next time you’re on a lark to Nantucket, get a different look at Nantucket by going out on one of these boating charters.

Endeavor Sailing | Straight Wharf, Nantucket | (508) 228-5585

You may see this picturesque sailboat cruising the waters of Nantucket when you arrive. The Endeavor is a Friendship sloop, a style of sailboat once used for fishing in Maine and Massachusetts. Endeavor was built by Captain Jim, who now runs charters, taking groups out for a sail around Nantucket Sound four times a day. Help set sail, take a turn at the helm, or just sit back and take in the beautiful sights of Nantucket during this sailing trip on Nantucket.

ACK Sunset Sail | 34 Washington St, Nantucket | (508) 423-9985

Looking for a more private experience? Book a trip on the Weathervane, a 30-foot sailboat that can be chartered for afternoon and sunset sails. The captain will set sail for Nantucket Sound, going wherever the wind takes you and sharing his local knowledge of the area. Bring along drinks and snacks and enjoy the boat to yourself, on this private sailing charter on Nantucket.

Shearwater Excursions | Straight Wharf, Nantucket | (508) 228-7037

From whale watching to sunset cruises, this charter company has a trip for all ages and interests. Poke around the harbor and learn all about grey seals or hop off on a sandbar and dig for clams. Or sightsee with a drink in hand on board the cocktail or sunset cruise. Most trips take place on Minke, an adorable 26-foot launch with a canopy, while the whale watch trip is on a comfortable 47-foot power catamaran, perfect for spotting a number of whale species off Nantucket.

Best Bakeries on Nantucket

Between the museums, art galleries, and boutiques, there’s so much to do and see on Nantucket. Guests of our two boutique Nantucket hotels frequently report back that they find the best bakeries on Nantucket while out for the day. Here are three recommendations for where you can find a sweet treat, a caffeinated pick-me-up, or the makings of a beach picnic at the best bakeries on Nantucket.

Petticoat Row Bakery | 35 Centre St, Nantucket | (508) 228-3700

This sweet shop is located right downtown and attracts visitors with its chicly decorated interior. Named for the women who ran the shops on Centre Street during the whaling era, Petticoat Row Bakery celebrates its connection to Nantucket’s history. The wraparound bakery case is full of sweet and savory pastry, cookies, baguettes, bagels, and cupcakes, all baked fresh in-house daily. Get a cup of the organic house roast coffee to go with your sweet treat at one of the best bakeries on Nantucket.

Wicked Island Bakery | 147 Orange St, Nantucket | (508) 901-5797

The stone-lined hearth ovens at this bakery mean the bakers make the best pizzas, crusty breads, and their famous morning buns. There’s also a wide selection of cookies, muffins, cakes and even donuts, all made by the husband-and-wife team, both with serious culinary chops. Wicked Island Bakery will have what you’re looking for, from sandwiches for the beach, a baguette for a cheese plate, or some sweet afternoon snacks.

45 Surfside Bakery and Café | 45 Surfside Rd, Nantucket | (774) 333-3981

Stop by this bakery and café on your way out to Surfside Beach, located on the southern side of the island. The chef is the former head of a well-known Boston bakery and is known for her elaborate and delicious cakes. The pastry case regularly contains brownies, cookies, muffins, and cinnamon buns, and if you’re hungry for more, the lunch menu with sandwiches, salads, and pizza will fill you up.

Best Seafood Shacks on Martha’s Vineyard

Many visitors to Martha’s Vineyard have one thing in mind when it comes to dining: enjoying as much local seafood as possible. Naturally, as it’s surrounded by water, Martha’s Vineyard is a great place to enjoy the fresh clams, cod, and lobster caught just off the coast. In our minds, vacations to Cape Cod and seafood shacks go hand in hand, so naturally many of the guests at our Martha’s Vineyard boutique hotel are wondering where’s the freshest seafood on the Vineyard? We’ve got you covered with three recommendations for the best seafood shacks on Martha’s Vineyard.

The Seafood Shanty | 29 Dock St, Edgartown | (508) 627-8622

This waterfront seafood restaurant is full-service dining, but head around the back of the building to the Quarterdeck, its takeout window. Order up a tray of fried clams, lobster rolls, and french fries, then enjoy your haul at the patio tables and enjoy a view of the harbor and the Edgartown Lighthouse. Make it your first stop off the ferry even, as this seafood shack is located right next to the ferry dock.

Home Port | 512 North Rd, Menemsha | (508) 645-2679

Another restaurant/takeout window combo, Home Port’s Back Door menu delivers that fresh, seafood shack vibe. With a selection of fried seafood baskets and rolls and a raw bar, you can enjoy your meal on the patio overlooking the water. We love starting the meal with local oysters on the half shell, and don’t forget to save room for dessert—the key lime pie is spectacular.

Shuck Shack | 2 Circuit Avenue Extension, Oak Bluffs | (508) 693-3420

This popular raw bar and seafood shack is located next to its sister restaurant, Coop de Ville. The menu here has all the classics: raw oysters and clams, clam chowder, lobster rolls, fish sandwiches, and steamed lobster. The non-seafood items here are just as delicious, so this is a good compromise if your group has some landlubbers. Its spot on the water overlooking the Oak Bluffs harbor makes the Shuck Shack one of the best seafood shacks on Martha’s Vineyard.

Kayak and SUP rentals on Martha’s Vineyard

Guests of our boutique Martha’s Vineyard hotels visit the island to enjoy the unique culture and natural beauty. Getting out on the water is a great way to explore and see the Vineyard from a different perspective. Grab a paddle and SUP or kayak around the island’s protected waters or take a guided tour to learn about the area’s ecology. Check out the shoreline, look for whales, seals, and birds, and soak up the Cape Cod sun with these kayak and SUP rentals on Martha’s Vineyard.

Island Spirit Kayak | Edgartown Oak Bluffs Rd, Oak Bluffs | (508) 693-9727

This Oak Bluffs kayak and SUP company will rent you boards or kayaks for the day or a week, and rentals include paddles and life jackets. If you’d like some guidance and instruction, take a group tour—Island Spirit Kayak offers a wide variety of trips, from sunset paddles and glow board tours to SUP yoga and fitness paddles. If you’re brave, check out the special event, Jaws Night—a screening of Jaws from the water in partnership with Martha’s Vineyard Film Festival.

Wind’s Up Natural Watersports | 199 Beach Road, Vineyard Haven | (508) 693-4252

This waterfront board shop in Vineyard Haven will provide you with everything you need for a day of fun on the water. With SUPs, kayaks, sailboats, canoes, surfboards, and windsurf boards, you’ll find your favorite way to enjoy time on the water. If you’re looking to try out a new activity, the shop also offers lessons, along with its kayak and SUP rentals on Martha’s Vineyard. Shop for gear at the board shop so you look the part too.

Felix Neck Wildlife Sanctuary | 100 Felix Neck Dr, Edgartown | (508) 627-4850

This Mass Audubon property sits on Sengekontacket Pond, which is perfect for exploring by kayak. Sanctuary staff leads kayak tours through the pond in the summer, on Monday and Wednesday evenings and Thursday mornings. Learn about the geography of Martha’s Vineyard on this kayak tour and spot wildlife like shorebirds, songbirds, turtles, and insects.

Best Whale Watching on Cape Cod

Whale watching is a popular Cape Cod activity, mid-spring through early fall. Cape Cod marks the southern end of the Gulf of Maine, a unique marine ecosystem home to an incredible number of marine mammals. The geography of the Cape creates a feeding and breeding grounds for fish and whales, making it some of the best whale watching on Cape Cod. Just north of Provincetown, an underwater upwelling of ground and current called Stellwagen Bank means plankton, fish, and a host of other species come to feed. And where there are fish and plankton, there are whales. A number of tour groups lead trips out of Cape Cod to enjoy a beautiful day on the water and see these marine mammals in their native habitat. Next time you’re on a lark to one of our boutique Cape Cod hotels AWOL in Provincetown and The Coonamessett in Falmouth, enjoy some of the best whale watching on Cape Cod with these three charter companies.

Hyannis Whale Watcher Cruises | 269 Millway, Barnstable | (508) 362-6088

Closest to our Falmouth boutique hotel The Coonamessett, this whale watch trip leaves from Barnstable on Cape Cod Bay. The trips run about 3-1/2 to 4 hours and head out to Stellwagen Bank on jet-powered boats. Naturalists on board will help point out and identify whales, and you’ll to see humpbacks, sei whales, minkes, and dolphins, plus many sea birds, seals, and even fish. As with all whale watching trips, it’s recommended to bring water, sunscreen, sunglasses, and layers, as it can be chilly on the water. An air-conditioned cabin on the boat provides shelter from the heat of the summer.

SeaSalt Charters | 19 Ryder St E, Provincetown | (508) 444-2732

Whale watching trips are popular in Provincetown, where you’re only 5 miles from active whale feeding grounds of Stellwagen Bank. SeaSalt Charters operates smaller boats that can be chartered for your own private whale watching trip. With a maximum of 6 people, this small, private trip gives you an intimate look at the whales of Stellwagen Bank, lasting about 3-1/2 to 4 hours. Like all the trips recommended here, SeaSalt Charters follows whale watching protocol that prioritizes whale safety.

Dolphin Whale Watch | 307 Commercial St #1, Provincetown | (508) 240-3636

See whales in comfort on one of Dolphin Whale Watch’s many boats. With air-conditioned cabins and a galley that serve food and drink, you’ll enjoy your day on the water. Naturalists on board these 3 to 4 hour whale watch trips will act as your guide, detailing the geography and biology of the area. These trips are popular, as P’town is very busy in the summer, so book your trip well in advance if you’re set on whale watching on Cape Cod during your visit.

Best Spots for Lunch in Provincetown

With so much to do and see in Provincetown, it’s common for guests of our Provincetown boutique hotel AWOL to leave the property after breakfast and not return until dinner. Whether spending the day at the beach or shopping on Commercial Street, you’re going to find yourself in need of the best lunch in Provincetown. We’ve got recommendations for the best lunch in Provincetown for the next time you’re on a lark to this Cape Cod beach town.

Canteen | 225 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-3800

We love the Canteen at all hours, with its twinkle lights, outdoor seating, and globally-inspired menu. From comfort food like grilled cheese and PB&J to banh mis and fish tacos, Canteen’s diverse menu will provide something for everyone. Don’t miss the signature crispy Brussels sprouts dashed with fish sauce, and there’s a great selection of local draft beers and signature cocktails if you’re having a drink with lunch.

Relish Bakery & Sandwich Shop | 93 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-8077

This bakery has a large lunch menu, with fresh sandwiches made to order, creative salads, and grain bowls. Perfect for grabbing a lunch to enjoy on the beach later in the day, Relish also offers one of the best selections of sweets in town. Cupcakes, cookies, tarts, puddings, brownies… Relish has it all. Stock up on all the essentials at one of the best spots for lunch in Provincetown.

Bubala’s By the Bay | 185 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-0773

While known for its people watching, this café also has great food and drink. Sit on the patio overlooking Commercial Street and enjoy one of Bubala’s ample seafood options, or a burger, wrap, or sandwich. With a dog-friendly patio and plenty of tables, this lunch spot in Provincetown is also great if you’ve got Fido in tow or a big group.

Tips for Biking in Newport

We love summer in Newport, with beautiful beach days, sunset sails, and meals on patios overlooking the harbor. But all the summertime visitors mean that there can be a lot of traffic on this narrow island. Our summertime traffic solution? Ditch the car and explore Newport on two wheels. Here are our tips for biking in Newport, from best bike shops for rentals to scenic rides by the ocean.

If you need to rent a bike, there are two great bike shops in Newport. Newport Bicycle offers streamlined hybrid bikes for riding on and off road. Tot trailers and tandem bikes are available for rent too. The friendly staff here can give you personalized recommendations for an afternoon ride in Newport. Ten Speed Spokes can rent you a wider variety of bikes, including hybrid, road, and fat bikes (which are great for biking on the beach). Also located downtown, this rental shop is a great jumping off point to start exploring Newport by bike.

The best bike ride in downtown Newport is a loop down Bellevue Avenue, out to Ocean Avenue with the option for stopping in Brenton Point State Park and Fort Adams State Park. This loop takes you through the Mansion District and out to the ocean, with great views of the city and the Newport Bell Bridge. It’s the perfect afternoon ride to see the city’s role in American history and the natural beauty.

To explore further afield, ride east on Memorial Boulevard, past Easton’s Beach and out to the Sachuest Point Wildlife Refuge, 242 acres of preserved land on the water. With beaches, birdwatching, and hiking trails, you can pack a picnic and spend a nice afternoon enjoying the wilderness just a short bike ride from downtown Newport. For specific routes and more suggestions for scenic bike rides in and around Newport, visit Bike Newport for a bike map.

Photograph provided by Solé Bicycles

New Space for the Best Thai Food in Camden

It’s no secret that we love the Asian restaurant Long Grain because it serves the best Thai food in Camden. It’s our go-to for lunch and dinner in town when we’re feeling the fresh flavors of the Thai and Vietnamese dishes on its menu. We’re excited to share the news with our guests that Long Grain in Camden has moved into a newly expanded space! After eight years in its small space on Elm Street, the restaurant is expanding onto Washington Street, where the new space also has room for an Asian market.

Plans for Long Grain’s moved were announced nearly three years ago, but the new space, only a block away, needed extensive renovation. Now that the building is up to code, Long Grain has moved in and is ready for its influx of summer visitors. The hours remain the same, as does the menu although it changes frequently. There are a few more seats in the new space, meaning it will be a little bit easier to snag a table at one of Camden’s best dining destinations—but we still recommend making a reservation.

The move also means Long Grain has opened a small market of Asian groceries next door—we’ve already snagged our favorite flavor of Pocky and browsed the selection of teas, noodles, and snacks. With more space, chefs Ravin Nakjaroen and Paula Palakawong and their team are expanding their in-house preparation of items like roasted duck, Char Sui roasted pork, and crispy pork belly. We’re looking forward to seeing what culinary creativity will be unleashed now that the kitchen at Long Grain has more space to spread its wings. Next time you’re on a lark to Camden, be sure to enjoy the best Thai food in Camden at Long Grain.

Long Grain is a short drive or a 15-minute walk from Whitehall and is open 11:30am-2:45pm and 4:30pm-9:00pm, Tuesday through Sunday. Read our full revie of Long Grain in Camden.

Long Grain | 20 Washington St, Camden | (207) 236-9001

Best Hikes in Camden

Camden’s motto of “where the mountains meet the sea” means there great hiking in the area, complete with stellar views of the Maine coast. Now that our boutique Camden hotel is open for the season, we’re welcoming guests who are ready to explore this gem of a Midcoast Maine town. What better way than with a short hike that quickly affords hikers spectacular views of the islands of Penobscot Bay. Enjoy three of the best hikes in Camden and then relax back on the porch of the Whitehall.

Camden Hills State Park | 280 Belfast Rd, Camden | (207) 236-3109

Head north on Route One to this coastal state park which contains two of the areas most popular peaks: Mount Battie and Mount Megunticook. Both of the hikes are short (under 5 miles) and mild to moderately strenuous. But both reward you with great views of the coast and can be completed in under two hours. Mount Battie also has an auto road, so don’t be surprised when you hike to the top and find cars!

Georges Highland Path | 325 Barnestown Rd, Camden | (207) 594-5166

This trail network is 50 miles of paths throughout the Midcoast region. We love the payoff of the Ragged Mountain Trail, a short but steep hike that looks west towards Mount Washington and the White Mountains. At the summit, the fifth highest on the Eastern seaboard, you’ll find wild blueberries in season late summer. Access the trailhead near the Camden Snow Bowl on Barnestown Rd—look for the sign that says Bald Mountain Preserve, which also has great hiking trails.

Beech Hill Preserve | 76 Rockville St, Rockport |

Just south of Rockport, this 300-acre preserve is the home of Beech Hill, a great afternoon hike. At only 1-1/2 miles round trip, Beech Hill is an easy hike through forests and meadows, with great views from the top. At the summit, admire and walk through Beech Nut, a historic landmark built as a picnic shelter by a family from 1913-1915. Its sod-covered roof and stone construction add a charming touch to this scenic hike in Camden.

Best Outdoor Dining in Kennebunkport

Warm weather in Maine has a short season, and now that it’s arrived, it’s time to maximize spending time outside. With several restaurants overlooking the scenic Kennebunk River, you’ll find some great spots for outdoor dining in Kennebunkport. Here are our recommendations for the best outdoor dining in Kennebunkport the next time you’re staying at our boutique Kennebunkport hotel Captain Fairfield Inn.

Federal Jack’s | 8 Western Ave, Kennebunk | (207) 967-4322

This brewpub overlooks the river and so the prime seats are on its recently expanded second-story deck. Serving up Shipyard beer, from one of Maine’s first craft breweries, Fed’s, as the locals call it, is a great place to enjoy a meal or happy hour. As with any outdoor seating in Kennebunkport, seats can fill up fast, so go at off hours for your best bet at grabbing a seat outside.

Pedro’s | 181 Port Rd, Kennebunk | (207) 967-5544

We love this funky Mexican spot for its great vibe and strong drinks. With an equal number of seats inside and out, Pedro’s is always a popular spot for outdoor dining in Kennebunkport. The menu uses local ingredients and goes beyond typical Mexican fare, and you’ll love sitting in the sun and snacking on their fabulous housemade salsa. A fire pit on the patio lets you linger outside for longer on chilly Maine nights.

The Boathouse | 21 Ocean Ave, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-8223

One of KPT’s newest restaurants, The Boathouse is right on the Kennebunk River, giving it great views of the harbor and all its action. With a large deck that is perfect for happy hour, you can relax in the comfy loungers and enjoy food and drink specials from 3-5 p.m. on weekdays. But really anytime is a good time to nab a seat at one of the best outdoor dining in Kennebunkport.

Restaurants on Washington Avenue

Portland, Maine is known for its restaurant and beer scene—with hundreds of award-winning restaurants attracting visitors who have just come to eat. In particular, a small stretch of street within Portland’s East End neighborhood has attracted a high concentration of restaurants worth visiting. Washington Avenue has long had great restaurants—Silly’s and Tu Casa have been serving creative American fare and El Salvadorian food respectively for nearly 20 years. But the last few years have seen a spate of development within two blocks that have made the street a true food and drink destination. Here are just a few of the restaurants on Washington Avenue we recommend you visit during your next stay at our Portland boutique hotel.

Duckfat Friteshack | 49 Washington Ave, Portland | (207) 774-8080

Finally, another location for this popular café, famous for its duck fat french fries and thick milkshakes made with local gelato. Overlooking the patio at Oxbow Blending & Bottling, the new Duckfat window has an abbreviated version of the menu. Yes, there’s fries, poutine, and fried chicken, but there is also lighter snacks like salmon poke and tomato fennel soup. Grab a beer from the brewery, order up some fries, and enjoy a perfect afternoon on the patio.

Terlingua | 52 Washington Ave, Portland | (207) 808-8502

This Tex-Mex meets Caribbean restaurant takes its name from a Texas ghost town but uses Maine ingredients like seafood in its ever-changing ceviches and local barbecued meats. Enjoy some Southwest flavor with barbecue plates like ribs, chicken, and brisket and green and red chilis topped with fresh farmers’ cheese and sliced radishes. Local draft beer and creative mixed drinks round out the offerings at this Portland Washington Ave. restaurant.

Cong Tu Bot | 57 Washington Ave, Portland | (207) 221-8022

This small café tucked in the corner of a building can be a bit tricky to find for first-timers, so look for the “PHO” neon sign in the window. Once you’ve found it, grab a seat at the counter to be front row to the action or take a table for a quieter experience. With a small menu of Vietnamese classics like bun cha, pho, and curry noodle soup, you’ll love every dish. Don’t skip the desserts, especially the coffee flan or pandan pound cake.

Nature Walks on Martha’s Vineyard

Martha’s Vineyard may be well-known for its beaches and quaint villages, but much of the island is undeveloped or old pasture land that is slowly being reclaimed by nature. There’s plenty of scenic land to explore No visit to our Martha’s Vineyard boutique hotels would be complete without a nature walk through one of the area’s many land preserves. With water views, sweeping sand beaches, and marshes, enjoy the scenery of the island on these nature walks on Martha’s Vineyard.

Martha’s Vineyard Land Bank | 167 Main St, Edgartown | (508) 627-7141

This land conservation organization maintains 3,100 acres of protected land on the island. With over 70 properties around the island, there’s plenty of places to hike, bike, and even horseback ride. From Aquinnah Headlands Preserve, home to Martha’s Vineyard’s famed Gay Head Cliffs, to the grasslands surrounding Tisbury Great Pond, Martha’s Vineyard Land Bank properties are great places to explore.

Sheriff’s Meadow | 57 David Ave, Vineyard Haven | (508) 693-5207

This land trust has over 20 properties around Martha’s Vineyard open for nature walks. We love the solitude of West Chop Woods’ trails, an old cart path connecting Vineyard Haven and the nearby lighthouse. Or visit Caroline Tuthill Preserve, over 150 acres with trails through forest, marshland, and beach overlooking the Sengkontacket Pond. Mountain bikers will love the miles of single track trail here.

Mass Audubon’s Felix Neck Wildlife Sanctuary | 100 Felix Neck Dr, Edgartown | (508) 627-4850

Felix Neck is the perfect place for kayaking through Sengkontacket Pond, hiking some of the 4 miles of trails, or exploring the butterfly gardens. Kids will love the Discovery Room, with live animals and marine touch tanks, and special guided kayak tours are available several days a week.

Best Oak Bluffs Boat Tours

Vacation on Martha’s Vineyard is all about sand, sun, and time on the water. And our Oak Bluffs boutique hotel Summercamp is the perfect place to enjoy the waterfront views of the harbor. But for those who didn’t get enough boat time on the ferry ride over, a boat tour in Oak Bluffs is a great way to get out and see the island. Next time you’re on a lark to Martha’s Vineyard, enjoy a fishing charter, a leisurely sightseeing cruise, or a pirate-themed adventure with the kids on these Oak Bluffs boat tours.

The Skipper | 2 Circuit Avenue Ext, Oak Bluffs | (508) 693-1238

This Oak Bluffs fishing charter will help you realize your dream of landing a big one on the Vineyard. With group fishing trips that provide all the equipment and bait you’ll need; you just need to bring drinks and lunch. With a morning and an afternoon trip offered each day, you’ll fish for sea bass, fluke, and tautog for a few hours before returning to the dock. Crew will help with the gear if you’re a beginner and even clean your catch for you to take home.

Martha’s Vineyard Leisure Boat Charters | Lagoon Pond, Oak Bluffs | (508) 696-5252

This 29-foot powerboat is perfect for sightseeing—unlike a sailboat, you can cover a lot more ground on this comfortable cruiser. Trips range from a 2-hour sightseeing cruise to a half-day trip to Lambert’s Cove and Naushon Island. But MV Boat Charters offers one of the Vineyard’s most unique trips—a 3/4 naturalist day, clothing optional, to Gay Head Cliffs, one of the island’s famed landmarks. Partake in this Martha’s Vineyard tradition with the privacy of a private charter boat.

Pirate Adventures Martha’s Vineyard | 12 Circuit Avenue Ext, Oak Bluffs | (508) 687-2739

Entertain the kids with this lively Oak Bluffs boat tour. This 40-foot boat has been decked out as a pirate ship, complete with water cannons, a treasure hunt, and sea shanties. Kids will be completely engrossed in this 90-minute experience, dressing up as pirates, and helping to complete the afternoon’s mission, while adults can sit back and enjoy the sights.

A Visit to Nantucket Farmers’ Markets

In spite of, or maybe because of, Nantucket’s location 30 miles out at sea, there’s many farms and artisan producers on the island. And two great Nantucket farmers’ markets help to showcase these locally-made goods. We love to visit the island’s farmers markets and farm stands to pick up supplies for a beachside picnic or to browse the handmade artisan products that make for a great vacation memento. Next time you’re on a lark to our boutique Nantucket hotels, make sure to stop into these Nantucket farmers’ markets.

Nantucket Farmers’ and Artisans Market | Cambridge and North Union Streets, Nantucket | Saturdays, 9am-1pm

Saturday mornings during the summer and fall months mean the Nantucket Farmers’ Market is in full swing. The bylaws of this particular market stipulate that all vendors must be part or full-time residents of Nantucket, making it a local affair. You’ll find flowers, fruit, vegetables, seafood, and meat vendors, all growing or raising their products on the island. This Nantucket farmers’ market also allows for more than just food, so you can enjoy a snack from one of the prepared food vendors or shop for a memento by a local artist and craftsman. From clothing and jewelry to jams and baked goods the arts and crafts and value-added vendors always have something tempting. Visit the Nantucket Farmers’ Markets Saturdays to get to know the island through its local growers and artisans.

Bartlett’s Farm | 33 Bartlett Farm Rd, Nantucket | (508) 228-9403

If you can’t make it to the farmers’ market, Bartlett’s Farm is open daily from 8am to 7pm. This fourth-generation farm produces meat, vegetables, and flowers and stocks its market with a great selection of local food, and beer and wine. We love to stop into the farm stand for a picnic lunch to take to the beach—with a large selection of prepared foods like salads, sandwiches, and dips, you can make up a gourmet to-go spread. The store is open year-round, and it’s a treat to watch the produce change throughout the growing season from strawberries in June to pick-your-own tomatoes in late August. Bartlett’s Farm market is your go-to stop for island-made food products that will help you remember your time on Nantucket.

Kayak, SUP, and Surf on Nantucket

Guests of our two boutique Nantucket hotels visit the Grey Lady to enjoy the island’s unique culture and its natural beauty. Getting out on the water is a great way to explore the island and see it from a different perspective. Grab a paddle and SUP or kayak around the island’s protected waters or try your hand at catching a wave with surf lessons in Nantucket. Check out the shoreline, look for whales, seals, and birds, and soak up the Cape Cod sun as you kayak, SUP, and surf on Nantucket.

Sea Nantucket Paddle Sports | 76 Washington St, Nantucket | (508) 228-7499

This downtown paddle shop rents kayaks and SUPs. Its convenient location allows you to paddle right from the shore into Nantucket Harbor and explore the beaches of Coatue. These sand dunes form a barrier island that protects the mainland from the sound, making it an idyllic spot to paddle. Guided tours of the island’s salt marsh creeks are available for an additional charge.

Paddle Nantucket | 99 Washington St Ext, Nantucket | (508) 332-2546

Check out this rental company for all your SUP needs. From rentals, lessons, group paddles, and yoga lessons, Paddle Nantucket has it all. Check the calendar of events to reserve your spot in a group paddle around the harbor, a yoga session, or a tour of the salt marsh creeks. With all equipment included, the rates are reasonable, and you’ll meet some new friends on these group tours. Private lessons and rentals are also available.

Nantucket Island Surf School | 1 Dirt Road, Nantucket | (508) 560-1020

Head to the south side of the island to catch some waves with this surf school. Sign up for a 1-2 hour lesson, where wetsuits and surfboards are provided, to learn the basics. The surf school is committed to keeping lesson sizes small so students get plenty of attention from instructors. More experienced surfers can take private lessons or simply rent equipment as well.

Our Favorite Museums in Mendocino

There’s so much of California’s natural beauty to explore when visiting Mendocino—we love to hike in the redwoods, kayak along the shoreline, and walk along the Mendocino Headlands. In between taking in all the sights, many of our guests to our boutique Mendocino hotels are interested in learning more about the history of Northern California. These three museums in Mendocino will shed some light on how Mendocino came to be, its inhabitants, and the industries that drive its development. Here are our recommendations for three museums in Mendocino that offer a deeper understanding of this special seaside town.

Ford House Museum | 45035 Main St, Mendocino | (707) 937-5397

This museum in Mendocino also doubles as the Mendocino State Park visitors’ center, so it’s a great first stop. Find information about area sights and ask the staff for recommendations on the best hikes, restaurants, and wineries in the area. The house was to home Jerome Ford, a salvager, and lumber mill manager, and his wife Martha in the mid-1800s and has many exhibits about Mendocino’s early industries like logging. Other exhibits on whales, local art, and history encapsulate Mendocino’s attractions.

Kelley House Museum |45007 Albion St, Mendocino | (707) 937-5791

Guided tours of this restored historic home in downtown Mendocino are available on weekends—learn about the generations of the Kelley Family and the history of Mendocino through an extensive collection of photographs and artifacts. Rotating exhibits cover everything from rum running and shipwrecks to Native Americans and town history.

The Temple of Kwan Tai | 45160 Albion St, Mendocino

This National Historic Landmark is dedicated to the history of the Chinese population in Mendocino. Chinese immigrants first came to the area during the Gold Rush of the mid-1800s and worked in the camps for the gold and lumber industries. This Taoist temple was built in 1867 and is now run by a nonprofit dedicated to education and the preservation of the area’s Chinese history.

Best Outdoor Dining in Edgartown

With plenty of real estate overlooking Nantucket Sound, Edgartown is home to many restaurants that have great waterfront views. And now that warmer weather has come to New England, our favorite Edgartown restaurants are rolling out the picnic tables and patio chairs. So where to go when you’re looking to enjoy a drink or a meal in the sun? From casual café to seafood on the waterfront, we’ve got recommendations for the best outdoor dining in Edgartown for your next visit to this charming, seaside town.

Atlantic Fish & Chop House | 2 Main St, Edgartown | (508) 627-7001

Known for its award-winning clam chowder, Atlantic is located on the water in Edgartown Harbor, overlooking the yacht club. Its double-decker porch provides plenty of outdoor seating, and large windows mean even if the weather forces you to take a table inside, you’ll still have a great view. Enjoy New England seafood classics like lobster mac and cheese and oven roasted cod or choose from a great selection of steaks and chops.

Among the Flowers Café | 17 Mayhew Lane, Edgartown | (508) 627-3233

This casual café’s patio is quite literally covered in flowers, from window baskets to hanging pots, making it a lovely outdoor dining spot in Edgartown. Open for breakfast, lunch, and dinner, Among the Flowers’ focus on simple, fresh meals and its cool oasis of a patio make this one of the best spots for outdoor dining in Edgartown.

L’etoile Restaurant | 22 North Water Street, Edgartown | (508) 627-5187

Located at our sister property The Sydney, this fine-dining restaurant has a sweet covered veranda that makes for some of the best outdoor dining in Edgartown. Reservations are recommended to score an outdoor table, as the restaurant is very popular in prime summer months. With beautiful landscaping, twinkle lights, and candles decorating the tables, dinner at l’etoile will be one of your vacation highlights.

Our Favorite Edgartown Coffee Shops

Edgartown on Martha’s Vineyard has a charming downtown full of restaurants, shops, and galleries. We love to spend an afternoon exploring the quaint streets of Edgartown and often find ourselves in need of an afternoon pick-me-up. Fortunately, there are several Edgartown coffee shops that brew up delicious iced coffees and flavored lattes. Next time you’re staying at one of our boutique Edgartown hotels, here are three options for the best coffee shops in Edgartown.

Espresso Love | 17 Church St, Edgartown | (508) 627-9211

This cozy cafe is a longtime business in Edgartown, serving up a straightforward menu of espresso drinks, smoothies, and teas. With a bakery case and a small menu of soups, salads, and sandwiches, you can also enjoy a light lunch at this Edgartown coffee shop. Sit inside at one of the café’s tables or if the weather is nice, snag a seat on the patio to enjoy your coffee alfresco.

Behind the Bookstore | 46 Main St, Edgartown | (774) 549-9123

Head behind Edgartown Books to find this coffee shop, serving Intelligentsia Coffee. This shop goes well beyond espresso and cold brew with coffee brewed as a pour over and in a Chemex. A menu of light breakfast items and healthy lunches like grain bowls and salads will fuel you up for a busy day in Edgartown. Behind the Bookstore even offers dinner, with entrees like seared scallops and brown butter-basted ribeye. A large patio offers great outdoor seating, covered by a large sail shade and leafy trees.

Toccopuro Coffee | 3 S Water St, Edgartown | (774) 549-9351

Enjoy cappuccinos the Italian way at this Edgartown coffee shop whose name means “pure touch” in Italian. With a variety of coffees available prepared several different ways, coffee purists will be happy here, as well as those that love flavored lattes and frappes. A selection of Italian pastry and a small menu of sandwiches and salads makes Toccopuro Coffee a nice stop for a light lunch too.

Best Beaches Near Portsmouth, NH

Portsmouth, located at the mouth of the Piscataqua River, may not have its own beach, but it is surrounded by the beautiful sandy beaches of Seacoast New Hampshire. So even though your stay at one of our two boutique Portsmouth hotels is downtown in this small, historic city, a day at the beach is only a short drive away. Next time you’re on a lark to Portsmouth, get out and soak up some sun with our recommendations for best beaches near Portsmouth, NH.

Wallis Sands State Beach | 1050 Ocean Blvd, Rye | (603) 436-9404

The oceanfront town of Rye has several miles of sandy beaches, all managed by the state park system. The facilities are no-frills, but provide everything you need for a day on the beach, with lifeguards, showers, and restrooms. The beach is wide and slopes gently to the water here, meaning there’s tons of room for relaxing and playing, especially at low tide. A view of the Isle of Shoals offshore gives this beach near Portsmouth a unique touch.

Great Island Common | 301 Wentworth Rd, New Castle | (603) 436-1992

This 32-acre park in neighboring New Castle is a quieter spot compared to the state beaches. There is a small sand beach with gentle waves, a large open park, and a playground, so it’s a great spot for kids. The surrounding preserve means you’ll likely see plenty of birds and other wildlife at the beach, making it much more than just a spot for sand and sun. This park overlooks the entrance to Portsmouth Harbor, so you’ll see boat traffic and the lighthouses that guide the way.

Hampton Beach State Park | Ocean Blvd, Hampton | (603) 926-8990

A beach for those who make going to the beach a lifestyle, Hampton Beach is legendary in the area. With a boardwalk, casino, and ballroom that hosts national concerts, this town is not for those looking for a quiet day at the beach. Rather for those that want some excitement during a beach day, the games, activities, and food stands along the boardwalk will be the perfect complement to one of the best beaches near Portsmouth, NH.

New Kennebunkport Restaurants in 2018

The restaurant scene of the Kennebunks is always growing and changing, and this year was particularly turbulent, with some of our old favorites closing and a chef shuffle between several restaurants. Here is an update on new Kennebunkport restaurants for your summer visit to our boutique Kennebunkport hotel.

The Boathouse | 21 Ocean Ave, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-8223

David’s KPT, the waterfront restaurant in the Boathouse Hotel, abruptly closed last fall, leaving everyone to wonder what would take its place. The opening of the new restaurant also called The Boathouse, lets us once again grab a seat on the wraparound porch for happy hour, or a table in a window overlooking the river. The menu features seafood dishes with an Asian flair like tuna poké and steamed mussels with lemongrass and tamarind. The Boathouse is open noon to 9 p.m. daily with happy hour from 3 to 5 p.m.

Satellite Doughnuts | 4 Spring St, Kennebunkport | (207) 502-7909

Mini doughnuts are all the rage, and a new Kennebunkport restaurant brings these tiny delights to Spring Street. Part of the Clam Shack’s restaurant group, this seasonal storefront churns out elaborately topped doughnuts all summer. Get a dozen to share in a variety of flavors from Fruity Pebbles to maple bacon. We can’t think of a better way to top off a stroll through Dock Square than sharing an order of fried-to-order mini doughnuts. Satellite Doughnuts is open every day of the week, except Tuesday, from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m.

Walkers Maine | 1273 US-1, Cape Neddick | (207) 351-1145

Chef couple Danielle and Justin Walker, formerly of Earth at Hidden Pond, have opened their own restaurant in Cape Neddick. Walkers Maine continues the elegant farm-to-table theme found at Earth, but this time in a more casual setting. With a large number of snacks and small plates available, diners can share several dishes over drinks or go big with family-style entrees like whole fried chicken with potato salad and swiss chard. Fans of Walkers’ cooking at Earth will want to venture out to Cape Neddick to enjoy Justin and Danielle’s new venture at Walkers Maine. Walkers Maine is open for dinner at 5 p.m. Thursday through Monday.

Things to Do With Kids in Falmouth

Cape Cod is a great place for a family vacation with attractions that suit visitors of all ages. From beach days and clam shacks to museums and lighthouses, there’s plenty of family-friendly activities and things to do with kids in Falmouth. Our boutique Falmouth hotel is close to town and the perfect home base from which to explore Falmouth and the surrounding Cape. Next time you’re on a lark to Cape Cod with your family, enjoy our recommendations for things to do with kids in Falmouth.

Old Silver Beach | Quaker Rd, Falmouth | (508) 548-8623

Hit the beach with kids in tow at this family-friendly spot. With warm water from Buzzards Bay, soft sand, and gentle waves, this is the perfect beach for some time in the sun. Amenities like lifeguards, restrooms, and a snack bar mean you can spend the day here. This is one of the more popular beaches in Falmouth, so arrive early if you want a prime spot for the day.

Smitty’s Ice Cream | 326 East Falmouth Hwy, East Falmouth | (508) 457-1060

Post-dinner ice cream runs are practically required on vacation, and the best ice cream in Falmouth can be found at Smitty’s. They make their own ice cream in a wide variety of flavors, and we love the blueberry when it’s available. Head to Smitty’s, where the most complicated decision you’ll face is whether to get sprinkles or not.

Cape Cod Baseball League | 780 Main St, Falmouth

You’ll love this quaint local baseball league, a family outing through and through. The Falmouth Commodores play nightly Tuesday through Sunday in June, July, and August at Guy Fuller Field. (Read up on the history of the Cape Cod Baseball League in our post.) With the games free of charge and bleacher seating at the community field, you’ll make summer memories for your family at these local baseball games.

Shopping on Broadway in Saratoga

Our newly renovated boutique hotel The Downtowner is conveniently located in the heart of Saratoga Springs on historic Broadway. This downtown district has been the heart of the city since its development in the early 1800s. Today it’s a vibrant neighborhood full of shops, restaurants, and galleries, all in updated historic buildings. We recommend an afternoon of exploring Broadway, shopping in Saratoga Springs during your visit. While Broadway is lined with fun shops, here are four of our favorite boutiques for shopping in Saratoga Springs.

Homessence | 439 Broadway, Saratoga Spring | (518) 306-6445

This small home goods store has a great collection of vintage and natural items. With a beachy, cottage vibe, you’re sure to find a unique piece to complement your home decor. Great for gifts too, Homessence is a fun shop in Saratoga Springs to explore.

Silverado Jewelry Gallery | 446 Broadway # 1, Saratoga Springs | (518) 584-1044

Silverado is a great place to browse—with a wide variety of jewelry from fine metalwork to casual and funky, there’s something for everyone. The staff is particularly friendly at Silverado, always happy to assist with trying a piece on. Stop in to peruse their large collection, and be inspired to add a new piece to your collection.

Violet’s of Saratoga | 494 Broadway, Saratoga Springs | (518) 584-4838

A women’s clothing boutique and shoe store in one, Violet’s has everything from casual clothes to evening wear. With a wide range of designers, you’ll find on-trend pieces and classics for your wardrobe. You can also pick up accessories for your new outfit or find a great new pair of shoes as a way to remember your vacation in Saratoga.

Common Thread | 512 Broadway, Saratoga Springs | (518) 583-2583

This great yarn shop is a must for any knitters or fiber artists. Filled with shelves of yarns of all weights and colors, you’ll find inspiration for your next project in this arts and craft store. Those who prefer the finished product without the work can peruse a selection of handmade scarves, tops, and accessories.

Best Breweries in Saratoga Springs

With the popularity of craft beer around the country, nearly every city has a burgeoning brewery scene, and Saratoga Springs is no exception. The area has several independent craft breweries and even a few wineries and distilleries. Saratoga Brewing Co., one of the oldest and largest in the state, closed earlier this year, but several upstarts are filling the void. Here are some of the best breweries in Saratoga Springs to visit on your next stay at our newly renovated boutique hotel The Downtowner.

Racing City Brewing Co. | 250 Excelsior Dr, Saratoga Springs | (518) 886-1271

This combination brewery and winery is Saratoga Springs’ newest, opening just a few months ago. The owners own a racehorse farm and started the winery in 2012, with plans to add a distillery in the future. The tap room is in an industrial stretch of town, operating out of a former package distribution warehouse. The racing-themed tap room is spacious with several TVs tuned, naturally, to the latest horserace. A small selection of beers rotate seasonally, with names like the Lemon Hop Kid, named for the winner of the Travers Stakes in 1999, the family’s first visit to Saratoga.

Druthers Brewing Company | 381 Broadway, Saratoga Springs | (518) 306-5275

Located downtown, Druthers Brewing is a full-service restaurant and brewery in one. With wood-fired pizzas and plenty of pub classics, this brewpub is a cozy place to enjoy a meal. Year-round brews pilsner, brown ale, and hefeweizen are always on tap with seasonal favorites like an IPA and gose available in warmer months. Live music on the patio in the summer means Druthers is always hopping.

Common Roots Brewing Company | 58 Saratoga Ave, South Glens Falls | (518) 409-8248

This South Glens Falls brewery may be a bit of a drive from downtown Saratoga Springs, but if the day lends itself to exploring the area, this makes for a worthy pit stop. Specializing in barrel aged beers and wild fermentation, Common Roots is known for turning out uniquely flavored beer. Fans of sour beers will love the variety and depth of the brews available here, making it somewhat of a hidden gem in this quaint upstate town.

Our Favorite Cape Cod Beaches

Warm weather has arrived on Cape Cod, and with it, beach season. Relaxing on a soft, sandy beach is a top priority of any Cape Cod vacation, and we’ve got the best Cape Cod beach recommendations for you. Next time you’re visiting one of our two Cape Cod boutique hotels, AWOL in Provincetown and The Coonamessett in Falmouth, visit one of these Cape Cod beaches and enjoy the slower pace of life on the Cape.

South Cape Beach State Park | 686 Great Oak Rd, Mashpee | (508) 457-0495

This beach is one of the most popular South Cape beaches and is conveniently located near our Falmouth boutique hotel. It can get crowded in the summer season, but if you’re willing to walk a bit, the crowds thin out and you can find a more private beach spot. The soft sand gives way to small pebbles in the shallows, and as it faces Buzzards Bay, the waves are gentle and the water is warm. A hiking trail loops from the beach through the marshland and connects to the nearby Waquoit Bay National Estuarine Research Reserve, making it a perfect place to stretch your legs after a long drive.

Nauset Beach | 250 Beach Rd, Orleans | (508) 240-3780

Stop for a break on your way to P’town at this oceanside beach and run in for a quick dip. There are miles of white sand that drops off to a great ocean break—perfect for those who like to play in the surf. The water can be cold and rough, so it’s best for experienced swimmers, but there is a lifeguard on duty. Off-road vehicle access (with a permit) means you can escape the crowds by driving to the outer reaches of Nauset Beach.

Craigville Beach | Craigville Beach Rd, Centerville (508) 790-6345

While this beach is one of the best known on the Cape, it’s popular for a reason. Get your full Cape Cod experience with a big, wide sandy beach and the seaside fried clam shack. Facing Nantucket Sound, this water at this beach is warm with small waves, making it perfect for children. With plenty of amenities like parking, restrooms, and lifeguards, you’ll soon see why visiting Craigville Beach makes for an easy and fun beach day.

For beach recommendations in Provincetown, check out our post on the Best Provincetown Beaches.

Tips for Biking in Camden

Spring has finally sprung in midcoast Maine and that means we have many months of warm weather to enjoy. Our boutique Camden hotel is open for the season, and we’re welcoming guests who love the slower pace of this small seaside town. We think one of the best ways to get into vacation mode is to explore the area by bike. When biking in Camden, you’ll find trails and routes for both mountain bikers and road riders, whether you’re looking for a long loop to stretch your legs or a short sightseeing pedal in and around town. Biking in Camden is a great way to enjoy the fresh Maine air and to see the area.

If you need to rent a bike, Maine Sport Outfitters in Camden is the place to go. This outdoor gear shop has bike rentals starting for $34 for the day, which includes a helmet, lock, and even a fix-a-flat kit. Rent a hybrid for riding around town, a road bike for longer loops, or a mountain bike to hit the trails. The bike shop is located in downtown Camden, perfect for riding back to the Whitehall or around town. If you’d like to go farther afield, the shop will rent you a bike rack for your car.

Road bikers will love the 17-mile loop leaving Camden on Route 52 and returning via Routes 235 and 105. This intermediate ride takes you around Megunticook Lake with views of the water from Route 52. The Lincolnville General Store at roughly the halfway mark is a great place to stop and refuel. Mountain bikers should head to Camden Snow Bowl full of trails maintained by the New England Mountain Biking Association. And those looking for an easy loop will love the ride out Bay View Street to Beauchamp Point in Rockport. The 6-mile ride will take you past the area’s famous Belted Galloway cows. No matter what adventure you choose, biking in Camden is a great way to enjoy Maine’s spectacular spring and summer weather.

Best Bakeries in Camden

Midcoast Maine is known for its community of artists and makers, and we love to explore the independently-owned shops that line Camden’s main street. You may find yourself in need of a pick-me-up while out and about, so on your next visit to our Camden boutique hotel Whitehall, enjoy our recommendations for the best bakeries in Camden.

The Red Barn Baking Co. | 47 Bayview St, Camden | (207) 236-2253

This bakery is tucked down a side street that runs along the water. A European-style bakery, Red Barn Baking makes cookies, pastry, cakes, and cupcakes fresh daily. Try Maine’s signature dessert, the whoopie pie, or go savory with a slice of tomato pie. Walk back to the town landing and enjoy your sweet treats overlooking Camden harbor.

Zoot Coffee | 31 Elm St, Camden | (207) 236-9858

Camden’s best-known coffee shop can be found by its signature red sign on Elm Street. Enjoy an iced coffee or an Italian soda and peruse the case of baked goods. From a savory quiche made with local vegetables to muffins, scones, and cookies, you’ll find something that’s perfect for an afternoon snack. Relax at one of the cafe’s small tables and enjoy the friendly vibe at this community hot spot.

The Market Basket | 223 Commercial St, Rockport | (207) 230-2437

If you venture south into Rockport, stop into this European bakery and deli at the corner of Routes 90 and 1. Here you’ll find racks of freshly baked pastry and breads and a selection of locally-made products like jams, honey, maple syrup, coffee, and wine. From bars and cookies to croissants and baguettes, this bakery and market has everything you need for refreshment or the makings of a picnic lunch.

Best Nature Walks in Newburyport

Springtime is one of our favorites on the North Shore of Massachusetts, as we watch as the snow retreat and color return to the landscape. And while the area has many small towns full of restaurants, culture, art, and history, there’s still plenty of unspoiled nature to enjoy. No visit to our boutique Plum Island hotel would be complete without a nature walk through one of the area’s many state parks. With water views, sweeping sandy beaches, and marshes, you’ll enjoy the scenery of the North Shore on these nature walks in Newburyport.

Parker River National Wildlife | Refuge Rd, Newbury | (978) 386-3170

Just south of Blue—Inn on the Beach, you’ll find the start of the Parker River National Wildlife Refuge on Plum Island (named for the beach plums that line the dunes). The refuge is part of a patchwork of local, state, and federally protected land that creates a nature sanctuary with miles of sandy beaches, salt marshes, and scrubby woods. Park in any one of the turnouts along Refuge Rd. and enjoy a nature walk in Newburyport along the ocean-facing beach. Birdwatching is popular in the area too, although often nesting shorebirds in the early summer mean the beach is closed to visitors.

Maudslay State Park | 74 Curzon Mill Rd, Newburyport | (978) 465-7223

This in-town Newburyport state park runs along the Merrimack River. The park contains land which was once the private estate of a wealthy Newburyport family, so you’ll find landscaping and a few remaining historic buildings. Springtime nature walks in Newburyport mean blooming azaleas and rhododendrons along the trails. Enjoy a walk on the miles of trails or bring a picnic and stay for lunch in the manicured gardens.

Mass Audubon Joppa Flats Education Center | 1 Plum Island Turnpike, Newburyport | (978) 462-9998

This nature center on the Merrimack River has 52 acres of woodlands and marshes for you to explore. The protected habitat for birds means there’s ample opportunity to spot native and migratory species on your nature walk in Newburyport. While there’s plenty to do on your own, the nature center offers a robust schedule of adult and family programs including canoeing and guided bird walks.

Horseback Riding in Mendocino

The coast of California, with its miles of sandy beaches, rocky coasts, and redwood forests begs to be explored. One of the more popular ways to see the scenery in Mendocino is by horseback. There are two horseback riding outfits in Mendocino near our boutique hotel, the Inns of the Blue Door Group, that our visitors enjoy. Whether you’re looking to ride through the ocean surf or on a daylong trail ride, there’s a horseback riding adventure in Mendocino to suit you. Here’s the lowdown on horseback riding in Mendocino for the next time you’re on a lark to northern California.

Ross Ranch | 28300 Philo Greenwood Rd, Elk | (707) 489-8579

This family-owned ranch is about 30 minutes south of Mendocino and offers private and group rides. Choose a beachfront ride or a trip through the forests. Each ride is about two hours, with an hour and a half of saddle time. First timers and experienced riders will feel at ease, as the staff matches riders’ abilities with an appropriate horse. The beach ride heads out to Manchester Beach, a long sandy stretch that’s part of a state park near Point Arena, while the forest ride heads inland to the coastal mountains where you’ll spot the area’s famous redwood trees.

Ricochet Ridge Ranch | 24201 CA-1, Fort Bragg | (707) 964-7669

Head north to Ricochet Ridge Ranch in Fort Bragg, where a number of horseback rides are offered, from short beach rides to all-day trail trips. The ranch’s most popular trip is a one-hour beach ride on Ten Mile Beach, a seemingly endless stretch of sand bordered by soft rolling hills. Those looking to make it a longer adventure will love the half and full day options to ride in McKerricher State Park by giant redwoods. Horseback riding in Mendocino is sure to be an unforgettable part of your vacation.

Visit Mendocino Farmers’ Markets

California means fresh produce to us at Lark Hotels, with much of our country’s food coming from the Golden State. Come spring, the small farmers of Northern California once again start setting up in the small towns up and down the coast. This year’s Mendocino Farmers’ Market kicks off on Friday, May 4th and runs through October. We love to visit the market to pick up supplies for a beachside picnic or to browse the handmade artisan products that make for a great vacation memento. Next time you’re on a lark to our boutique Mendocino hotel, the Inns of the Blue Door Group, make sure to stop into the Mendocino Farmers’ Market.

The Mendocino Farmers’ Market takes place on Howard Street between Main and Albion Streets, meaning it overlooks the water. It’s an idyllic place to spend an afternoon getting to know local farmers and vendors. When the sun is shining, the local musicians are playing, the farmers’ market is a bustling place to stroll around and do some light shopping. The Mendocino Farmers’ Market isn’t all vegetables—craft and specialty product vendors are mixed in too. We think the best vacation keepsakes come with a story, and the Mendocino Farmers’ Market is a great place to connect with the artists and makers. From goat milk soap and beeswax candles to jams made with local fruit and herbal salves, you’ll find a California-made product that you love.

But there’s plenty of local produce at the market too! Spring means strawberry season at Mendocino Farmers’ Markets—a real treat if you’re visiting from somewhere where the season starts later. Baked goods, produce, cheese, and fresh flowers round out the seasonal offerings. If you find yourself visiting other towns nearby, Mendocino Farmers’ Markets also take place in Boonville, Fort Bragg, Ukiah, and Willits. Each one has its own unique personality, so stop by for a taste of Northern California.

Mendocino Farmers’ Market | Howard St, Mendocino | Fridays, 12-2pm

Where to Go Fishing in Stowe

Spring weather has finally arrived in Vermont, and with it, the mountain snow is melting, filling the rivers and lakes that make up the Winooski watershed. As the temperatures warm, the insects and the fish that feed on them are waking up, meaning it’s time to go fishing in Stowe. With seven rivers within ten miles of Stowe, there’s ample opportunity to go fly and spin fishing for bass and trout. Get your fishing permit online, and get ready for your trip with our tips for fishing in Stowe.

Trout fishing season began in mid-April in Vermont, and there are several great places in the area to fish either stocked ponds or rivers. Sterling Pond is a popular spot to fly fish, accessible by a short, steep hike up to the pond near Mount Mansfield. But for advice on the best places to go fishing in Stowe, head to the Fly Rod Shop on Waterbury Rd. in Stowe. This tackle and bait shop can provide you with river condition reports, with up-to-date information on what’s biting and where. The staff here will ensure you’re using the right fly and even offers free casting clinics. Sign up for this one-hour lesson at the small pond behind the shop, and learn the terminology, equipment, and how to cast. Rent gear from the shop to try your hand at scoring a brookie or a bass.

While there are plenty of spots to cast from the shoreline while fishing in Stowe, you may want to enjoy the help of a guided tour on a river or lake. The Fly Rod offers guided trips for every fisherman, from instructional fly fishing tours for beginners to drift boat trips for those looking for tips. Catamount Fishing Adventure is another area guide that offers guided trips on canoes, motorboats, and from the shore. All supplies are provided on these half or full day trips. Whether you’re a lifelong fisherman or looking to try your hand at a new hobby, springtime fishing in Stowe is a great way to get started!

Enjoy Cape Cod Baseball League This Summer

Summertime means baseball, and visitors to our two Cape Cod boutique hotels, The Coonamsesett in Falmouth and Provincetown’s AWOL are in luck, as the area is home to the Cape Cod Baseball League. This amateur baseball league is made up of 10 teams and is recognized by the NCAA as one of the best scouting grounds in the country for professional players. Any lover of the sport will find a Cape Cod Baseball League game to be one of the summer’s highlights on Cape Cod.

The Cape Cod Baseball League started in 1885 and was populated by men returning from World War I and II. Today, many of the players in the league are also on college teams, meaning the season is a short one, only lasting from mid-June to early August. But with games five to seven nights a week throughout the summer, you’re sure to catch one during your time on the Cape. The ten fields can be found at schools and community parks in Bourne, Brewster, Chatham, Cotuit, Falmouth, Harwich, Hyannis, Orleans, Wareham and Yarmouth-Dennis (pro tip: bring a seat cushion or a blanket, as the stands are frequently aluminum bleachers). Whether you’re rooting for the Falmouth Commodores or the Orleans Firebirds, there’s a Cape Cod Baseball League not too far away.

With hundreds of Cape Cod Baseball League alumni going on to play in the major leagues, the league truly is the place “where the stars of tomorrow shine tonight.” And this family-friendly event is accessible for all—the games are free of charge. Instead of tickets, the non-profit league asks for donations at each game. Don’t miss your chance to see the next up and coming players or to simply enjoy one of America’s favorite pastimes with the Cape Cod Baseball League.

Tips for Biking in Falmouth

Vacation on Cape Cod is all about slowing down, and at Lark Hotels, we think touring the area by bike is the perfect way to do just that. From salt marshes and cranberry bogs to sandy beaches and quaint villages, Falmouth has so much to explore on two wheels. When you’re on a lark to our boutique Falmouth hotel, enjoy these tips for biking in Falmouth as a great way to enjoy Cape Cod.

If you need to rent a bike when you arrive in Falmouth, bike shop Corner Cycle is the spot. Located less than a mile from The Coonamessett, the bike shop rents hybrid bikes that are perfect for cruising roads and bike paths. Helmets and bike locks are included with each rental, and trailers and tag-along bikes are available for your little cyclists. We also offer Solé bicycles right on property! Once you’re outfitted for biking in Falmouth at Corner Cycle, you can hop onto Cape Cod’s most popular bike path, the Shining Sea Bikeway, only two blocks from the shop. (Staff can direct you and provide a map too.)

The Shining Sea Bikeway is a 10.6-mile multi-use path, established in 2009 on the bed of an old railway. It runs from North Falmouth to Woods Hole, with Corner Cycle located 3.5 miles from the southern end. It’s a pleasant ride to cruise down to Woods Hole and spend some time exploring the village before you head back to Falmouth. This section of the bike path runs along the water, so there’s ample opportunity to cool off with a quick dip in the ocean. Or you can ride north from Corner Cycle to North Falmouth for different scenery. This stretch is more wooded, with Cape Cod’s signature cranberry bogs and salt marshes. Stop and explore the Salt Pond Bird Sanctuary and try your hand at some bird watching. Whichever direction you choose, the Shining Sea Bikeway is a must for any active traveler looking to go biking in Falmouth.

Nantucket’s Best Beaches

With more than 80 miles of beaches, Nantucket’s sandy shoreline is a major draw for visitors in the summer. From protected coves to rough, oceanside surf, there’s a Nantucket beach for every mood. The South Shore beaches are ocean facing and tend to be less populated with larger waves, while the North Shore is protected by Nantucket Sound, meaning its waters are warmer and calmer. When you’re visiting the Grey Lady this summer, grab a beach towel from the front desks of one of our Nantucket boutique hotels and check out the best Nantucket beaches.

Jetties Beach | 4 Bathing Beach Rd, Nantucket

Jetties is popular as it’s close to town and easily reached by foot, shuttle, or bike. With changing rooms, a playground, and a restaurant, you’ll find lots of families spending the day at Jetties. Get out on the water with sailboat and windsurfing equipment rentals or soak up the sun on the sand. Pack a picnic or head to The Sandbar at Jetties Beach for dinner or a drink as the sun begins to set.

Cisco Beach | Hummock Pond Rd, Nantucket

This south-facing beach sees the brunt of the island’s big waves making it a popular spot for surfers. Head to Cisco after a storm to check out the pros catching waves or wait for a calmer day to try it yourself—Nantucket Surf School offers surf and SUP lessons here. There are no facilities at this beach, but there are lifeguards on duty and food carts during the summer. If you venture out into the water, beware of rip currents. Make sure to stop at Cisco Brewers (https://ciscobrewers.com/) on your way back into town.

Madaket Beach | Pennsylvania Ave, Nantucket

Madaket is known as one of the best Nantucket beaches to watch the sunsets from, as it’s western-facing with unobstructed views of the horizon. It also makes for great beach days with its soft sand and big ocean waves (as with any ocean beach, the currents can be strong here). Pack a picnic and ride your bike to Madaket Beach via the bike path, it’s an easy 5-1/2 mile ride from Nantucket town.

Best Cocktail Bars in Saratoga Springs

With so much to do and see in Saratoga Springs, your visit is sure to be jam-packed with art, shopping, culture—and horse racing, of course. Our boutique Saratoga Springs hotel, The Downtowner, is a great home base, as it’s located in the heart of the city on Broadway. Whether you’ve just arrived from traveling or spent the day exploring town, there are several great cocktail bars located right near our hotel. Here are our recommendations for the best cocktail bars in Saratoga Springs where you can start or end your night with a great drink.

Hamlet & Ghost | 24 Caroline St, Saratoga Springs | (518) 450-7287

This Saratoga Springs cocktail bar plays up the city’s bootlegging history with a speakeasy vibe. The menu features classics like Sazerac, Manhattan, and Pimm’s Cup, but also some lesser-known drinks like Remember the Maine with rye whiskey and Cherry Heering and the Scotch-based Penicillin. The dinner menu has a large selection of small plates like cheese boards and oysters if you need a snack to tide you over.

The Cantina | 430 Broadway, Saratoga Springs | (518) 587-5577

Just across the street from The Downtowner, this Mexican restaurant is known for its wide variety of margaritas. All the classics are here, from fruit-flavored to Cadillac, plus a number of original cocktails. Smoke lovers should try the Rail Yard, with mezcal, muddled jalapeño, orange, lime, agave, and black pepper. With exposed brick and pressed tin ceilings, you’ll love the atmosphere at Cantina as well as the drinks.

The Bourbon Room | 8 Caroline St, Saratoga Springs | (518) 705-2610

As the name suggests, this Saratoga Springs cocktail bar caters to whiskey lovers, with over 150 bourbons. Of course, there’s the much sought-after Pappy Van Winkle, but newbies can find something approachable on the cocktail menu. From Old Fashioneds and Juleps to the Southern Belle, made with peach bourbon and topped with sweet tea, there’s a bourbon drink for everyone at one of the best cocktail bars in Saratoga Springs.

Explore the History of Saratoga Springs

While its namesake mineral baths and thoroughbred racing may be the first things to come to mind, Saratoga Springs has a rich history, ranging from a crucial Revolutionary War battle to bootlegging during Prohibition. Our newly remodeled Saratoga Springs boutique hotel The Downtowner is a great place from which to explore the history of Saratoga Springs. Here are some suggested sights to get you started.

Saratoga National Historical Park | 648 NY-32, Stillwater | (518) 664-9821

This historic site marks the American forces’ first defeat of the British during the American Revolution. British soldiers, marching south down the Hudson River to New York City, fought with American troops on October 7th, 1777 and surrendered 10 days later. This important defeat bolstered the American cause with international allies and boosted morale. Learn about the battle through exhibits, videos, historic reenactments, and self-guided tours throughout the 22-acre park.

National Museum of Racing and Hall of Fame | 191 Union Ave, Saratoga Springs | (518) 584-0400

Whether you’re a hardcore fan of the sport or just like to wear a big hat on Derby Day, you’ll enjoy the Museum of Racing. Exhibits cover the history of thoroughbred racing in Saratoga Springs and around the country and explain the intricacies of the sport to newbies. Learn how to read the odds, then try your hand at the “Ready to Ride” simulator that gives museum-goers a chance to get into the jockey’s seat and feel what it’s like to race. You’ll leave ready for a day at the track.

Self-guided architecture tour via Visitor Center | 297 Broadway, Saratoga Springs | (518) 587-3241

Fans of architecture will want to stop by the Visitor Center for a map of the city’s historic East Side. The neighborhood was the home to the wealthy business people that developed the area as a spa and resort destination. The architectural styles of each of the 27 noteworthy homes are detailed on the brochure, with defining the characteristic of the style. Step back into time and enjoy a walking tour of the history of Saratoga Springs.

Things to do on a Rainy Day in Oak Bluffs

Spring on Martha’s Vineyard can bring a fair amount of rain showers, so it’s good to be prepared with some indoor activities during your visit. Here are our tips for things to do on a rainy day in Oak Bluffs so you can make the most of your vacation on the Vineyard. First things first: snag yourself a Back Door Donut, served at our boutique hotel Summercamp’s Canteen, to cheer yourself up. You may have lost a beach day, but there are still plenty of things to do on a rainy day in Oak Bluffs. We also lend our guests umbrellas, so you can still get out and see the sights.

If you’re traveling with kids (or even if you’re not!), the Flying Horses Carousel is a must-see. This carousel has the distinction of being the oldest in the country, built in 1876. Originally located on Coney Island, the carousel was moved to Oak Bluffs in 1986. Adults and kids alike will love the meticulously restored horses, complete with real horsehair manes and tails. The carousel is housed inside a large wooden barn, making it a perfect rainy day activity.

Cozy up at the historic Strand Theater, opened in 1912 and restored in 2015. With one screen, seeing a movie at the Strand feels delightfully old fashioned. The theater shows new-run and indie films in a partnership with the Martha’s Vineyard Film Society. Grab your popcorn at show time and wait for the rain to pass.

Throw some strikes at The Barn Bowl & Bistro, billed as “not your grandfather’s bowling alley.” You’ll find 10 lanes of 10-in bowling, with a great kitchen and bar. We wouldn’t fault you if you looked forward to a rainy day in Oak Bluffs in order to hit the lanes guilt-free. Open from 11am until 11pm, you can weather any storm at the alley with a cold one in hand.

Best Oak Bluffs Restaurants

With over 200,000 visitors in the summer months, Martha’s Vineyard is full of restaurants that cater to the seasonal swell in population. Our Oak Bluffs boutique hotel Summercamp is located in the heart of this quaint New England village and just steps from some of the best Oak Bluffs restaurants. Use our guide to find the best Oak Bluffs restaurants, for whatever mood you’re in when visiting Martha’s Vineyard.

If you’re looking for craft beer and elevated pub fare, head to:

20byNine | 16 Kennebec Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 338-2065

Yes, there’s burgers and chicken wings at this craft beer and cocktail bar,  but the wings are smoked with a honey hot sauce and the burgers are two sliders served with housemade potato chips. 20byNine’s attention to detail makes the experience so much more than your regular bar food. Original cocktails and over 150 whiskeys will satisfy spirit-lovers too.

Feet in the sand with fried seafood in hand? Try:

Sand Bar & Grille | 6 Circuit Ave Ext, Oak Bluffs | (508) 693-7111

This beach bar overlooks Oak Bluffs harbor and has deck seating or tables on a sand-covered beach area. Watch a beautiful Martha’s Vineyard sunset as you enjoy fresh oysters, a lobster roll, or classic fish and chips. A visit to the Sand Bar will quickly become one of your favorite Martha’s Vineyard traditions.

If you’re in the mood for an ever-changing menu in a relaxed atmosphere, book at table at:

Red Cat Kitchen | 14 Kennebec Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 696-6040

This cozy bistro has great decor with its hand-painted walls and eclectic art collection. You’ll have a hard time choosing between appetizers like the blue lump crab salad with fried tomatoes and the crispy codfish cakes with a spicy pickle remoulade. Entrees range from scallops and risotto to Szechuan BBQ pork loin. A great selection of craft beer and creative cocktails make Red Cat Kitchen one of the best Oak Bluffs restaurants.

Best Outdoor Dining in Portsmouth

With plenty of real estate along the Piscataquis River, Portsmouth is home to many restaurants that have great waterfront views. And warmer weather in Seacoast New Hampshire means our favorite Portsmouth restaurants are rolling out the picnic tables and patio chairs. So where to head when you’re looking to enjoy a drink or a meal in the sun? From casual brewery to seafood on the waterfront, we’ve got recommendations for the best outdoor dining in Portsmouth for your next visit to this charming, seaside city.

The Portsmouth Brewery | 56 Market St, Portsmouth | (603) 431-1115

From the outside, you’d have no idea this popular downtown brewery has any outdoor seating. But pass through the busy dining room and you’ll find an outdoor oasis on the brewery’s patio. Surrounded by brick buildings and decorated with murals and twinkly lights, this patio is a beautiful spot to enjoy the brewery’s selection of craft beer and its globally-inspired menu. As with all popular sunny spots in Portsmouth, the patio fills up fast during nice weather, so call ahead or make a reservation to secure a table.

Surf Portsmouth | 99 Bow St, Portsmouth | (603) 334-9855

Located on scenic Bow Street, Surf is one of a few restaurants that overlook the water here—which means if the patio is full at Surf, you can pop into four more restaurants in search of a table outside. This seafood restaurant is known for its raw bar selection that includes local oysters and sashimi-style tuna. We think fresh seafood should be eaten overlooking the water as often as possible, so locals and visitors alike head to Surf’s deck when the weather’s nice.

Cava | 10 Commercial Alley, Portsmouth | (603) 319-1575

Located in a pedestrian alley, Cava has the sweetest outdoor dining in Portsmouth. With its “living wall” aka a vertical garden cultivated on the restaurant’s brick exterior, Cava’s patio is perfect for romantic summer evenings. Cava specializes in bubbly, wine, and Mediterranean tapas and will easily make you feel like you’re dining in a European city. Don’t skip the churros for dessert!

A Visit to Camden Farmers’ Market

Maine is known for its small-scale agriculture and the bounty of fresh, delicious produce, cheese, bread, and meats these farmers produce. Come spring, farmers once again begin to set up tents and tables in parking lots around the state, as the return of outdoor farmers’ markets takes place. The Camden Farmers’ Market brings vendors from all over the Midcoast area to downtown Camden, only a mile from our Camden boutique hotel Whitehall.

At Lark Hotels, we love to show our guests what makes each of our Lark destinations so special, and in Maine, a big part of that is the small farmers and producers that keep the local food system vibrant. Maine’s restaurant scene wouldn’t be what it is without the thousands of farmers and fishermen that grow and harvest the state’s best food, from wild blueberries and potatoes to lobster and oysters. The farmers’ market is the best place to connect with the Maine food system, even if you’re on vacation and aren’t going to be hauling home a week’s worth of produce. The Camden Farmers’ Market, in particular, has many vendors that make ready-to-eat foods and value-added products that make for a great vacation memento.

Every Saturday morning and Wednesday afternoon, the empty lot at 116 Washington Street fills with local farmers and makers. There’s plenty of organic vegetable farmers, a mushroom grower, and several meat producers—some with smoked products like salami and smoked salmon that would be perfect for a picnic or happy hour snack. Don’t miss Fuzzy Udder Creamery with fresh and aged goats milk cheeses like brie and mozzarella. Several bakeries sell loaves of freshly baked bread, pastries, and specialty crackers helping to round out the picnic lunch offerings. Craft vendors offer everything from medicinal salves and aromatherapy to wooden spoons and felted Christmas ornaments. Visit the Camden Farmers’ Market to see what’s in season.

Camden Farmers’ Market | 116 Washington Street, Camden | Wednesdays 3:30-6pm, Saturdays 9am-noon

Things to do in Lincolnville

Spring in Midcoast Maine means warming weather for exploring Camden and the nearby towns on Route One. Adventures await with antique shops, seafood shacks, and a spectacular view of the ocean in every Midcoast town. We love to take a day trip to Lincolnville just north of Camden and in particular its newly reopened general store. After your day trip, our boutique hotel in Camden is a great place to return to. Read on for our best tips for things to do in Lincolnville and enjoy an afternoon exploring the coast.

With only 2,000 residents, Lincolnville is a small town with a hub that centers around the beach and the ferry landing to Islesboro. If you’re looking for a quintessential Maine lobster experience, not much beats lunch at The Lobster Pound overlooking the ocean. Its classic seafood menu with chowders, rolls, and baskets of fried seafood earns it loyal fans that return every summer. The newly reopened Lincolnville General Store has quickly gained a dedicated following, known for its hot bar and wood-fired pizza. Owned by the drummer from Phish, Jon Fishman and his wife Briar, who live in Lincolnville, the space was extensively restored, and the store’s offerings revamped. The deli uses locally grown ingredients in dishes like tamari-marinated tofu and Indian Korma Grab lunch in the shop or ingredients for a picnic lunch on a hike or at the beach. Craft beer and a great selection of wine round out the offerings at Lincolnville General Store.

On your way back to Camden, consider a stop at Cellardoor Winery. The scenic tasting room overlooks the rolling hills of the winery, with 5-1/2 acres of grapevines. (See our post on the wineries of the Midcoast for more info on Cellardoor Winery). After enjoying an afternoon of all the things to do in Lincolnville, relax at the Whitehall around a firepit and enjoy all that Camden has to offer.

Pink & Green Weekend in Edgartown!

Pink & Green Weekend in Edgartown!

Spring has sprung in Edgartown –it’s time to start packing up the winter coats and breaking out the shorts. Kick off the new season in Edgartown with the annual Pink & Green Weekend to celebrate the warmer temps and Mother’s Day, May 11-13. From the Pink & Green 5K to Cocktail’s at Chesca’s and the Mother’s Day Brunch, it’s sure to be a fun-filled weekend. There’s never been a better time to enjoy a getaway to our boutique Edgartown hotel. Book your May stay today and enjoy all that Edgartown has to offer!

Cruise Your Way Into a Getaway with Solé Bikes

We think the best way to get your bearings in a new destination it to start exploring, especially on a two-wheel tour. There’s nothing quite like breezing along the Cape’s coastline on a summer afternoon or zipping around the city streets of Saratoga.

So, when the opportunity arose to partner with Solé Bicycles, it didn’t take much to convince us that their cruiser bikes were the perfect addition to Blue – Inn on the Beach, AWOL, The Downtowner, and The Coonamessett. Just like the team at Lark Hotels, the founders of Solé have a passion for design, simplicity, and community. And just like our properties, their California cool bikes have unique personalities. Solé offers both single speed and fixed gear, City Cruiser, Coastal Cruiser, 3-Speed City Cruiser, Dutch Step Thru – a style to suit every kind of person, on every kind of ride.

They’re offering Lark guests 20% off bikes, plus free shipping. Just enter the code LARK20 when ordering online at www.solebicycles.com.

So grab yourself a new bike and get moving on a spring or summer lark!

Six Lark Hotels Properties Make the 2018 Readers’ Choice Awards

We’re thrilled that six of our boutique hotels76 Main, 21 Broad, Whitehall, The Attawater, Field Guide, and The Hotel Portsmouthhave been nominated for this year’s Condé Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards! Love our location, luxurious linens, welcoming staff, or tasty breakfast items? Voting is now open and we’d be honored if you’d take a second to vote for us and share why you love our properties. Not only are we grateful for your support, but each time you vote, you’re entered to win a luxury cruise for two!

Vote for us today!

The Attwater Makes the 2018 Readers’ Choice Awards

We’re thrilled that our boutique Newport hotel has been nominated for this years Condé Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards! Love our location, luxurious linens, cozy lounge, or tasty breakfast items? Voting is now open and we’d be honored if you’d take a second to vote for us and share why you love The Attwater. Not only are we grateful for your support, but each time you vote, you’re entered to win a luxury cruise for two!

Vote for us today!

The Hotel Portsmouth Makes the 2018 Readers’ Choice Awards

We’re thrilled that our boutique Portsmouth hotel has been nominated for this years Condé Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards! Love our location, luxurious linens, quaint back courtyard, or tasty breakfast items? Voting is now open and we’d be honored if you’d take a second to vote for us and share why you love The Hotel Portsmouth. Not only are we grateful for your support, but each time you vote, you’re entered to win a luxury cruise for two!

Vote for us today!

Whitehall Makes the 2018 Readers’ Choice Awards

We’re thrilled that our boutique Camden hotel has been nominated for this years Condé Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards! Love our midcoast Maine location, luxurious linens, cozy outdoor fireplaces, or tasty breakfast items? Voting is now open and we’d be honored if you’d take a second to vote for us and share why you love Whitehall. Not only are we grateful for your support, but each time you vote, you’re entered to win a luxury cruise for two!

Vote for us today!

Field Guide Makes the 2018 Readers’ Choice Awards

We’re thrilled that our boutique Stowe hotel has been nominated for this years Condé Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards! Love our location, luxurious linens, outdoor lounge area and pool, or tasty breakfast items? Voting is now open and we’d be honored if you’d take a second to vote for us and share why you love Field Guide. Not only are we grateful for your support, but each time you vote, you’re entered to win a luxury cruise for two!

Vote for us today!

21 Broad Makes the 2018 Readers’ Choice Awards

We’re thrilled that our boutique Nantucket hotel has been nominated for this years Condé Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards! Love our location, luxurious linens, great staff, or tasty breakfast items? Voting is now open and we’d be honored if you’d take a second to vote for us and share why you love 21 Broad. Not only are we grateful for your support, but each time you vote, you’re entered to win a luxury cruise for two!

Vote for us today!

76 Main Makes the 2018 Readers’ Choice Awards

We’re thrilled that our boutique Nantucket hotel has been nominated for this years Condé Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards! Love our location, luxurious linens, cozy courtyard, or tasty breakfast items? Voting is now open and we’d be honored if you’d take a second to vote for us and share why you love 76 Main. Not only are we grateful for your support, but each time you vote, you’re entered to win a luxury cruise for two!

Vote for us today!

Best Places for Lobster in Provincetown

Many visitors to Cape Cod have one thing in mind when it comes to food: enjoying as much local lobster as possible. Naturally, as it’s surrounded by water on three sides, Provincetown is a great place to enjoy the fresh Maine lobster caught just off the coast. In our minds, vacations on the Cape and lobster go hand in hand, so naturally many of the guests at our boutique Provincetown hotel are wondering where’s the best place for lobster in Provincetown? We’ve got you covered with three recommendations from upscale to seaside shack for the best places for lobster in Provincetown.

The Lobster Pot | 321 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-0842

This seafood restaurant with its prominent red lobster neon sign is a Provincetown institution. Yes, you’ll get a bib, and your server will have instructions on how to crack a lobster if you’re a newbie. There’s a wide variety of lobster preparations on the menu here, from lobster tacos and ravioli to the classic, steamed with drawn butter. You can even order a half or whole lobster on the side when you choose one of the restaurant’s signature seafood stews. For fans of classic seafood restaurants, a visit to The Lobster Pot is a must.

Mac’s Fish House | 85 Shank Painter Rd, Provincetown | (508) 487-6227

We love Mac’s for its old school vibe and its new school menu. There’s several different types of lobster on the menu here, so whether you’re looking for a classic preparation or an inventive one, you’ll find something. The lobster roll is one of the best in town, loaded with meat tossed in a housemade aioli. Mac’s has an extensive sushi menu where the Cape Cod roll with lobster, cucumber, avocado, panko, tobiko, and spicy mayo is popular.

The Mews | 429 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-1500

This happening Commercial Street restaurant has two floors for dining, upstairs being the more casual bistro. The menu tends towards the upscale with globally-inspired entrees. Their famous lobster entree is not for the faint of heart, with the meat of a whole lobster braised in butter and served with seared scallops, mushrooms, potatoes, and peas and covered in a bernaise sauce. It’s rich, but one of the best lobster dishes in Provincetown. Be sure to make a reservation if your heart is set on it, as the restaurant is popular and tends to fill up. Live music in the bistro on Sunday and Monday nights means The Mews is always rocking.

Springtime in Mendocino

We love the Northern coast of California in the springtime—the rainy and cool weather of winter has finally receded and the landscape is starting to bloom again. With its beaches, botanical gardens, and festivals, springtime in Mendocino is a great time to visit. Plan your visit to our Mendocino boutique hotel Blue Door Group, with these tips for springtime in Mendocino.

Our Mendocino boutique hotel will be all spruced up for your next visit—rooms in the JD and Packard House are being renovated for springtime in Mendocino. Rooms in the JD House overlook the ocean and the English cottage style garden will be showing off its hydrangea blooms, succulents, and annual plantings. Springtime in Mendocino sees daily high temperatures in the high 60s to low 70s but cools off at night. It’s best to pack plenty of layers for warm days and cool nights, and of course, your raincoat for the occasional springtime shower.

Start your day off with our signature small plates breakfast and a cup of locally roasted coffee from Thanksgiving Coffee Roasters at the inn. Then consider a trip to the Mendocino Botanical Gardens, a short drive north of Mendocino in Fort Bragg. Springtime is one of our favorite times of year at the garden, when the magnolia and rhododendron blooms are the star of the show. Enjoy the mild weather as you explore the 47 acres of gardens filled with native plantings.

Or perhaps you’d like to spend an afternoon trying your hand at whale spotting! Springtime in Mendocino is when whales’ migratory routes bring them past the north coast of California. Grey whales make their way from Alaska to Baja, Mexico this time of year and can frequently be spotted from any high vantage point in Mendocino. The trails of the Mendocino Headlands State Park, just a short walk from our inns downtown, are a great place to scope out some whales. If you’d like some guidance during your whale watching, a number of charter trips out of Fort Bragg let you see the whales up close while learning some facts about these beautiful mammals. Whether you choose to stay on land or get out on the water, there’s no shortage of outdoor activities to choose from during your visit to Mendocino in springtime.

Best Oysters in Falmouth, MA

Guests of our boutique Falmouth hotel love to enjoy fresh Cape Cod seafood during their visit. In particular, the Cape is known for its oyster varieties, with over 40 oyster farms in the area. A plate of freshly shucked Cape Cod oysters enjoyed while overlooking the Falmouth harbor is particularly nice. Next time you’re on a lark to Falmouth, visit one of these raw bars and seafood market to find the best oysters in Falmouth.

Falmouth Raw Bar | 56 Scranton Ave, Falmouth | 508) 548-7729

With its casual sports bar vibe, the Falmouth Raw Bar serves up some of the best oysters in Falmouth. Located right across from the ferry to Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket, this waterfront raw bar is a great place to kill some time before catching a boat—the people watching here is great too. During nice weather, grab a seat on the open-air deck of this casual seafood restaurant.

The Clam Man | 15 Boxwood Cir, Falmouth | (508) 548-6044

Perhaps you’d like to shuck your oysters yourself—if so, The Clam Man is your destination. This seafood market has a great selection of oysters, most of them from Cape Cod. At $1.50 each, these are easily the best prices for oysters and all the toppings you may need, from lemons to Sriracha, are in stock. Pick up a dozen oysters to enjoy back on the patio of our Falmouth boutique hotel (https://www.thecoonamessett.com/).

Water Street Kitchen | 56 Water St, Woods Hole | (508) 540-5656

Swing into this fine dining destination after exploring the Woods Hole Historical Museum. Oyster purists won’t approve, but we love a little creativity in our oyster preparation every now and then. Water Street Kitchen serves some of the best oysters in Falmouth, grilled and topped with yuzu butter and flying fish roe.

Best Bakeries in Newburyport

The quaint seaside town of Newburyport has plenty of fantastic shops to explore in an afternoon. We love walking the historic streets and often find ourselves in need of a coffee and sweet treat in the afternoon. Newburyport has several independently-owned bakeries where you can enjoy a freshly brewed cup of coffee and a cookie or scone. On your next visit to our Plum Island boutique hotel Blue—Inn on the Beach, enjoy our recommendations for the best bakeries in Newburyport.

Buttermilk Baking Company | 9 Liberty St, Newburyport | (978) 499-8278

Newburyport’s best-known bakery, Buttermilk Baking Company makes its signature treats—as expected, a buttermilk biscuit—fresh daily. The bakery case is full of sweet and savory treats, all baked in-house from scratch. Try a cinnamon roll, a blueberry turnover, or a macaroon—the selection varies, but is always worth the splurge. If you’re in town for it, catch the bakery’s “after dark” pop-ups, with a special menu served out of the back door after 9PM.

Figtree Kitchen Bakery | 3 Liberty St, Newburyport | (978) 255-4076

Just down the street from Buttermilk Baking is another great Newburyport bakery, this one known for its kouign amann. This buttery French pastry resembles a croissant, with flaky layers and caramelized sugar that makes for crunchy edges. Pro tip: it’s pronounced “queen ah-man,” so you can order one without hesitation. A selection of savory tarts, wraps, and other sweet treats round out the bakery’s selection.

Annarosa’s Bakery | 175 Elm St, Salisbury | (978) 499-8839

A visit to this bakery is worth the detour to Salisbury. Annarosa’s makes bread from specialty grains in its brick oven, which results in loaves with crackly crusts and tender interiors. Several kinds of breads are available daily, from raisin walnut whole wheat to eggy brioche. The deep dish focaccia, topped with mozzarella, tomatoes, and basil is one of our favorites. The small selection of pastry shouldn’t be overlooked, with some of the best pecan rolls and cannolis in the area.

Maple Season in Stowe

All of those sugar maples that create Vermont’s famous fall foliage are ramping up their sap production as the spring temperatures slowly warm up in northern Vermont. As you travel the state, you’ll see plumes of steam coming from sugaring houses as sap is boiled down to rich, golden Vermont maple syrup. Many sugar houses have special events and open houses to celebrate maple season in Stowe. As you explore Vermont from our Stowe boutique hotel Field Guide, stop by one of these two sugar houses and enjoy maple season in Stowe.

Nebraska Knoll Sugar Farm | 256 Falls Brook Ln, Stowe | (802) 253-4655

This family-run sugar house has been producing maple syrup since the 1980s, nestled on the slopes of Mt. Mansfield. As with all maple producers, the Coty family collects sap from their trees when the spring conditions are right and boils it down to make the year’s supply of syrup. This means round-the-clock production and a LOT of sap—it takes 50 gallons of sap to make one gallon of syrup. You can see the maze of tubing that connects the farm’s 9,000 trees to the storage tanks and tour the sugar house facility, where it’s hot and steamy as you might imagine. Of course, you’ll want to pick up some syrup; Nebraska Knoll sells its syrup, as well as maple candy and maple sugar.

Stowe Maple Products | 2618 Waterbury Rd, Stowe | (802) 253-2508

This sugar house and store is actually open year round, but it’s always fun to stop by when maple syrup production is in full swing. The store doesn’t have a website or social media site (you can call for directions or to confirm they’re open), but instead relies on word-of-mouth and good customer service. This time of year, you can sample warm syrup right from the stove or you can try different grades of syrup to determine your favorite. While the Grade A “fancy” syrup may seem like it’s the best and most desirable, many prefer the stronger maple flavor that comes with the Grade A “robust” syrup. Brush up on your maple syrup knowledge during maple season in Stowe.

Best Chowder on Martha’s Vineyard

For New England clam chowder lovers, no visit to Massachusetts is complete without a bowl of the creamy, briny, bivalve-studded soup. But all too often, the regional specialty is over-thickened or lacking the requisite pieces of tender clams. But we’ve got you covered with recommendations for the best chowder on Martha’s Vineyard. Next time you’re on a lark to Martha’s Vineyard, stop into one of these three restaurants where you’ll find the best chowder on Martha’s Vineyard.

Atlantic Fish & Chop House | 2 Main St, Edgartown | (508) 627-7001

We love the Atlantic Fish & Chop House for a date night or a casual dinner out—the patio is the best place to soak up the nice weather come summer. The Boston Globe called the Chop House’s version the “best chowder on the island,” with its ample amount of potatoes and clam bellies. Open for lunch and dinner seven days a week after May 1st, the Atlantic Fish & Chop House has a nice mix of land and sea-based dishes for whatever you and your group are craving.

Martha’s Vineyard Chowder Company | 9 Oak Bluffs Ave, Oak Bluffs | 508-696-3000

With a name like Chowder Company, you know this Oak Bluffs restaurant has to have perfected its signature dish. Regularly voted as having the best chowder on the island by the readers of Martha’s Vineyard magazine, this casual restaurant and raw bar serves up classic seafood dishes in addition to best chowder on Martha’s Vineyard. Every batch is made daily from scratch and contains plenty of quahog clams.

Edgartown Seafood | 138 Cooke St, Edgartown | (508) 627-3791

This seafood market has great takeout options for when you’re looking to build the perfect Martha’s Vineyard beach picnic. Their clam chowder isn’t too thick, with the perfect amount of fresh clams. We also love their lobster rolls and steamed lobsters for when you just want to dig into some local lobsters without the hassle of steaming them.

Museums on Cape Cod

When vacationing on Cape Cod this year, plan to break up the drive with a stop at one of the many museums on Cape Cod. Whether you’re headed out to one of our Cape Cod boutique hotels, AWOL in Provincetown or The Coonamessett in Falmouth, these museums offer a nice afternoon of Cape Cod history and culture. Visit one of these museums on Cape Cod and learn about its most famous resident, JFK; the history of glass manufacturing on the Cape; and the Pilgrims first stop in America.

John F. Kennedy Hyannis Museum | 397 Main St, Hyannis | (508) 790-3077

President Kennedy loved spending time on the Cape at his family home in Hyannis. This museum chronicles both Kennedy’s personal life, with a special focus on his time on Cape Cod, and his presidency. Photos of JFK and his family enjoying their time on the Cape, especially sailing on the ocean, fill the museum’s permanent collection as well as a special exhibit of photos from the family’s personal photographer. The museum celebrates 100 years since JFK’s birth with a look into his legacy, both presidential and on the Cape.

Sandwich Glass Museum | 129 Main St, Sandwich | (508) 888-0251

It may surprise you to learn that the Cape was New England’s glass blowing capital during the time of the Boston & Sandwich Glass Company. This museum on the site of the old factory brings that history to life with one of the quirkiest museums on Cape Cod. You can browse the museum’s incredible collection of glass objects and glass manufacturing equipment, and then enjoy a live glass blowing demonstration. Between the intricate glass artifacts and the excitement of the live demonstrations, this museum on Cape Cod will have something for everyone.

Provincetown Pilgrim Monument and Museum | 1 High Pole Hill Rd, Provincetown | (508) 487-1310

Did you know the Pilgrims stopped in Provincetown for 5 weeks before moving onto to Plymouth? This monument and museum, built in 1907, memorializes the English explorers’ time on the Cape. Climb P’town’s signature granite tower to reach 350 feet above sea level, then head into the Provincetown museum to learn about the town’s early history.

Best Happy Hour in Salem

After a busy day spent exploring all there is to do and see in Salem, it’s time to put your feet up and enjoy a drink. Salem has a number of great beer and cocktail bars and some great happy hour deals if you know where to look. Whether you’re after a pint of local craft beer or cocktails made with local spirits like Deacon Giles‘ rum, here are our recommendations to find a place serving up one of the best happy hours in Salem.

And if you don’t feel like leaving your hotel? Enjoy our BYOB happy hour at The Merchant, where we provide all the glassware, ice, and craft mixers you need to enjoy a cocktail in the parlor of our Salem boutique hotel. Staying at The Hotel Salem? Head to our onsite restaurant, Counter, for a thoughtfully crafted drink.

Sea Level Oyster Bar | 94 Wharf St, Salem | (978) 741-0555

We love this casual oyster bar for its waterfront views, creative cocktails, and great craft beer selection with over 20 taps. During happy hour (5-7pm on weekdays), oysters are just a dollar, making this buck a shuck special one of the best in town. With drink specials on wine, beer, and well drinks, we love to stop into the bar at Sea Level for the best happy hour in Salem.

Howling Wolf Taqueria | 76 Lafayette St, Salem | (978) 744-9653

Monday and Tuesday nights bring the deals at this Mexican restaurant that’s only a few blocks from The Merchant. On Monday nights, you can order a burrito and a beer for $10, making this deal one of the best happy hours in Salem. Howling Wolf’s burritos are filling and come with a variety of Tex Mex and Mexican meats and vegetables—we recommend their specialty, the carne deshebrada, a slow-cooked spicy beef.

Opus | 87 Washington St, Salem | (978) 744-9600

This bar and music venue regularly garners awards from Northshore magazine for best cocktails, best bar, and best happy hour in Salem. With a long list of creative cocktails that use fruit and spice infused spirits, there’s a drink for all tastes. Dollar oysters during happy hour are just more reason to choose Opus for the best happy hour in Salem.

Where to Find the Best Burger in Newport

While we love Newport for its upscale seafood restaurants that line the waterfront, we also know that sometimes you just want a good burger in a casual environment. Newport is lucky in that regard, as it’s home to Mission Burger which is regularly voted the best burger in Newport and was even declared to be the best burger in the state by Thrillist.

With counter service and a menu scrawled on a roll of brown craft paper hanging behind the register, Mission Burger keeps its focus on making the best burgers in Newport. The meat for Mission’s burgers and hot dogs is ground in-house, a real rarity in the restaurant industry. All of its burgers are priced at $10 or less, with the classic burger coming in at only $7.25. The cheeseburger attracted Thrillist’s award, with its special Mission sauce and caramelized onions. A mix of ketchup, aioli, cornichons, and herbs, the sauce is an upscale version of McDonald’s Big Mac sauce that delights all of our taste buds. Add in an order of hand cut fries, and you’ve got a classic American meal without the guilt of fast food. Mission Burger is even vegetarian-friendly, with a killer falafel sandwich stacked high with vegetables and tzatziki sauce. Beer and wine round out the reasons to seek out the best burger in Newport at Mission Burger.

If you’re wanting chicken more than beef, head to Mission Burger’s sister restaurant, Winner, Winner. The success of Mission Burger inspired its owners to open another restaurant in 2016, serving fried chicken. Once again, elevating the fast food experience is the theme with buckets of fried chicken and fried chicken sandwiches. We love the Viet Now, a fried, dark meat chicken patty topped with fish sauce, sriracha, and veggie slaw. Sides like biscuits, mac and cheese, and black-eyed peas are no afterthought either. Winner, Winner’s crispy fried chicken will have you craving it again before you even leave town.

Mission Burger | 29 Marlborough St. in Newport | (401) 619-5560
Winner, Winner | 677 Thames Street, Newport | (401) 848-2449

Portsmouth Bookstores

One thing we love about Portsmouth is the number of boutiques and shops that line its brick sidewalks. During your visit, we recommend spending an afternoon strolling around downtown, popping into shops, stopping for a beer or coffee, and generally enjoying the historic port of Portsmouth. In particular, we love to browse Portsmouth bookstores, in search of our next vacation read. Next time you’re visiting one of our Portsmouth boutique hotels, visit one of these three Portsmouth bookstores and pick up some new (or used!) books.

RiverRun Bookstore | 32 Daniel St, Portsmouth | (603) 431-2100

This independent Portsmouth bookstore recently moved to a new location, so you’ll find an expanded selection of new and used books. The shop is known for its events, hosting local Seacoast authors and ones with a national following like Neil Gaiman and Jennifer Egan. RiverRun also runs its own small publishing house on site, publishing books of all genre. Stop in to browse their selection and pick up a local history book or the latest in fiction.

Sheafe Street Books | 29 Sheafe St, Portsmouth | (603) 498-5202

If you like the thrill of the hunt, you’ll love this used bookstore that has books stacked at every turn. With cozy corners that invite you to curl up with a book, this Portsmouth bookstore invites its customers to browse its expansive collection of used books, all helpfully organized by topic. There’s even a store cat! If it seems like you’re in someone’s living room, it’s because, well, you are—the shop is part of owner Ken Kosick’s house.

Portsmouth Book & Bar | 40 Pleasant St, Portsmouth | (603) 427-9197

If you prefer to combine happy hour with your book shopping, head to Book & Bar where a small cafe will keep you fed and quenched while you browse. Book & Bar hosts author readings, open mic, and live music nearly every night of the week. Open from 10 am to 10 pm (midnight on weekends), the menu at Book & Bar offers sandwiches, salads, and mezze plates. Enjoy a local draft beer or a glass of wine while you read the first few pages of your new book.

A Visit to Wiggly Bridge Distillery in York

From blueberry maple moonshine and horseradish vodka to rye whiskey and even absinthe, Maine craft distillers have been busy in the last decade, opening more than 15 craft distilleries in the state. One of our favorites is a short drive from our Kennebunkport boutique hotel, with two locations worth visiting in York. Wiggly Bridge Distillery opened in 2013 as its owner David Woods and his son wanted to make their own whiskey. The Woodses not only make two kinds of whiskey today, but also two rums, vodka, and gin. Visit one of Wiggly Bridge Distillery’s two tasting rooms in York to sample their spirits and learn about the distilling process as interpreted by these Maine entrepreneurs.

The original location is on Railroad Ave. in downtown York Beach—an unlikely spot for a distillery, mixed in with fudge and t-shirt shops. But Woods found it to be popular with the tourists that flock to this Southern Maine beach town. The small shop has a single still that was once the businesses’ only one, but is now used exclusively to infuse Wiggly Bridge gin with its signature botanicals. The back of the shop has a small tasting bar, where you can sample the full line of spirits and order a variety of cocktails. The Marmalade Manhattan is a big hit with customers, mixing Wiggly Bridge small barrel bourbon with orange marmalade for a sweet and citrusy drink.

Wiggly Bridge’s second and larger location opened in 2016, in an old restored barn on Route One in York. The barn was built in the late 1880s and was most recently a hardware store. Woods and crew renovated the barn for more production space, now housing two stills, a tasting room bar, retail space, and even an event space. With tons of natural light and beautiful exposed post and beam construction, the barn is a great place to relax with a drink. Pick up a bottle of bourbon to make your own at home or a variety of shirts, hats, and barware to memorialize your visit to Wiggly Bridge Distillery in York.

Wiggly Bridge Distillery | 19 Railroad Ave and 441 US Route One, York | (207) 636-7799

Bowling in Kennebunk

Only a few miles from our boutique Kennebunkport hotel, is downtown Kennebunk, a small but vibrant town that frequently is overlooked by its coastal cousin. But with several great restaurants and a new bowling alley, a trip into downtown Kennebunk is a fun way to spend an afternoon on your next lark to Kennebunkport. Make the highlight of your trip some time at Garden Street Bowl, a new bowling alley run by a trio of native Kennebunkers.

Garden Street Bowl takes the place of a small grocery store just off the main drag in downtown Kennebunk. The extensive renovation brings a moody, industrial vibe to the space with a large concrete bar and modern light fixtures. Plenty of seating is available at the bar, high top tables, and loungey black leather couches. With a great tap list and 10 lanes of bowling, the new lanes were immediately welcomed by everyone in town, from families to couples, when it opened in November of 2017. Afternoons tend to be family-friendly while weekend evenings are more like a bar scene, as the lanes are open until midnight. Air hockey, cornhole, shuffleboard, and darts round out the activities at this bowling alley in Kennebunk.

Although bowling may seem like it’s the main attraction, the owners didn’t want the food to seem like an afterthought. The restaurant Crotux, is a date night destination of its own, with great drink options and a menu of bar snacks, sandwiches, salads, and entrees. Snack on poutine, kimchi deviled eggs, or crispy Brussels sprouts while you bowl or come for dinner and enjoy spicy chicken ramen or a pan-roasted duck breast with a blueberry stout glaze. A separate dining room offers a quieter option for dinner if you’d rather not eat near the lanes. Whether you’re looking for an afternoon of games or a nice dinner out, you shouldn’t overlook bowling in Kennebunk when you’re staying at the Captain Fairfield Inn.

Garden Street Bowl | 11 Garden St, Kennebunk | (207) 636-7799

Portland Breweries Located on Industrial Way

Portland, Maine is known for its craft beer scene, with 90 plus breweries in the state producing some of our favorite beers, from New England-style IPAs to sours and lagers. Many of our guests at our boutique Portland hotel get right to the source of some of the best craft beer around by visiting the Portland breweries located on Industrial Way. This Portland neighborhood is an unlikely spot for some of the best beer in town but has become a haven for beer tourists. In addition to Allagash Brewing, one of the founders of Maine’s craft beer scene, you’ll find three other craft breweries with tasting rooms, and one bonus distillery tasting room.

Allagash has one of the best tasting rooms and tours of all the Maine breweries, which makes sense, as it’s had since its opening in 1992 to hone its craft. While many are familiar with Allagash White, the company’s Belgian-style wheat beer, the tasting flight will serve up lesser-known styles like James Bean, made with locally roasted coffee, and Little Sal, a sour aged with Maine blueberries. The tour is a great behind the scene look at what makes Allagash so special, from its barrel aging room to the coolship shed where sour beers are fermented. Tours book up fast, so reserve your spot online.

Allagash Brewing Company | 50 Industrial Way, Portland | (207) 878-5385

 

Across the street from Allagash, an industrial warehouse is home to three breweries that make for an excellent place to spend an afternoon. Foundation Brewing is the largest, having taken over several bays left empty after Bissell Brothers relocated to Thompson’s Point. Foundation is best known for its Double IPA Epiphany, but also brews several other delicious IPAs, a great Pilsner, and brown ale. Rotating specials like the sour saison Zuurzing shouldn’t be overlooked.

Foundation Brewing Company | 1 Industrial Way #5, Portland | (207) 370-8187

 

Walk around the corner from Foundation to find two more breweries: Austin Street and Battery Steele Brewing. Austin Street’s flagship is its Patina Pale Ale, and you can sample it and a rotating selection of beers then pick up some cans of your favorite. Battery Steele is the newest of the bunch and brews a small number of beers. Try one or all four as you spend an afternoon at the tasting rooms of the Portland breweries on Industrial Way.

Austin Street Brewery | 1 Industrial Way #8, Portland | (207) 200-1994
Battery Steele Brewing | 1 Industrial Way #12, Portland

Food and Drink Tour of Stowe

Vermont has a great reputation for its large number of local farms and specialty food products, from cheese to craft beer. In Stowe, there’s a number of great businesses that make their own local food and drink products, and it’s a fun afternoon to stop in and sample the wares. Should it be rainy or too cold on your visit to Stowe, here is an itinerary for your own food and drink tour of Stowe.

Start or end your trip in Waterbury, about a 20-minute drive south of Stowe. Here, you’ll find the Ben & Jerry’s factory, Cold Hollow Cider and Cabot Creamery. No visit to Vermont is complete without some Ben & Jerry’s ice cream, and at the factory store you can take a 30-minute guided tour and then sample a new or your favorite flavor. Don’t miss the flavor graveyard, a mock cemetery dedicated to all the discontinued flavors (RIP, Wavy Gravy).

Next up: cheese! Waterbury is home to the Cabot Cheese Farmers’ Store, where there’s plenty of free samples. Stock up on your favorite and browse the shop full of Vermont specialty food products. Then head north to Cold Hollow Cider, a sweet cider facility where you can see cider making in action and enjoy all sorts of apple treats. Cider is made three times a week in the off-season but daily in the fall—fortunately, the apple cider donuts are made daily no matter the season. Stock up on baked apple treats and cider and then hit the road back to Stowe.

In Stowe, visit Laughing Moon Chocolates to sample handmade chocolate truffles, bark, and clusters. The chocolatiers use Vermont ingredients where they can, including Jasper Hill Farms’ Bayley Hazen blue cheese, a flavor combo you’ll just have to try to believe.

You’re sure to have worked up a thirst after all these tours, stop into one of Stowe’s famed breweries to sample some of the local craft beer. See our post on Stowe breweries and end your food and drink tour of Stowe with a flight of craft beer.

Best Cocktail Bars in Provincetown

There’s no shortage of places to grab a drink in Provincetown, with its hopping nightlife scene and waterfront bars. Much of the fun of this LGBT-friendly community is found in the summertime nightlife scene, when people of all types head to Commercial Street to mingle. Whether you’re looking for a pre-dinner drink, happy hour, or a nightcap or two, these cocktail bars in Provincetown deliver a well-mixed cocktail served up with that Cape Cod beach town vibe.

The Canteen | 225 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-3800

We love this casual waterfront bar for much more than its drinks—its lunch and dinner menus always deliver up what we’re craving. This is the perfect spot to enjoy a drink overlooking the water or the street, with outside seating options for both. The cocktails are simple and use interesting ingredients like dill aquavit in the Bloody Mary and a Negroni made with white port. Definitely make The Canteen part of your P’town cocktail hour.

Patio | 328 Commercial Street Provincetown | (508) 487-4003

With a name like Patio, you know this restaurant has a great one. It’s the perfect spot to sip on sangria and watch the crowds go by. Patio bartenders are known for their mojitos—the menu offers 12 different varieties from fresh ginger to sparkling with Prosecco. The other cocktail selections tend more towards flavored vodkas and fruity cosmo variety, which we never mind on a hot summer P’town night.

Shipwreck Lounge | 0 Carver St, Provincetown | (508) 487-9005

With its fireplaces and lounge furniture, the Shipwreck Lounge is a great place to get cozy by the fire at the beginning of end of your evening. An outdoor firepit also makes for a lively hang on summer nights. The craft cocktail menu offers up fun choices like the basil gin smash and an elderflower sidecar. Keep an eye out for the two bar cats that give the Shipwreck Lounge its quirky P’town charm.

Provincetown Coffee Shops

With so much to do and see in Provincetown, you’re going to need some serious caffeine to get you through the day. From perusing galleries and shops to late night dance parties, Provincetown is a 24/7 town in the summer. Fortunately, Commercial Street is lined with coffee shops and cafes that can provide that much needed pick-me-up. Here are three of our favorite Provincetown coffee shops for your stay at our Provincetown boutique hotel (awolhotel.com) this summer.

Kohi Coffee Company | 199 Commercial St, Provincetown | (774) 538-6467

With three locations in Boston and Provincetown, this coffee shop is chic with its white subway tile, modern fixtures, and Instagrammable succulents. Serving Tandem Coffee, roasted in Portland, Maine, Kohi’s coffees are roasted on the lighter side. Enjoy your coffee on the back deck overlooking P’town harbor.

Wired Puppy | 379 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-0017

If you find yourself in need of coffee while on the Western end of Commercial Street, seek out Wired Puppy. The owners pride themselves on sourcing the best coffees and roasting them to perfection, and naturally this level of detail translates to the coffee bar as well. Coffee is brewed in several ways—from Chemex and siphon to pour over and French press. If you’re looking to linger, you can enjoy a coffee prepared in one of these ways, otherwise, drip coffee is available to go.

Happy Camper | 227 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-3800

Head to Happy Camper when you need a sweet treat with your coffee. This shop is known for its housemade donuts and ice cream in addition to its espresso bar. Try a plum glazed donut with black tea cream filling or go big with a browned butter donut and a scoop of cake batter ice cream. Happy Camper serves Stumptown Roasters coffee to balance the sweetness of its baked goods. You’ll love this sweet little store and its curated selection of beach necessities like Turkish towels, ukuleles, and watermelon floats.

Sailing and Boating Activities in Falmouth

With Cape Cod surrounded by water on three sides, beach days, ocean swims, sunset cruises, and day trips to Nantucket and Martha’s Vineyard are a big part of any Cape experience. There are so many options for exploring Cape Cod by water, whether you’re fishing, paddle boarding, kayaking, or sailing. If you’re looking to get out on the water during your visit to Cape Cod, here are two great options for sailing and boating activities in Falmouth.

Schooner Liberté | 227 Clinton Ave, Falmouth | (508) 524-9121

Take a cruise on this 70-foot three masted schooner and see the Cape from a different angle. The Liberté is docked at the mouth of the Falmouth River, meaning you can be out in the protected waters of Vineyard Sound in no time. Help the crew set sail and go where the wind takes you—towards Martha’s Vineyard where you can see the stately homes of Oak Bluffs or further East along the Cape, where you’ll see lighthouses and the unspoiled beauty of the Waquoit Bay national refuge. Liberté sets sail three times a day in the summer, including a 6pm sunset cruise with a full bar.

Patriot Party Boats | 227 Clinton Ave, Falmouth 02540 | 508-548-2626

Go fishing with this sport and ground fishing outfit out of Falmouth Harbor. With a variety of full or half day trips, you can head out to some of the Cape’s best fishing grounds with an experienced guide. Take the whole family on a bottom fishing trip, a shorter trip in calmer waters, or head out for a day of sport fishing in the currents near Nantucket and Martha’s Vineyard. Everything from bait to tackle is provided on these trips, so you only need to pack a great picnic lunch and think good fish-catching thoughts. Patriot Boats also operates ferries to the islands and private charters.

Our Favorite Brunch in Salem

Salem has so many great places to enjoy breakfast and brunch during your visit. These quirky Salem institutions have been part of the community for years and have earned a reputation for serving up the best brunch in Salem. Next time you’re on a lark to one of our boutique Salem hotels, here are three places where you can find a solid breakfast before exploring all that Salem has to offer.

Ugly Mug Diner | 122 Washington St, Salem | (978) 745-6844

This diner is right up the street from The Merchant and serves diner food with a twist (or “twisted” food as they say). The Mug is all the things you love about a diner, but with some new school touches like an espresso machine, craft beer, and hand-cut fries. Go classic with silver dollar pancakes and steak and eggs or go big with duck confit topped waffles and breakfast poutine. The menu is seriously long with a wide selection of sweet and savory breakfast and lunch items.

Front Street Coffeehouse | 20 Front Street, Salem | (978) 740-6697

Also a short walk from The Merchant, Front Street Coffeehouse has been the heart of Salem’s creative community for years. We love their creative sandwich combinations, all packed full of veggies and delicious spreads. Breakfast sandwiches, juices, fruit and yogurt parfaits, and coffee drinks round out the breakfast selection.

Gulu-Gulu Cafe | 247 Essex St, Salem | (978) 740-8882

We love Gulu-Gulu for so many things—lunch, coffee, happy hour—and brunch is no exception. Its savory and sweet crepe selection makes for a unique brunch option, but there’s everything from light and healthy breakfasts to hearty traditional options available. Grab a breakfast sandwich to go or stay and enjoy a beer or brunch cocktail with your meal to make it a more leisurely affair. Either way, you’re sure to enjoy one of the best brunches in Salem at this cafe.

Yoga and Fitness Classes in Mendocino

When you’re on vacation in Mendocino, sometimes it’s nice to relax and not have much more to do than go for a walk on the beach. Other days it might feel good to get out and take yoga or fitness classes in Mendocino. During our busy lives, working out can be one of the first priorities to fall to the wayside, so a vacation can be a nice time to reconnect with your yoga practice or to kick it up a notch with a beachside boot camp. During your stay at Blue Door Group—Inns of Mendocino, consider booking one of these yoga and fitness classes in Mendocino.

Yoga Shine Mendocino | 45050 Albion St, Mendocino | (707) 407-6085

With classes for all levels, this downtown Mendo yoga studio is the perfect place to drop into while visiting. The studio has hardwood floors and large windows that let in plenty of natural light, making for a comfortable space to practice. Many of the classes are heated, like the vinyasa flow and hatha yoga sessions. Other fun classes include Buti, a dance-yoga hybrid, and evening candlelit sessions. Private classes are also offered if you’d like to create your own yoga retreat in Mendocino.

Mendocino Boot Camp | (707) 357-0852

Burpees, squats, push-ups, and lunges—this boot camp meets Wednesday mornings for an hour on the beach, rain or shine. Despite the intense training, the sand, waves, and sun make the hour fly by. Email Mendocino Boot Camp’s founder and trainer Sandra to reserve your spot in this women-only boot camp, and enjoy Mendocino’s beautiful scenery while you work up a sweat.

Mendocino Healing

Yoga classes in Mendocino are but one service this holistic arts center offers. From reiki to guided meditation, you can relax and heal in new ways during your vacation. Yoga classes are offered Monday through Wednesday and Fridays, with private classes available too. A variety of class styles are offered, including hatha, vinyasa, and a core toning yoga. Sign up ahead of time to get the information on the studio location.

Spooky Tours and Classes in Salem, MA

There’s so much to do and see in Salem when it comes to learning the history of the area and in particular the Salem Witch Trials. A lot of the attractions can be a bit cheesy, so we recommend these tours and classes in Salem to those who want to sample the spookier side of Salem without any over-the-top theatrics. Learn about the history of Salem through its burial practices, make some magic, and sample some adult beverages with these tours and classes in Salem.

Salem Historical Tours | 8 Central St, Salem | (978) 745-0666

This tour company offers several walking tours around Salem, from cemetery tours to ghost tours. Learn about the events that started the Witch Trials on the Witchcraft Walk or visit the city’s oldest cemetery to learn about gravestones and the stories of those buried on the Grave Matters tour. Salem Historical Tours are the city’s oldest and always deliver an educational and entertaining tour.

Dark Moon Tarot | 27 Congress St, #203, Salem

Workshops offered by the two women of Dark Moon Tarot range from making your own cold and flu season salve to learning to read tarot cards. Learn about the healing power of herbs while you make potions, sleep spray or wellness salve in these 2-hour workshops. Come warmer months, go on a guided walk to forage herbs known for their medicinal properties. Dark Moon Tarot’s workshops are a great way to tap into Salem’s intuitive community and end up with a vacation souvenir at the same time.

Salem Spirits Trolley | (978) 594-8811

Learn about a different “spirit” on the Salem Spirits Trolley tour, this time of the craft beverage variety. Salem has several breweries, distilleries, and cideries making delicious beverages from local products, and this tour provides tours and samples of three Salem beverage facilities. Learn about the history of alcohol and Prohibition in Salem, while you sip cocktails, beer, and cider. Light snacks from The Cheese Shop of Salem are provided too.

Visit These Newburyport Museums

While we love Newburyport for its charming downtown district, fabulous beaches, and great restaurants, the area was once a bustling commercial seaport. With its location at the mouth of the Merrimack River and its proximity to Boston, Portsmouth, and Portland, Newburyport was a prime spot for the shipbuilding, fishing, and shipping industries. Today, many historical sites serve as reminders of the city’s rich maritime history, like historic houses and even the site of the country’s first Coast Guard. Those interested in learning more about the area’s history should visit these two Newburyport museums.

Custom House Maritime Museum | 25 Water St, Newburyport | (978) 462-8681

The city’s custom house is now home to a maritime museum, having once been the offices that oversaw imports entering the city. The building itself is an architectural treat, built in 1835 from local granite, with marble floors and brick fireplaces. The maritime museum has a great collection of art, artifacts, and ships models that tell so much about the lives of everyday people in Newburyport. The historical records of the custom house detail the assortment of goods from around the world that passed through Newburyport, while an exhibit on the city’s shipyard shows off the prolific shipbuilding of the 19th century. The museum is open Saturdays and Sundays January through April and Tuesday through Sunday May through December.

Museum of Old Newbury | 98 High St, Newburyport | (978) 462-2681

This Newburyport museum tells the history of the area within the home of the Cushing family, a family of merchants, sea captains, and a former mayor of Newburyport. Members of the Cushing family lived in the Federalist style mansion, built in 1808, until 1955 when it was gifted to the museum. It’s full of period furniture, silverware, fixtures, appliances, and wallpaper and makes for a fascinating peek back in time. Combined with the collection of the Newburyport Marine Society, the museum provides a great look at how a wealthy family during Newburyport’s shipping heyday with some historical context provided by other artifacts. Take a guided tour and then explore the gardens, which were restored to its mid-19th-century design based on a family member’s drawings. The museum opens for the season Memorial Day weekend and is open for tours Wednesday through Sunday.

Best Places to Brunch on Martha’s Vineyard

We love summers on the Vineyard, with time spent at the beach, exploring the island, and eating out at all the fabulous restaurants. While we serve our signature small plates breakfast at of our boutique Edgartown hotels, guests at Oak Bluffs hotel, Summercamp, often enjoy heading out to find the best places to brunch on Martha’s Vineyard. Whether you’re looking for a casual bite before heading to the beach or for a more drawn-out affair with drinks and decadent dishes, we have a recommendation for the best brunch on Martha’s Vineyard. Enjoy brunching at one of these three Oak Bluffs brunch spots the next time you’re on a lark to Martha’s Vineyard.

Linda Jean’s | 25 Circuit Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 693-4093

This Martha’s Vineyard institution regularly gets voted as having the best breakfast by Martha’s Vineyard magazine. Breakfast here is simple, with all the classics: omelets, french toast, steak and eggs, and waffles. With large portions, low prices, and plenty of hot coffee, Linda Jean’s has everything you’ve come to expect and love about diner breakfasts.

Slice of Life | 50 Circuit Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 693-3838

Stop into this café and bakery for brunch and grab a seat on the covered porch. While the breakfast and brunch menu might look standard, it’s full of little touches that elevate it, like scallion garlic potato pancakes and housemade buttermilk biscuits. In the fall and winter, Sunday brunch brings fun items like breakfast nachos and a morning BLT, made with a fried-green-tomato. No matter the season, we love Slice of Life’s bakery case—don’t leave brunch without taking a peek!

Beetlebung | 53 Circuit Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 696-0053

Located in a 100-year old building, this bistro and speakeasy was an instant hit with locals and visitors alike when it opened three years ago. While we love to pop in in the evenings for a cocktail and a taste of the Oak Bluffs nightlife, the brunch menu calls to us when we’re in the mood for overstuffed omelets and french toast bread pudding. Don’t miss one of their signature brunch drinks, like the A&P Bellini, named for the Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Company that once occupied the building.

Best Portsmouth Restaurants

Portsmouth is known for its robust dining scene, and the managers at our Portsmouth boutique hotels are constantly helping guests find the best Portsmouth restaurants for brunch, lunch, happy hour and dinner. Two Portsmouth restaurants in particular rise to the top as places we constantly send our guests: Moxy and The Franklin. Both are owned by chef and New Hampshire native Matt Louis, who opened Moxy in 2012 and The Franklin two years later. Dine at either when you’re visiting Portsmouth and you’ll see why we consider them two of the best Portsmouth restaurants.

Moxy | 106 Penhallow St, Portsmouth | (603) 319-8178

Moxy, located only a few blocks from Ale House Inn, serves American-style tapas, meaning small plates made with local and farm-fresh ingredients. There are cheese boards and cured meats plates, sure, but Chef Louis and his team show off their chops with dishes like beef short rib marmalade—shreds of slow-cooked beef piled on grilled bread and topped with pickled red onions and bleu cheese. Many of the dishes have roots in traditional New England foods like the johnny cake community, a larger entree perfect for sharing. Diners build their own wraps in thin cornmeal cakes with pulled pork, crispy onion, pickled cucumbers, and a number of barbecue sauces. With plenty of vegetarian options too, you’re sure to enjoy something from the menu that you’ll be thinking about for days and weeks to come. Don’t miss dessert either, with enticing options like mini whoopie pies and fried dough with caramel, chocolate, and fruit dipping sauces.

The Franklin | 148 Fleet St, Portsmouth | (603) 373-8500

Moxy’s sister restaurant The Franklin (formerly known as The Franklin Oyster House) is a short walk from The Hotel Portsmouth. Like Moxy, the menu is playful and uses many New England products, but focuses more heavily on seafood. While the drinks are spectacular at Moxy, they literally take center stage at The Franklin, where a large horseshoe-shaped bar is the center of attention. In addition to a great craft beer and wine selection, the cocktail list is full of inventive combinations that always take us by surprise. Coconut oil washed Scotch and pineapple in the Ko-Ko? Yes, please. Enjoy your drink with a plate of freshly shucked local oysters and you’ve got the start of a great meal. We tend to snack our way through the menu, never missing the Thai-flavored steamed mussels, the Vietnamese roasted Brussels sprouts, and the fish tacos. Whether you end up at Moxy or The Franklin, you’re guaranteed to enjoy a great meal at one of the best Portsmouth restaurants.

 

Best Lobster in Newport

Seaside lobster bakes are a staple of New England summers, and no visit to Newport, Rhode Island would be complete without a taste of the area’s favorite crustacean. Despite all its high-end marinas and yachts, Newport still saves a place on the pier for the fishing boats that land their fair share of lobster from the surrounding waters. Next time you’re on a lark to one of our Newport boutique hotels and are craving some fresh Rhode Island lobster, check out these three places to get the best lobster in Newport.

Midtown Oyster Bar | 345 Thames St, Newport | (401) 619-4100

We love this two-story waterfront seafood restaurant for some of the best lobster in Newport. Choose lobster one of two ways on the menu: an overstuffed lobster roll on a grilled, split top bun or lobster cocktail, lobster chilled and served with a zippy lime aioli. Enjoy a drink overlooking the harbor from the second story deck or inside the chic dining room with its high ceilings and preppy nautical theme. As the name would suggest, the “torched” oysters, broiled with jalapeno bourbon butter are another one of the restaurant’s specialties.

Scales and Shells | 527 Thames St, Newport | (401) 846-3474

This Newport seafood restaurant has been in business for over 30 years, relying on fresh Rhode Island-caught seafood to satisfy its customers. The owners lived in Italy before returning to Newport to open Scales and Shells and channel the Italians’ way of serving simple food made from fresh, local ingredients. Seafood towers are the eye catching plates here, and we particularly love the grilled lobster and corn—just like it sounds, it’s a split, whole lobster, grilled and served with corn on the cob. Much easier than a whole, steamed lobster with no bib required.

Easton’s Beach Snack Shack | 175 Memorial Blvd, Newport | (401) 855-1910

Visit in the summer to find some of the best lobster in Newport at Easton’s Beach. This oceanside seafood shack offers some of the cheapest lobster rolls in Newport—two for under $17. There’s also fried clams, clam cakes, chowder, and a variety of wraps and sandwiches, but we always go for the best lobster deal in town. Enjoy them on the deck overlooking the ocean and you’ve got yourself the perfect afternoon in Newport.

Gourmet Grocery Shops on Cape Cod

With its miles of sandy beaches and acres of public lands to explore, we think Cape Cod is the perfect spot for a picnic. Fortunately, there are plenty of gourmet grocery stores on Cape Cod where you can stock up on crucial picnic supplies like wine, cheese, and gourmet snacks. In between visiting Cape Cod’s museums, exploring beaches, and browsing antique stores, you’re bound to work up an appetite, so seek out one of these gourmet grocery shops on Cape Cod for your picnic supplies.

The Brown Jug | 155 Main St, Sandwich | (508) 888-4669

Stop right after you cross the Bourne bridge at this longtime Cape favorite to stock up on beach provisions. The great cheese case is just the beginning of this gourmet grocery shop’s selection, from sweet treats and wine to cured meats and sandwiches. Don’t miss the great selection of baked goods like chocolate croissants and cheddar and chive scones. In the summer, stay and enjoy wood-fired pizza options and charming outdoor patio seating.

Sapori d’Italia | 766 Route 6A, Dennis | (774) 323-0603

You’ll feel like you’ve been transported to Tuscany in this Italian specialty foods shop. From cheese, wine, vinegar, and pasta, there’s a great variety of Italian products, imported by the owners, a mother-and-daughter team—the daughter lives in Tuscany and even runs an agritourismi and a brewery there. Browse the shop’s collection of Italian ceramics, linens, and other home goods before you stock up on delicious Italian cured meats, cheeses, and bread for a delightfully international picnic.

The Chatham Cheese Company | 902 Main St, Chatham | (508) 945-1605

With a name like Cheese Company, you can expect a great cheese case and this gourmet grocery shop in Chatham delivers. With over 120 types of domestic and imported cheeses available, you can build a lovely cheese plate, with types from soft, washed rind cheeses to aged, crumbly ones. There’s a wide selection of accoutrements like cured meats, jams, olives, and crackers to round out your picnic. The shop also sells bread from the Cape’s famed bakery Pain D’Avignon and makes its own specialty sandwiches.

Best Oyster Bars on Cape Cod

With over 40 oyster farms in the waters surrounding Cape Cod, the area has become known as one of the premier oyster producing destinations in the country. Grown in the salty waters of the Cape Cod Bay, these oysters are known for high salinity with a sweet finish. Wellfleets are the most popular variety, but other Cape-grown oysters rival the famous brand in quality and taste. With the most varieties of any state on the East Coast, you’re sure to find a Massachusetts oyster you love. Next time you’re on a lark to one of our two Cape Cod boutique hotels, visit one of the best oyster bars on Cape Cod with our recommendations:

Impudent Oyster | 5 Chatham Bars Ave, Chatham | (508) 945-3545

This Chatham seafood restaurant has become a Cape Cod institution, originally a fisherman’s bar that served popcorn and hotdogs. The menu has come a long way, with a raw bar and creative dishes like queso fundido made with burrata and sun-dried tomatoes. Be sure to start your meal off with a plate of expertly shucked local oysters. If you like your oysters cooked, the Impudent Oyster is known for its Oysters Rockefeller, oysters on the half shell topped with spinach, butter, garlic, and breadcrumbs and broiled.

The Wicked Oyster | 50 Main St, Wellfleet | (508) 349-3455

Of course, Wellfleet, with its eponymous oysters, has one of the best oyster bars on Cape Cod. Try your oysters with the restaurant’s signature spicy mignonette (after you slurp a few undressed, of course). The rest of The Wicked Oyster’s menu is seafood focused, with a variety of pan-fried and fried fish entrees. With an atmosphere a little more upscale than many of the Cape’s seafood shacks, The Wicked Oyster is a great spot for a date night out on the Cape.

The Naked Oyster Bistro & Raw Bar | 410 Main St, Hyannis | (508) 778-6500

The Naked Oyster has one of the best and most creative oyster selections on the Cape, with 13 different ways to enjoy Cape Cod oysters. Our favorite might be the “Russian Roulette” oysters, 6 oysters served on the half shell, with one spiked with hot pepper sauce and served with a shot of Russian vodka. Try your oysters as a shooter, topped with caviar, or baked with bacon, bleu cheese, and sweet onions.

Best Cocktails in Stowe

Stowe is best known as a beer town, what with all the great Vermont craft beer available, but where there’s beer there’s usually cocktails. A number of bars in Stowe serve up creative, well-mixed cocktails that hit the spot after a day on the slopes. Many use local spirits like Barr Hill gin, made with honey in Hardwick, and Smugglers’ Notch rum, vodka, and maple whiskey. Next time you’re visiting our boutique hotel Field Guide, check out one of these bars serving up some of the best cocktails in Stowe.

Plate | 91 Main St, Stowe | (802) 253-2691

This Main Street bistro brings a California vibe to Stowe with its L.A. chefs and fresh, seasonal menu. Winter in Vermont is a bit different than on the West Coast, of course, so there’s plenty of cozy classics served at the bar like hot toddies and the warming Leo’s Rum & Rye made with Smugglers Notch rum and Bulleit Rye. But if you’re looking to be transported to warmer climes, the cocktail menu also sports tropical options like a grapefruit mojito and Twin Palms, made with vodka and coconut water.

The Roost at Topnotch Resort | 4000 Mountain Rd, Stowe | (800) 451-8686

Head up the mountain to enjoy a drink at this resort restaurant. The Roost has a great bar with a signature cocktail menu—order one of their original cocktails or ask for a special twist on a classic. We love the tart Mountain on Fire, made with Green Mountain vodka, Aperol, lemon, and orange juice. Enjoy one out by the fire pit for a special night out in Stowe.

Picnic Social | 433 Mountain Rd, Stowe | (802) 221-4947

We might be a little biased, but we think the bar staff at our on-site restaurant Picnic Social makes a fine drink. Case in point: the November 1307, an Bourbon, apple syrup, lemon, apple cider drink that comes topped with a warm cider donut. Dessert and a cocktail in one? Sign us up. Enjoy any number of craft cocktails in our lounge by the fire at Picnic Social.

Our Favorite Mendocino Specialty Food Shops

California is a hub for local food and drink, and coastal Mendocino is no exception with its great wineries, farmers’ market, and local food artisans. We love to stock up on California-made specialty foods at some of the great shops in Mendo—supporting local makers and enjoying some of the flavors unique to Northern California. Next time you’re visiting Mendocino at our boutique hotel Blue Door Group, here are three Mendocino specialty food shops to stop into for gifts and souvenirs from your trip.

Mendocino Chocolate Company | 10466 Lansing St, Mendocino | (707) 937-1107

This long-running Mendocino specialty food shop is filled with sweets of all kinds, from chocolate covered nuts and truffles to fudge sauces and candies. But we always head straight for the glass case filled with chocolate truffles of flavors from Amaretto toffee to native California fruit fillings. Chocolate lovers will delight in the sheer variety of chocolate treats—we hear from many of our guests they end up making a return trip before leaving town.

Mendocino Jams & Preserves | 440 Main St, Mendocino | (707) 937-1037

Capture the seasons in a jar at this sweet shop on Mendocino’s main street. From jams and jellies to nut butters and mustards, you’ll find a unique condiment to remind you of your time in Mendocino. The makers of these small batch preservers pride themselves on the quality of the ingredients they use—whole, local fruits with no added preservatives or artificial flavors. Try jams made from unique California fruit like olallieberry (a type of blackberry) and boysenberry.

Corners of the Mouth | 45015 Ukiah St, Mendocino | (707) 937-5345

It’s hard to miss this natural foods store with its distinct architecture on Ukiah Street. The building was originally a church, built in the 1890s, and home to the iconic health food store since the mid-70s. You’ll find your standard health food store staples and plenty of local produce and specialty products like freshly baked bread, locally-harvested dried seaweed products, and condiments. Stop in for happy hour snacks to enjoy on the patio of the inn or a picnic for one of Mendocino’s spectacular state parks.

Best Provincetown Beaches

Located at the end of Cape Cod, Provincetown is surrounded by beaches, many of them a part of the Cape Cod National Seashore. When you’re on a lark to our new boutique hotel AWOL in Provincetown, finding the best Provincetown beaches will no doubt be high on your to-do list. No matter the weather, from the summertime party vibe to the quieter, off-season of winter, the beaches of Provincetown offer a relaxing escape from everyday life. Visit our favorite Provincetown beaches and enjoy the wildlife, scenery, and surf of the Cape.

Herring Cove Beach | Province Lands Rd, Provincetown | (508) 487-1256

Part of the National Seashore, this sandy beach is on the western side of the Cape which faces Cape Cod Bay, meaning the water is warmer and more protected than an ocean beach. This Provincetown beach perfectly sums up what’s so fantastic about the beaches here—rolling, grass-covered dunes meet a gently sloping soft sand beach. In the summer months, lifeguards monitor part of the beach, and there’s a concession stand and restrooms. Take the shuttle from AWOL or ride your bike, as the bike path runs right along the beach. This is one of the best places to view the sunset in P’town, with unobstructed views of the horizon.

Race Point Beach | Race Point Rd, Provincetown | (508) 487-1256

Head to the northern side of the Cape to Race Point Beach if you want unobstructed sand and some waves to play in. This beach is on the ocean, meaning the water can run a bit cooler and the currents are stronger. Because it’s north facing, the sun shines strongly on the beach all day meaning you can work on your tan or warm up on sunny winter days. The dunes of the National Seashore hide the parking lot and facilities, so all you’ll see is sand and sea from end to end. In the summer months, the Old Harbor Life Saving Station Museum at Race Point Beach is open daily and worth a visit. Learn about how the U.S. Life-Saving Service, a precursor to the Coast Guard, and its daring efforts to rescue shipwreck victims.

Craft Beer in Provincetown

While there may not be any breweries in Provincetown, there’s still plenty of places to enjoy a cold pint along Commercial Street. These three of our favorite craft beer bars in Provincetown serve up some of the country’s finest brews with a focus on New England craft beers. From local giants Allagash and Cisco Brewing to smaller, Massachusetts breweries like Cape Cod Beer and Devil’s Purse Brewing Company, you’ll find a wide variety of styles of craft beer in Provincetown at these great bars.

Local 186 | 186 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-7555

“Burgers and beers” says it all at Local 186, where the people watching is some of the best in town. The draft list is short and sweet with a great mix of local microbrews like Fiddlehead IPA from Vermont and larger, national outfits like Missouri’s Tank 7. Share a bottle from the large format list with a friend, and don’t miss Local’s signature fries, loaded with garlic Alfredo or blue cheese and hot sauce.

The Squealing Pig | 335 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-5804

This casual, cozy pub is a great place to stop into for a beer and some oysters on the half shell (also local!) from the raw bar. Most of the ten taps are local and feature larger New England craft breweries like Harpoon, Shipyard, and Berkshire Brewing Company. The bottle selection here offers more variety of domestic and imported beers from Chimay, Dogfish Head, and Unibroue. With some of the best beer selection in Provincetown, The Pig should top the list of any visiting beer lovers.

Nor’East Beer Garden | 206 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-2337

This charming beer bar is an oasis in busy P’town. With over 15 taps that change frequently, the beer garden is one of the best places to find a great selection of craft beer in Provincetown. From sours and saisons to hoppy New England-style IPAs and nitro porters, you’ll be impressed with the wide variety of styles on tap. Visitors during the winter months will miss out, however, as this outdoor bar is open seasonally—it reopens for the 2018 season in May.

Best Salem Restaurants

Salem has become so much more than witches with its rich maritime history, arts culture, and a small, but varied dining scene. There’s now plenty of places to enjoy a great meal after exploring the sights and attractions of Salem. From seafood on the water to casual burger joints, Salem’s got options. Our two Salem boutique hotels The Merchant and The Hotel Salem are a luxurious home base from which you can explore Salem. During your next visit, here is our guide to the best Salem restaurants for whatever mood you’re in.

If global fare and creative cocktails sound good, book a table at:

Opus | 87 Washington St, Salem | (978) 744-9600

With a large sushi menu, Opus can satisfy your craving for seafood in a different way than the traditional New England take. Beyond sushi, there’s a plethora of options from Kung Pao shrimp to Korean fried chicken and waffles. One of the best mashups on the menu is pork belly tacos with a spicy, sambal drizzle and banh mi pickles. The cocktails are just as creative with a long list of original drinks featuring flavors from all over the world.

If you’re in the mood for classic Italian, head to:

Firenze Trattoria | 2 Lynde St, Salem | (978) 219-1188

Albanian-born chef Zamir Kociaj cooked in Florence for years before coming to the States and opening this trattoria. Locals love this small, Italian spot for its handmade pastas and professional service. Experience authentic Florentine dishes like chicken liver crostini, braised tripe, and grilled rib eye. Like many places in Salem, Firenze Trattoria has a season liquor license, meaning only beer and wine are available in winter months, so take advantage of the extensive Italian wine list.

Go low key with Asian street food at:

Kokeshi | 41 Lafayette St, Salem | (978) 594-4197

From the owners of Bambolina (another Lark favorite!), Kokeshi serves an Asian-inspired menu in a casual setting. Ramen here has a playful flair, like the Colonel Sanders—fried chicken in a spicy pork broth. Appetizers offer a number of dim sum favorites like pork buns and spicy bok choy and fun takes like the octopus hot dog. Vegetarians will love the Thai green curry with tofu.

Salem’s Newest Restaurant is Counter at The Hotel Salem

The kitchen at Counter, the latest restaurant from Lark Hotels, opened for dinner this week, making it Salem’s newest restaurant. Previously open for drinks and snacks, Counter has been well-received by our guests and locals. Our executive chef Justin Perdue heads up the restaurant, as he does with our other Lark Hotels restaurant, Picnic Social at Field Guide in Stowe, Vermont.

The name Counter is inspired by the history of The Hotel Salem’s building, which was home to a department store in the 1950s and 60s. With twenty bar stools at a long counter, the restaurant seats 55 people with outdoor seating and a rooftop deck coming in warmer weather. The gorgeous mid-century modern design was done by our designer Rachel Reider, who brings our signature whimsy to many of our properties. Counter’s menu features modern, seasonal dishes like duck confit toast with pickled shallots, golden raisins, and local ricotta and bucatini with burrata, kimchi, and Meyer lemon.

Of course, a good drink is in order when enjoying dinner at this new Salem restaurant. The bartenders at Counter have created a menu of original cocktails, from fruit and tart to smoky and strong. Counter’s manager reports that the Calm Snow has been a big hit with guests so far—the crushed ice is made to order, meaning watching your drink be made is part of the fun. With two kinds of rum, Boston-made Privateer Amber and Appleton Reserve, Italian amaro Cynar, housemade falernum syrup, lime juice, and Angostura bitters, this drink is herbal, tart, and well-balanced. Next time you’re visiting The Hotel Salem, be sure to stop into this new Salem restaurant for dinner or drinks and a snack. Counter is open Tuesday through Sunday at 5 p.m.

Counter | 209 Essex Street, Salem | (978) 451-4818

A Visit to the Cape Cod Maritime Museum

With its unique geography, Cape Cod is home to some of New England’s oldest maritime culture. Used for travel, fishing, and pleasure, boats have always been an integral part of life on the Cape. The Cape Cod Maritime Museum, a small museum in Hyannis, is dedicated to celebrating the working and pleasure craft of Cape Cod with an engaging collection of maritime artifacts and activities. Whether you’re a boater or not, there’s a lot to learn during a visit to the Cape Cod Maritime Museum, so stop in during your next visit to one of our Cape Cod boutique hotels.

The Cape Cod Maritime Museum is located in Hyannis, right in Hyannis harbor, next to the ferry dock. Its waterfront location is the perfect setting for the museum’s campus, made up of a small exhibition hall and a boat building workshop. The main attraction of the museum is the exhibit chronicling the history of boatbuilding on the Cape. You’ll learn about the men that designed the unique boat styles of the Cape and the ones that captained the ships that made 17th and 18th-century commerce possible. With videos, hands-on exhibits, photographs and artifacts (including a large scrimshaw collection), the history of Cape Cod’s maritime industry comes alive. An art gallery displays maritime art, currently the work of preeminent plein air painter John Stobart. His realistic battle and harbor scenes will make you want to get out on the water.

Downstairs, the boat shop is home to programs that restore and build small boats using traditional and modern techniques. Staff and volunteers are on hand to answer questions about the style of boat or the project’s progress which is interesting, no matter one’s level of boatbuilding knowledge. Outside, various Cape Cod craft are on display, as well as 28-foot boat built especially for kids to play on. The museum is open “by chance” January through March and 10 a.m. to 4 p.m., 7 days a week in the high season.

Cape Cod Maritime Museum | 135 South St, Hyannis | (508) 775-1723

Best Cocktails in Newburyport

The great restaurant scene in Newburyport means there are many places to enjoy a craft cocktail. Whether you’re looking for a well-made classic drink or an original creation, there are plenty of cocktail bars in Newburyport that serve up what you’re after. Our Newburyport boutique hotel, Blue—Inn on the Beach is the perfect place to stay while you enjoy the beaches of Plum Island and the boutiques and restaurants of nearby Newburyport. Here are three of our favorite places to enjoy some of the best cocktails in Newburyport.

The Paddle Inn | 27 State St, Newburyport | (978) 572-1242

From the owners of Trina’s Starlite Lounge in Somerville, also known for its great cocktails, The Paddle Inn has a globally-inspired menu and the same strong bar program. Many drinks feature local spirits like Privateer rum and Knockabout gin and a tiki theme, so no matter the weather the Paddle Inn provides a tropical escape. Housemade twists like tea-infused bourbon and blended rums allows The Paddle Inn’s bartenders to put their own touches on these refreshing beach drinks.

The Poynt | 31 Water St, Newburyport | (978) 358-8501

We love this popular spot for its wood-fired pizzas, hearty pasta dishes, and of course its unique cocktail menu. With completely original cocktails made of sometimes obscure ingredients, we must admit that sometimes we’re not entirely sure what the finished product will taste like. Fortunately, the staff is always willing to offer an explanation (assuming it’s not too busy, which it often is!) and to help you pick out a cocktail. Smoke lovers should try The Courier, with mezcal, grapefruit, plum, and pink peppercorns.

Agave Mexican Bistro | 50 State Street, Newburyport | (978) 499-0428 

A place with as many tequilas in stock as Agave has (over 125!) is sure to make some of the best cocktails in Newburyport. While any tequila aficionado will tell you the best way to enjoy the agave spirit is straight up, we’re going to have to make an exception for a well-made margarita. There’s no corn syrup in the margarita mix at Agave, only fresh squeezed lemon, lime, and orange juices mixed with reposado tequila and Cointreau. When you’re looking for a simple, well-made margarita, head to Agave for one of the best cocktails in Newburyport.

Ice Skating and Cross-Country Skiing in Falmouth

Winter on Cape Cod means moving at a slower pace and a beautiful blanket of snow frequently covering the rolling sand dunes. But don’t let the cold temps keep you holed up inside (although we do love a good snow day spent by the fire)—get out and enjoy some winter activities on the Cape. On your next visit to our boutique Falmouth hotel, here are three great places to go ice skating and cross-country skiing in Falmouth.

Falmouth Ice Arena | 9 Technology Park Dr, Falmouth | (508) 548-7080

This public ice skating arena will let you practice your moves inspired by the Olympic figure skating team while you’re visiting the Cape. Home to many adult and youth ice hockey leagues, the Falmouth Ice Arena is a professional rink with skate rentals and a snack bar. Enjoy ice skating indoors on smooth ice at this popular ice skating rink in Falmouth.

Beebe Woods | 119 Two Ponds Rd, Falmouth | (508) 457-2567

This publicly preserved property is one of our favorite places to visit, no matter the season. But when the snow falls, the trails are great for cross-country skiing and snowshoeing. The trails aren’t groomed, but typically tracks from other skiers make the skiing easy. With over 400 acres in Beebe Woods, you’ll find a quiet piece of woods to explore by ski or snowshoe.

Shining Sea Bikeway | Route 151, Falmouth

This 10-mile bike path is great for skiing when snowfalls means there’s fewer cyclists. Pick up the path at the intersection of County Rd and Route 151 in Falmouth, and ski as far as your legs will let you. The path is pretty flat the whole way, so you can really practice your skiing stride. With great views of the water, farms, and even a cranberry bog, the bikeway is a great place to cross-country ski in Falmouth.

Live Music in Portsmouth

Come summertime in Portsmouth, the Prescott Park Arts music series is the belle of the ball—national musicians playing in the open air setting for just a suggestion donation of $5-8. We’re eagerly awaiting the announcement of 2018’s lineup. But in the colder months, seeing live music in Portsmouth means heading to any number of clubs and bars that host bands regularly. If you’re looking to dance it up on your next visit, here three great venues where you can take in some live music in Portsmouth.

3S Artspace | 319 Vaughan St, Portsmouth | (603) 766-3330

This nonprofit gallery and event center hosts live music regularly, and while you may not necessarily have heard of every act, it’s always a good time. With tickets costing less than $20, you can take a chance on a new act and maybe come away with a new favorite. Most weekend nights have live music, while other events like talks, live storytelling, and gay pride nights happen during the week.

Portsmouth Gaslight Co. | 64 Market St, Portsmouth | (603) 430-9122

This multi-storied Portsmouth pub hosts live music every Friday and Saturday night. Take your pick between two venues—the Grill on the first floor, with a full menu and bar or the pizza pub in the basement. Both are a hopping on weekend nights and promise a good time. Check out some local acts that take the stage at 10 p.m., and enjoy a pint of beer from the Gaslight’s great selection of local and craft beers.

The Music Hall | 28 Chestnut St, Portsmouth | (603) 436-2400

This historic theater is a local treasure, with a variety of performances including theater, films, and author readings in addition to live music. National acts like Lyle Lovett and Shawn Colvin have played at the Music Hall, so don’t miss your chance to see some big names in an intimate venue. For dinner before the show, check out Flatbread Company, for wood-fired pizza made with local ingredients, right next door.

Best Coffee Shops in Portsmouth

Portsmouth has several excellent coffee shops to give you that much needed caffeine kick while you’re exploring shops and galleries downtown. Like its restaurant scene, Portsmouth’s coffee shops take great care and pride in roasting beans and preparing the perfect espresso drink. When you’re staying at one of our Portsmouth boutique hotels, here are three options for the best coffee shops in Portsmouth.

Profile Coffee Bar | 15 Portwalk Pl, Portsmouth | (603) 501-1801

Serving up Counter Culture Coffee, Profile has many ways to enjoy a cup, from Chemex and pour overs to espresso and cold brew. Coffee aficionados will love the multitude of options of single origin and house blends. Its bright, airy space with reclaimed wooden accents will encourage you to stay and enjoy your drink—as will the menu of sandwiches and salads if you’re looking for a light lunch.

Caffe Kilim | 163 Islington St, Portsmouth | (603) 436-7330

We love this Turkish-themed café for its strong coffee and Middle Eastern pastries like baklava Turkish Delight. A Portsmouth favorite for over twenty years, Caffe Kilim serves up Turkish coffee roasted locally and freshly baked pastry in this cozy shop. Browse the Middle Eastern dry goods, rugs, and jewelry while you sip your coffee drink.

Kaffee Vonsolln | 79 Daniel St, Portsmouth | (603) 373-0570

Continue the international theme at Kaffee Vonsolln, with German iced coffee, pastry, and gelato. With coffee roasted on site, you’ll find the usual array of espresso drinks, flavored lattes, and iced coffees served from behind the bar. Leave room for the incredible German pastries, like apple strudel, danish, and bienstich, a sweet cake filled with vanilla custard. Stop into any one of the best coffee shops in Portsmouth for an afternoon pick-me-up.

Best Lobster Rolls in Falmouth

The dining scene in Falmouth, Massachusetts has grown a lot in the past several years, with many fine places to enjoy a nice dinner near the water. But we still have a fondness for the casual seafood shack where the fish is fresh and the lobster is perfectly steamed. No visit to Cape Cod is complete without some local seafood, in particular a lobster roll. Here are our recommendations for where to find the best lobster rolls in Falmouth, all of them best enjoyed within view of the waters in which the lobsters were caught.

Quahog Republic | 97 Spring Bars Rd, Falmouth | (508) 540-4111

The dive bar—one of four casual restaurants here you can enjoy pub food and draft beers—at the Quahog Republic is reminiscent of Key West’s unofficial Conch Republic, promoting the laid-back lifestyle of the Cape. The kitchen takes seafood seriously though, with its “Monsta” lobster roll weighing in at 10 ounces of tail and claw meat. Served lightly tossed with mayo and in a split-top bun (or over lettuce if you’re looking to go light), this is one of the best lobster rolls in Falmouth because it’s all about the lobster meat.

The Clam Shack | 227 Clinton Ave, Falmouth | (508) 540-7758

Your classic seafood shack on the water, this Falmouth favorite serves up one of the best lobster rolls in Falmouth. Its grilled, toasted bun comes filled with 6 ounces of knuckle and claw meat (the prefered style if you think the tail meat is too chewy for a roll). The Clam Shack is casual, with counter service and picnic tables and is open seasonally between Memorial Day and Labor Day.

The Barking Claw | 29 Locust St, Falmouth | (508) 364-5068

A seasonal food cart, The Barking Claw is one of the best lobster rolls in Falmouth is tossed with warm butter rather than “Maine-style” with mayo. Choose between a 2 oz. mini, 4 oz. regular, or 6 oz. jumbo roll with knuckle and claw meat in a toasted roll, lined with lettuce. Find this cart during the summer season to experience one of the best lobster rolls in Falmouth.

Best Bakeries in Kennebunkport

We love a sweet treat while out exploring the village of Kennebunkport—fortunately, in neighboring Kennebunk there’s three amazing bakeries, all baking up delicious pastry and breads. Just a short distance from our Kennebunkport boutique hotel the Captain Fairfield Inn, neighboring Kennebunk is divided into two sections—Lower Village, just over the bridge from the village of KPT, and downtown Kennebunk, 4 miles west of the river. Three of the area’s best bakeries are in neighboring Kennebunk and worth a visit. When you’re craving a croissant or a perfectly steamed cappuccino, head to one of these best bakeries in the Kennebunkport area.

Cherie’s | 7 High St, Kennebunk | (207) 985-1200

Cherie’s is much more than a bakery, with great lunch options and provisions like wine, cheese, and crackers for picnics and happy hour. We love the ever-changing selection of scones, muffins, and danish, but Cherie’s pies are the local favorite. These fruit pies aren’t too sweet, letting the fruit flavors shine, and have a delightfully flaky crust. For a handheld snack, try the decadent brownies or cinnamon rolls.

Mornings in Paris | 21 Western Ave, Kennebunk | (207) 204-0032

With a strong French theme, you can expect this bakery in Kennebunk’s Lower Village to have excellent pastry like croissants and cream puffs. But this is one of the best bakeries in Kennebunkport because of its macarons, the only shop in the area where we’ve had such perfect versions of the French filled cookie.

Boulangerie | 5 Nasons Ct, Kennebunk | (207) 502-7112

Tucked off the Main Street of downtown Kennebunk is Boulangerie another bakery producing fine French baked goods. This Kennebunk bakery focuses more on savory flavors, with a large selection of freshly baked breads available each day. Of course, there’s still plenty of sweet treats like cupcakes, scones, and croissants for you to indulge in.

New Portland Restaurants

2017 brought a spate of new restaurants to Portland, and many of them became fast favorites with the Portland dining crowd. From Vietnamese with a hipster spin to upscale French and Spanish classics, these new Portland restaurants all added a unique element to Portland’s already diverse restaurant scene. Well-known for the caliber of its restaurants, Portland gained several new noteworthy restaurants last year—with plenty more still on the way. Here are three of our favorites that opened in 2017:

Chaval | 8 Pine St, Portland | (207) 772-1110

We were nervous when we heard the owners of West End neighborhood favorite Caiola’s sold the business, but breathed a sigh of relief when we learned Piccolo’s chef-owners were taking over. Chaval is the new restaurant—similar to Caiola’s only in that it’s still a cozy, comfortable neighborhood spot. The menu now sports French and Spanish classics like pátê and tortilla, while simple starters like the tomato bread show off the chefs’ chops. Ilma Lopez’s desserts are legendary; the churros are a particular favorite at this new Portland, Maine restaurant.

Cong Tu Bot | 57 Washington Ave, Portland | (207) 221-8022

We love this hip Washington Avenue hangout for its fresh flavors and energetic space. With an open kitchen and some bar seating, you can watch chefs assemble your pho, curry, or fried rice while you enjoy an order of the spicy and tart cabbage salad. Don’t skip dessert here either, the Saigon-style flan with Vietnamese caramel and shaved coffee ice is sweet perfection.

Little Giant | 211 Danforth St, Portland | (207) 747-5045

From the owners of chic cocktail bar Portland Hunt & Alpine Club comes Little Giant, a small restaurant with a great bar. Located in the West End of Portland within walking distance of the Pom, you can expect snackable small plates and a variety of bistro entrees like duck confit and Maine mussels. The burger is one of the best in town. Visit the market next door for a selection of well-curated dry goods, wine, and housewares.

Crossing the Bridge – Part One

While Portsmouth continues to grow and develop its restaurant culture, there is much to be had by crossing the bridge into Kittery, where they are experiencing a culinary renaissance of their own. Dubbed “Maine’s Best Food Town” by Down East magazine in 2016, restaurants like the Black Birch, Anju, and Anneke Jans have become welcome detours on the usual trip north towards Portland.

Tulsi | 20 Walker Street, Kittery | (207) 451-9511

One of the foremost eateries that began this movement is Tulsi. In its second incarnation in Kittery, and now boasting a second restaurant in Wells, there is a rare finesse to chef Raj Mandekar’s Indian cuisine, making it akin to a velvet hammer. While it is beautiful and delicate, it is focused and unapologetic in its boldness and in many dishes, it’s level of heat. “I want to prepare ingredients that people are familiar with using spices and textures that most diners are not yet accustomed to,” He says, “And this also applies to our repertoire of vegetarian options.” Focusing on Southern Indian cookery while still incorporating the familiar Mughlai and Punjab dishes (tikka masala, biryani, korma, palak paneer, etc) puts an emphasis on fresh seafood.

This idea is brilliantly illustrated in Mandekar’s Shrimp Balchow, with its garnet-hued sauce and pungent, earthy aroma that mingles with that of the freshly puffed and blistered slices of naan bread that accompany it. The plump, tender shrimp are lightly sautéed before simmering and melding with the earthy flavors of dried chilies, curry leaves, mustard seed, and garlic in a tomato-based gravy. The burn creeps up slowly, building in potency, but the naan helps to cool everything down.

Lil’s Café | 7 Wallingford Square, Kittery | (207) 703-2800

Right up the street you will find Lil’s Café, a gem of a coffee shop and bakery that features Tandem Roaster’s coffee, from Portland, and a range of decadent crullers, croissants, and other pastries, as well as a delicious assortment of griddled sandwiches.

Maine Meat (MEat) Shop | 7 Wallingford Square, Kittery | (207) 703-0219

Next door is legendary butcher Jarrod Spangler’s Maine Meat (MEat) shop. He has paved the way for small shops in Maine to have the ability to work directly with its plethora of farms to bring in and butcher whole beasts, allowing for the maximum in quality control. It’s a bit pricier than the supermarket, but just try one of their steaks and I guarantee there is no going back.

Of course between your morning at Lil’s and dinner at Tulsi, there is plenty of time for outlet shopping – and it is worth mentioning that Kittery boasts a very well-stocked Le Creuset Outlet Store, where you can find a proper implement for preparing the aforementioned steak.

Mendocino Redwoods and Furniture

California’s central coast is known for its ancient redwood forests, made up of majestic trees that stretch hundreds of feet into the air. No visit to the area is complete without a pilgrimage to find these giants. The town of Mendocino, home to the Blue Door Group, our trio of boutique hotels, is surrounded by forests filled with redwood trees with hikes that take you through stands of them. Because of the abundance of hardwood trees, the area has long attracted woodworkers and furniture makers that work with the coast’s natural resources. Any fan of design, woodwork or fine furniture looking to appreciate the history of Mendocino redwoods and furniture. should visit these three locations.

Mendocino Redwoods and Furniture

Anderson’s Alternatives | 10550 Lansing St, Mendocino | (707) 937-3434

Located on the main drag in Mendo, this workshop and showroom show off owner Nathan Anderson’s woodwork. You’ll marvel at the turned bowls, delicately assembled tables and chairs, and beautiful sculpture. The back of the store is Anderson’s workshop, part lumber mill, part sales floor. Admire huge slabs of hardwood and intricately formed burls and hear the stories of some of the unique origins of the slabs—some from trees hundreds of years old.

The Krenov School of Fine Furniture | 440 Alger St, Fort Bragg | (707) 964-7056

This specialty school is the heart of the Mendocino woodworking and fine furniture movement. Named for its founder James Krenov, the school has been training people in his style since the 1980s. With curved lines, delicately carved door pulls, and an overall sense of harmony, a Krenov cabinet is recognizable to those in the know. Get familiar with his vision at the school’s annual mid-winter show, which is open to the public from January 28th to February 4th, 2018.

Jackson State Forest | Highway 20, Fort Bragg

Head right to the source in this 50,000-acre public forest. Mendocino redwoods make up most of the trees in the demonstration forests, but you’ll also find firs, pines, and bay myrtle. To hike amongst the redwoods, take the Hare Creek Trail, Forest History Trail, or the Waterfall Grove trail. All are fairly easy trails, wide with little elevation gain. Find a hike that’s perfect for you using trail maps available at Mendo Walks.

Shopping in Provincetown

Provincetown is known for its independent spirit, and it shows in the art galleries and boutiques that line Commercial Street. From high-end design to bins filled with beach chotchkies, you’ll find great gifts and mementos from your time at our Provincetown boutique hotel at these shops. Spend an afternoon poking in and out of the myriad of shops on Commercial Street, and don’t miss these three of our recommendations for the best shopping in Provincetown.

Room 68 | 77 Commercial St, Provincetown | (774) 538-6470

This Boston-based design shop moved to P’town in 2014 and gained more space to show off its amazing collection of furniture, housewares, and art. Channel some funky P’town style into your home or personal style with a new print or conversation-piece jewelry, all from New England artisans. Don’t miss the back corner of the showroom where the shop displays rotating selections from local artists.

Marine Specialties | 235 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-1730

This army-navy surplus store is a P’town staple that’s been open for over 50 years. With its seemingly endless amount of merchandise, you’ll never know what you’re going to find in this warehouse space. Maybe you’ll walk away with a vintage leather jacket, a novelty license plate for your garage, or a handful of typewriter keys. You have to experience Marine Specialties to truly understand it.

Tim-Scapes | 208 Commercial Street, Provincetown | (917) 626-4052

Remember when duct tape wallets had a moment? New York artist Tim Convery elevates the medium with duct tape inspired graphic work. His striking designs are available on t-shirts, mugs, posters, and totes. Check out his shop, where you can pick up a vacation memento that will have people talking and make you feel good—a portion of Tim-Scapes’ sales are donated to charities.

Best Newburyport Restaurants

When visiting Blue—Inn on the Beach, on peaceful Plum Island, our guests like to pop over to Newburyport, about a 10-minute drive away, to enjoy all the perks of this quaint North Shore town. Newburyport has so many great restaurants to choose from, we have a recommendation for whatever mood you’re in. Use this guide when you’re visiting Plum Island to find a great meal in one of the best Newburyport restaurants.

If you’re in the mood for a powerhouse dinner without any pretension, head to:

Brine | 25 State St, Newburyport | (978) 358-8479

The sister restaurant to Ceia Kitchen + Bar, another Lark favorite, this State Street bistro is cozy with exposed brick walls and exposed wooden ceiling beams. Brine bills itself as a “oyster, crudo, and chop bar,” so you know right away what its specialties are. We love the scallop crudo with compressed pears and a zippy jalapeno vinaigrette and the fresh, local oysters that are a dollar during Thursday’s happy hour.

If global fare and great cocktails sound good, book at table at:

The Paddle Inn | 27 State St, Newburyport | (978) 572-1242

From the owners of Trina’s Starlite Lounge and Parlor Sports in Somerville, this surf-themed restaurant has been making waves since its opening in late 2016. The cocktails tend towards tiki and the menu features dishes from coastal destinations like Thailand, Southern California, and the Caribbean. Don’t miss the housemade Chaco Taco for dessert.

Craving a classic burger and fries? Try:

Lexie’s | 88 State St, Newburyport | (603) 815-4181

Lexie’s is a local favorite for good reason—the menu keeps is simple with a variety of burgers dressed up any number of creative ways, loaded fries, and milkshakes. Bean burgers and gluten-free buns mean this burger spot isn’t just for carnivores. Casual with counter service, this Newburyport restaurant is also a nice option for lunch or takeout back at Blue—Inn on the Beach.

Our Favorite Falmouth Museums

On cold or rainy day on Cape Cod, it’s good to have a backup plan for some indoor activities. We think our Falmouth boutique hotel is particularly cozy during bad weather, but you’ve still got to get out and explore the area. So when it’s too chilly or wet for a beach day, consider visiting a Falmouth museum to learn about the whaling and nautical history of Cape Cod. Enjoy these three quaint Falmouth museums and take a peek back in time.

Falmouth Museums on the Green | 55 and 65 Palmer Ave, Falmouth | (508) 548-4857

The historical society’s museum is more of a campus, with two 18th century houses, a cultural center, and gardens to explore. Docents offer guided tours of the property, with tidbits about Colonial times, Falmouth’s role in the Revolutionary War, and the history of whaling on the Cape. Historic home lovers will enjoy the well-maintained homes, each filled with artifacts from life during Falmouth’s pre-industrial age.

Highfield Hall & Gardens | 56 Highfield Dr, Falmouth | (508) 495-1878

Once the private home of the Beebe family of Boston, this estate is now a museum, after years of careful restoration. The home was in disrepair in the 90s and a nonprofit stepped in to organize a campaign to save the home. Now that it’s been fully restored, tours are available showcasing the incredible architectural details. There isn’t much furniture in the home, since the project is fairly new, but the history and home are interesting enough without it.

Woods Hole Historical Museum | 579 Woods Hole Rd, Woods Hole | (508) 548-7270

This small museum down in Woods Hole has a great collection of historical artifacts. In particular, we love the Small Boat Museum which shows off boats of the area from an Old Town canoe to the popular Herreshoff 12-1/2 sailboats. Other small buildings contain the museum’s exhibits—the Yale workshop, a fly fisherman and woodcarver’s dream, and the Bradley House, a historic Captain’s home built in 1804.

Best Nature Walks Near Falmouth

While the weather may be cooler on Cape Cod in the winter, we still love to visit the same areas we do in the summer to see how the landscape has changed. With rolling sand dunes, coastal wetlands, and evergreen forests, it’s so nice to explore the Cape’s scenery when the summer crowds have gone and maybe even with a fresh blanket of snow. When you’re exploring Cape Cod from our Falmouth boutique hotel, here are three nature walks near Falmouth to help you stretch your legs and see the natural beauty of the Cape.

Ashumet Holly Wildlife Sanctuary | Ashumet Rd, East Falmouth | (508) 362-7475

This 45-acre preserve is part of Mass Audubon, so you know there’s good birdwatching on the property. Especially so around the large (8 acres!) pond—robust habitat for waterfowl and songbirds. The mile-and-a-half long, wonderfully named Mystery Tree Trail meanders through the woods and along the pond, surrounded by over 1,000 holly trees.

The Knob | Quissett Harbor Rd, Falmouth

If you’re looking for good ocean views, head south towards Woods Hole and hike out to The Knob. Part of the village of Quissett, this small rocky prominence is at the end of a mile-long sandy path. Walk through the coastal shrubs to reach the vantage point, where you can see New Bedford to the west, the Cape Cod canal entrance to the north, and the Elizabeth Islands to the south. Take the stairs down to Crescent Beach, which overlooks Buzzards Bay.

Beebe Woods | 119 Two Ponds Rd, Falmouth | (508) 457-2567

With three miles of trail and nearly 400 acres of woods, this property borders Highfield Hall and Gardens. Once part of the Highfield Estate, the woods are now preserved by the Town of Falmouth and open to the public. Walk the trails past ponds and through woods, wetlands, and pastoral farmland. When you need to warm up, head to the Highfield House for a tour of the historic home and its grounds.

Best Brunch in Stowe

We think vacations were made for brunching, whether it’s a hearty breakfast to fuel you up for a day on the mountain or a leisurely meal before you hit the road home. While our Stowe boutique hotel Field Guide serves its signature small plates breakfast, you’ll want to head into town for breakfast at least one day. Chow down at one of these three best brunches in Stowe.

Butler’s Pantry | 128 Main St, Stowe | (802) 253-7422

This sweet little spot opened in the Butler House in 2016, after a series of other restaurants occupied the space. Family owned and run, Butler’s Pantry is known for its hearty breakfasts, like biscuits and gravy, huge pancakes, and omelettes. Those looking for a lighter item should opt for the açai bowl, a fruit smoothie topped with granola and fresh fruit. You’ll love the cozy atmosphere at Butler’s Pantry, one of the best brunches in Stowe.

Green Goddess Café | 618 South Main St, Stowe | (802) 253-5255

If you’re the sort who likes a little naughty and nice with your breakfast, then this café is for you. With plenty of healthy options on the menu like juices and a breakfast garden tofu wrap, Green Goddess also serves up sandwiches stuffed with carnitas, corned beef hash, and Vermont maple sausage. French toast, pancakes, and omelettes round out the menu. This café also makes for a nice to-go option if you can’t wait to get to exploring Stowe.

Picnic Social | 433 Mountain Rd, Stowe | (802) 221-4947

Of course, we have to recommend our on-site restaurant at Field Guide. Our guests love everything that our chef Justin Perdue serves up, and we think the menu offers something for everyone. Lighter options include avocado toast, a detox smoothie, and a baker’s breakfast of fresh scone, croissant, jam, honey, butter, yogurt, fruit. But you can still go big with shrimp and grits, a loaded burger, and french toast with butterscotch icing. If brunch cocktails are your thing, there’s a whole menu featuring brunchy ingredients like bubbles, OJ, and maple syrup.

New Portsmouth Restaurants

Portsmouth has so many great places to eat and drink, it can be hard to keep up with what’s opening, what’s closed, and who’s moving. The staff of our Portsmouth boutique hotels are happy to help narrow down the choices with a dinner recommendation, from the small plates gem Moxy to classic pub grub at the Portsmouth Brewery. We’ve found there’s a Portsmouth restaurant for every mood. Here’s two new Portsmouth restaurants that everyone is buzzing about—both nice additions to the restaurant scene in Portsmouth.

The Wilder | 174 Fleet St, Portsmouth | (603) 319-6878

From the owners of a popular Kittery, Maine bar and restaurant, Anju Noodle Bar and The Wallingford Dram, comes The Wilder. Owner Julian Anderson describes it as a “no-rules gastropub,” which means if the chef and owners think a particular dish sounds good, they’ll serve it. The menu tends towards small plates and bar snacks, with a few large format dishes. Good luck narrowing down your order though—we always have trouble deciding. Duck fat popcorn or the Anadama Parker rolls with whipped goat cheese butter? The beet cured salmon plate or fried farmers cheese? You might find yourself visiting more than once to eat through the menu.

Nibblesworth | 409 The Hill, Portsmouth | (603) 427-8022

With its wood-fired oven and historic setting, Nibblesworth has quickly become one of our favorite new spots to enjoy a cozy meal on a cold day. Run by a husband and wife team, Nibblesworth takes the place of Blue Mermaid Island Grill, which has moved into an expanded space in Kittery, Maine. The menu offers up a diverse selection of dishes from beef and cheddar pierogi to lobster tacos. There’s plenty of options for vegetarians too, from hearty salads to the roasted veggie sandwich with a goat cheese spread. That said, don’t miss the fries, fried in beef tallow.

Martha’s Vineyard Museums in Edgartown

We love life on Martha’s Vineyard and are all in when it comes to learning about the history of the island. These three great Martha’s Vineyard museums in Edgartown can help you take a peek into the Vineyard of old with a tour of a historic home, some antique firefighting equipment, and the historical society’s collection. Perfect for rainy or cool days, next time you’re on a lark to one of our Edgartown boutique hotels, visit one of our favorite Martha’s Vineyard museums.

Martha’s Vineyard Museum | 59 School Street, Edgartown | (508) 627-4441

This museum houses artifacts collected by the Martha’s Vineyard Historical Society that cover the history of the island from Colonial times to today. Watch as the island was transformed from a whaling community to a posh summer retreat through the exhibits. In the summer months, tour the historic Thomas Cooke House, built in 1740, view the Fresnel lens used in the island’s lighthouses, and see a demonstration of a tryworks, used in the process of turning whale blubber into oil. This interactive museum campus will entertain visitors of all ages.

Vincent House Museum | 99 Main St, Edgartown | 508-627-4440

The historic home, so named for the Vincent family that lived in it until 1940, has the distinction of being the oldest residence on the island. Now maintained by the Martha’s Vineyard Preservation Trust, the museum represents several periods within the island’s history, with each room in the house dedicated to a different century. Admission includes a guided tour of the house and a visit to the Whaling Church next door.

Edgartown Fire Museum | 68 Peases Point Way S, Edgartown

First established 180 years ago, the Edgartown fire department has a great collection of antique equipment at its museum. This newly constructed museum, located behind the fire station, is a home for its collection of antique equipment and serves to educate visitors not only about the history of the department but about fire safety as well. From antique trucks to a 23-foot tub on wheels that acted as a water source for fighting fires, you’ll marvel at the sheer determination of firefighters of yesteryear.

Cape Cod Wineries

While the West Coast may get all the attention when it comes to U.S. wines, smaller regions all over the country are making great (or at the very least unique) wines. On Cape Cod, three wineries are using Cape-grown grapes or importing fruit from other parts of the country to produce a wide variety of wines. We love to pay a visit to one of these wineries when we’re on a lark to Cape Cod to hear the stories of the winemakers, try some new wines, and see another side of the Cape’s beautiful scenery. Check out these three Cape Cod wineries the next time you visit one of our Cape Cod boutique hotels.

Cape Cod Winery | 4 Oxbow Rd, East Falmouth | (508) 457-5592

This winery was started in 1994 by an Italian family on a piece of land that was once a farm that grew grapes for wine. Cape Cod Winery has brought grape production back to the property with terraced fields of 8,000 grapevines that mimic the techniques used in Italy and France. The winery produces several reds, whites, and a rosé and some wines from native fruits like blueberry and cranberry. Taste wines and purchase your favorites in the winery’s tasting room.

Truro Vineyards | 11 Shore Rd, North Truro | (508) 487-6200

The winemakers at Truro have been making wine together for about 10 years, with over 40 years of wine and beer making experience between them. Truro grows Chardonnay, Cabernet Franc, and Merlot varietals and buys other grapes to make other wines. The Lighthouse Series is a hit with visitors—as it comes in unique lighthouse-shaped bottles. Enjoy a tasting of five of the winery’s ten wines and take a tour of the production facility, offered every half hour.

First Crush Winery | 527 Main St, Harwich | (508) 737-6867

This relatively new winery () imports all of its grapes, preferring those produced by the growers in the Napa Valley. Owner Frank Puzio was a hobbyist winemaker for 40 years before launching his winery and credits his grandfather, who also made wine, as his inspiration. First Crush produces five red and two white wines, and you can taste six of the varieties in its tasting room. Tours are offered when time permits.

Kennebunkport Yoga and Spin

Come winter in Maine, we like to get our exercise in with walks on the beach, but biking and running outdoors are reserved for the most hardcore among us. Rather, when you go on a lark to Kennebunkport, check out these exercise studios that offer yoga and spin classes in Kennebunkport. Get your heart rate up with a spin class and then go on to enjoy Kennebunkport’s great dining scene guilt-free or take a slower yoga class to fully relax into vacation mode. Either way, these two studios offering yoga and spin classes in Kennebunkport will help you keep up with your fitness while you’re traveling.

Quest Fitness | 2 Livewell Dr, Kennebunk | (207) 467-3800

This full-service gym offers a variety of classes that you can drop into, from tai chi and yoga to barre and spin. We love the group cycle classes, taught by experienced cyclists who help you train for road riding. Plus, the giant projector screen with videos of cycling through Europe, California, and the mountains help the hour fly by. Or choose a yoga class, usually a vinyasa flow class, or a short HIIT (high-intensity interval training) class to get your heart rate up. Afterwards, cool down in the salt water pool or indulge in a massage, both included with your visitor’s pass.

Village Yoga | 153 Port Rd, Kennebunk | (207) 967-6262

This yoga studio is a short way down Port Road away from Kennebunk’s Lower Village. The studio is on the second floor of the complex, meaning it’s warm and full of natural light (and has plenty of free parking—a huge plus in the village!). With classes in six kinds of yoga from kripalu to heated vinyasa, you’ll find a class that fits into your practice. Mats are free at this studio, perfect for visitors, and after your class, you can enjoy treatment at the neighboring Center for Mindful Health, which the studio is a part of. Try an acupuncture session, reiki, reflexology or a massage and come away from Village Yoga fully relaxed and restored.

Our Favorite Kennebunkport Farms

While the first season’s snow has fallen in Kennebunkport, that doesn’t mean that we can’t visit some of our favorite Kennebunkport farms. Next summer’s strawberries, sweet corn, and tomatoes may seem painfully far away, but winter is a great time to plan your garden or just visit a farm to warm up in the greenhouses and dream of local food and beautiful blooms. When you’re on a lark to Kennebunkport and our boutique hotel Captain Fairfield Inn, check out these two Kennebunkport area farms for some seasonal decorations, a new houseplant, and some Insta-worthy farm scenes.

Patten’s Farm | 76 North Street, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-967-2418

You’ve undoubtedly seen this Kennebunkport farm on your way into town on North Street. It’s best known for its pick-your-own strawberry fields, one of our favorite summer activities, and its well-stocked farm stand that overflows with local produce in the summer. But Patten’s Farm is a four-season farm with a farm stand open year round for pumpkins in the fall and wreaths, garlands, and Christmas trees in the winter. Pick up a seasonal reminder of your Maine vacation at this Kennebunkport farm.

Snug Harbor Farm | 87 Western Ave, Kennebunk | (207) 967-2414

Located a short way down Western Ave. from Kennebunk’s Lower Village, Snug Harbor Farm is a great place to stop into on a cold, even snowy, Maine day. It’s five greenhouses will warm you up with its tropical houseplants, succulents of all shapes and colors, and local plantings overwintering indoors. The farm’s animals are always good for some entertainment, from miniature ponies to chickens, geese, and ducks. The farm’s gift shop is a great place to pick up a new houseplant or gardening supplies, but also herbal body care products and home goods like candles and terrariums. A visit to a Maine farm is a vacation “must,” no matter the season.

Portland’s Public Market House

We love a good one-stop shop, and the Portland Public Market, which houses a collection of food vendors on Portland’s Monument Square, delivers. If you find yourself downtown, the Portland Public Market House is the perfect place to stop for lunch or a snack. With 12 vendors serving everything from pho to crepes, you’re sure to find an option that satisfies everyone in your group.

First established in 2006, the Public Market is actually a revival of the city’s historic market that began in 1825 in Monument Square. In 2006, a group of vendors established the market as a cooperative way to provide retail space for their businesses. While one of the founding members, K. Horton’s Specialty Foods, recently retired (RIP fabulous cheese selection), the first floor is still made up of the original businesses. Big Sky Bakery offers sandwiches on homemade bread and pizza, while Maine Beer & Beverage Co. sells convenience store items and has a great selection of beer, wine, and spirits. K. Horton’s has been replaced by Cafe Crepe, a great new addition to the market, selling sweet and savory crepes that have been a huge hit.

The second floor of the market has seating and several other vendors that add to the diversity of available dining options. Several new vendors have given the market an international flare, with Maiz Colombian Street Food making fantastic arepas and Pho Co. serving its signature Vietnamese soup and other Asian dishes. For a healthy option, turn to Maine Squeeze Smoothie & Juice Cafe or Daily Greens, with its made-to-order salad bar. End on a sweet note with Thai sticky rice from Sticky Sweet and a cup of Rock City Roasters’ coffee from Market House Coffee. Take a trip around the world without leaving the second floor of the Portland Public Market.

Portland Public Market House | 28 Monument Way, Portland | (207) 284-1016

Cape Cod Lighthouses

As you can probably imagine, Cape Cod, being surrounded by water on three sides, is home to a lot of lighthouses. In fact, it’s home to the world’s largest concentration of lighthouses. We think these navigational beacons offer a romantic touch to the landscape, and visiting them provides a relaxing moment in nature and a memorable photo op. Next time you’re on a Lark on Cape Cod, visit these three Cape Cod lighthouses to learn about the maritime history of the Cape.

Nobska Light | 233 Nobska Rd, Woods Hole

This lighthouse and its outbuildings stand between Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound and is easily accessible from the road. Its Fresnel lens is still in place and visible during tours offered in the summer on select days. The 40-foot tall lighthouse you see today was built in 1876, replacing a wooden structure that was first constructed in 1828. Today, the lighthouse is maintained by the Friends of Nobska Light who are raising money to restore the lighthouse and built a museum.

Chatham Light | 37 Main St, Chatham

Another Cape Cod lighthouse that’s easy to visit is the 48-foot cast iron tower in Chatham. Once one of a pair of lighthouses, this lighthouse was moved inland in 1877 to avoid the eroding shoreline and the the other tower was moved north to Nauset (also a great Cape Cod lighthouse to visit) about 50 years later. The keeper’s quarters are now used for U.S. Coast Guard housing, so it’s not open for tours, but the lighthouse is open on special dates between May and October. The view from the lighthouse offers great visibility of Chatham Beach, the spit, and the harbor.

Race Point Light | Race Point, Provincetown

Provincetown has three lighthouses to visit—Long Point Light at the entrance of the harbor, nearby Wood End Light, and Race Point Light, which is on the northern tip of Cape Cod. None of them are easy to reach, but we recommend the trek out to Race Point Light, a two-mile walk or a drive requiring an over-sand driving permit. Your efforts will be rewarded with the quiet solitude and beautiful views of the northern side of Cape Cod. Tours are offered on select days throughout the summer. Private companies also offer dune tours that visit this Cape Cod lighthouse.

Our Favorite Restaurants in Camden

Although Camden is a small town, there are several great dining options when you’re looking for a nice dinner out. While many restaurants are seasonal, there’s enough open year round to offer choices. Whether you’re looking for a cozy pub dinner, a fine dining new American experience, or some unforgettable Thai food, we have a recommendation for a restaurant in Camden. All three restaurants in Camden are within walking distance of our boutique hotel Whitehall.

Francine Bistro | 55 Chestnut St, Camden | (207) 230-0083

Romantic yet lively, this small restaurant’s menu changes daily. Whatever chef Brian Hill is serving is sure to be a hit, from buttermilk fried calamari with black olive mayo to his famous smoked pork ribs served with salted caramel and peanuts. During the busier months, the wait for a table can be considerable, so reservations are recommended. Tucked away on a side street, you’ll find the makings of a memorable meal at Francine Bistro.

The Drouthy Bear | 50 Elm St, Camden | (207) 236-2327

Named for the old Scottish word meaning thirsty, this pub in a rehabbed historic home has a great selection of whiskey, as you’d expect. It also serves up local craft beer and a full menu of pub food. Hearty starters like homemade pork pie and Scotch eggs will satisfy your hunger, and the adventurous should try the haggis poutine. The wood stove adds a particularly cozy touch on cold nights.

Long Grain | 31 Elm Street, Camden | (207) 236-9001

Another small restaurant in Camden, Long Grain has only a few seats and fills up fast. The owners Razin Nakjaroen and Paula Palakawong bring fresh flavors from their native Thailand and use Maine ingredients wherever possible. Start with crispy Thai wings to Vietnamese salad loaded with fresh herbs and a zippy dressing, and finish with hearty dishes like beef panang curry and pork belly ramen. One meal at Long Grain and you’ll be a lifelong fan of this restaurant in Camden.

Winter Activities in Salem

Salem, like all of our New England Lark destinations, is so cozy during the winter. The summer tourists have long gone, and while the warm weather went with them, there’s still lots to do on the North Shore of Boston in the wintertime. With snow on the ground from mid-December until March or April, you’ve got time to enjoy these winter activities in Salem. Book your stay at one of our two boutique Salem hotels and enjoy these winter activities in Salem.

Go to a hockey game at Rockett Arena | 225 Canal St, Salem | (978) 542-6556

New Englanders love their hockey, and if you’re a fan of the sport, watch the Salem State Vikings play at Rockett Arena. With both a men’s and a women’s ice hockey team, you’ve got a pretty good chance at catching a home game during your visit. Bundle up and cheer the Vikings to victory, then hit the nearby bars to warm up with a hot toddy.

Explore Winter Island Park | 50 Winter Island Rd, Salem | (978) 745-9430

For a refreshing winter walk, head to aptly named Winter Island Park at the northern end of town. This former Coast Guard facility contains the remnants of Fort Pickering, a Colonial-era military fortification. It’s also home to Fort Pickering Lighthouse. We love to stroll around the park in winter and enjoy the views of Marblehead and Salem Harbor.

Snowshoe at Mass Audubon | 10 Risley Rd, Marblehead | (978) 887-9264

Head out to Marblehead Neck to this wildlife sanctuary for a peaceful trek on snowshoes. This 20-acre park offers a mile long trail that is perfect for a quick outdoor jaunt. After you’ve enjoyed some winter activities in Salem, head back to The Merchant (https://www.themerchantsalem.com/) or The Hotel Salem (https://www.thehotelsalem.com/) to warm up by the fire!

Our Favorite Specialty Food Shops in Stowe

With cheese, maple syrup, and craft beer, Vermont has so much great local food and drink. Here in Stowe, home to our boutique hotel Field Guide, we love to stock up on Vermont-made specialty foods at the number of great shops in town. Here are three of our favorite specialty food shops in Stowe where you’ll find the makings of a great in-room happy hour or the perfect gift for a friend.

Specialty Food Shops in Stowe

Stowe Wine & Cheese | 1799 Mountain Rd, Stowe |(802) 253-8606

Just up the street from Field Guide, you’ll find our favorite wine and cheese shop. With a great selection of local and imported cheeses, cured meats, olives, pickles, and spreads, you’ll have everything you need for a fantastic cheese and charcuterie board. Pick up a bottle of wine or some craft beer, (yes, they stock Heady Topper) and the friendly staff is on hand to help with a recommendation. Or better yet, grab a seat at Swirl, the shop’s wine bar and try a few samples to see what you like.

Stowe Mercantile | 166 S Main St, Stowe | 802) 253-4554

This general store has a wide variety of stuff from gloves and hats to mugs and cutting boards, much of it handcrafted in Vermont. Stock up on some Vermont maple syrup or browse the great selection of local craft beer and wine. Don’t miss the shop’s selection of penny candy, with self-serve canisters full of classic and retro sweets.

Laughing Moon Chocolates | 78 South Main St, Stowe | (802) 253-9591

Chocolate lovers have to stop into this chocolate shop known for its chocolate truffles and buttercreams. Unique flavors like basil black pepper and chipotle cinnamon make these chocolates stand out. Catch a truffle making demonstration every day at 2pm, with samples of course!

Portsmouth Winter Activities

With winter just around the corner in New England, we’re getting ready by making our list of Portsmouth winter activities. Bring on the snow in Seacoast New Hampshire—we’re looking forward to ice skating, cross-country skiing, and snowshoeing. Celebrate winter with a stay at one of our two Portsmouth boutique hotels, and enjoy these Portsmouth winter activities during the day, with Portsmouth’s thriving dining and bar scene waiting for you at night.

Ice Skating at Strawbery Banke | 14 Hancock St, Portsmouth | (603) 433-1100

Now in its fourth season, this ice rink is a big hit with locals and visitors alike. Open 7 days a week, the large rink is built on the grounds of Portsmouth’s living history museum, providing a scenic backdrop for your skate. Skate rentals are available, as well as lessons and special events on weekend nights.

Sledding at Wagon Hill Farm | 156 Piscataqua Rd, Durham | (603) 868-5571

Wagon Hill is a year-round facility with concerts, walking trails, and the area’s best sledding hill. Just a 20 minute drive west of Portsmouth, bring your snowshoes, cross-country skis, and sled for some winter fun. Enjoy the few miles of trails that overlook the Oyster River on your skis or snowshoes, then finish the afternoon with kids and adults of all ages at the sledding hill.

X-Country Skiing at Odiorne State Park | 570 Ocean Blvd, Rye | (603) 436-7406

Head just 10 minutes south to Rye, best known for its sandy beaches in the summer. This waterfront state park is great for an easy snowshoe or ski, with nice views of the ocean and salt marshes. Trails are free to use during the off-season, although the park’s facilities are closed. We’ll be waiting for you at Lark Hotels with a mug of hot chocolate when you’re done enjoying a day of winter activities in Portsmouth!

Shopping in Newburyport

Plum Island is one of those rare places to vacation where you can have both a relaxing beachside retreat and a lively day spent exploring the nearby town of Newburyport. Our Plum Island boutique hotel Blue—Inn by the Beach is the perfect retreat after a day of dining and shopping in Newburyport. Enjoy some shopping in Newburyport at these three boutiques showcasing local artists and makers with that New England vibe, and take home a keepsake for your time on Plum Island.

Vaalbara Designs | 1 Water St, Newburyport | (978) 212-9678

This carefully curated shop primarilyy features bags designed of Emily Prescott, a Massachusetts native now living in California. With colorful fabric, leather accents, and the distinct arrowhead zipper pull, these bags come in all sizes with convertible straps for maximum wear. You’ll love the global feel that the clutches and purses will impart on your look. This new Newburyport location is run by Emily’s sister and also features other handmade and vintage items.

Piper & Chloe | 5 Water St, Newburyport | (978) 255-1675

Head right next door to this women and children’s boutique, with a calming, preppy aesthetic. We love their collection of minimalist jewelry and accessories as well as the soy candles made with natural scents that remind us of the beach. Take your time to look through the collection of home goods, kids’ books and toys, and stationery for that perfect memento or gift.

Sea Bags | 6 State St, Newburyport | (207) 239-2999

With its flagship operation on the waterfront in Portland, Maine (another Lark Hotel destination!), Sea Bags brings its beloved totes to Newburyport with this shop. Made from recycled sails and printed with graphic designs or stitched with color blocking, these bags are the perfect everyday accessory. Take that New England vacation look with you wherever you go with a clutch embellished with a metallic anchor.

Salt & Grove | 7 Prince Place, Suite 102, Newburyport | (978) 225-0240

Salt & Grove is a local artisan shop and shared creative studio based in the darling seaside town of Newburyport, MA. Owned by two spunky creatives, Sarah Landry of Sarah Jayne Photography and Katie Rocheford of Sweet Annie Floral Design, Salt & Grove is a feel-good space that supports the rad local maker, curates a kick-ass collection of local, small batch gifts, and above all else, spreads good vibes in the community.

Holiday Events in Salem

While everyone associates Salem with Halloween, here at Lark Hotels, we know that the holidays in December are just as special. Perhaps a little less spooky and a little more cozy, but the same festive spirit and New England charm makes Salem a great place to visit during the holidays. Book your stay at one of our two Salem boutique hotels and enjoy these holiday events in Salem.

Christmas in Salem | various locations

Salem’s historic homes are beautiful all decked out for the holidays, so take a close look with these tours offered the first weekend in December. See private homes otherwise not open to the public and enjoy special events like wine tastings, a mini food tour from Salem Food Tours, and guest speakers. Sponsored by Historic Salem, this event is a fun way to learn the history of Salem while getting into the holiday spirit.

Salem Holiday Market | Old Town Hall, 93 Washington St, Salem

Just like at Halloween, one of our favorite things to do in Salem is shop at a local craft fair and see all the unique gifts from talented Salem makers and artists. With two floors of handmade products at the Old Town Hall, you’re sure to find something for everyone on your list. Shop Saturday, December 16th and Sunday, December 17th from 11 a.m. to 6 p.m.

Launch! New Year’s Eve Celebration | Old Town Hall, 93 Washington St, Salem

Ring in the new year from 9 p.m. to 1 a.m. with a black light dance party at Salem’s Old Town Hall. With live music from local acts, a photo booth, and interactive art exhibits, you’ll have plenty to do until the ball drops at midnight. Enjoy a late-night snack from Goodnight Fatty, (https://goodnightfatty.com/) Salem’s hottest cookie bakery, and then head back to one of our boutique hotels for a good night’s sleep.

Holiday Shopping in Mendocino

“Christmas in California” has a nice ring to it, doesn’t it? While we love a White Christmas at our New England Lark Hotel properties, a West Coast trip can provide a welcome break from the winter weather. In Northern California, at our Mendocino boutique hotel Blue Door Group, winter weather is mild, with daytime temperatures in the mid-50s. Make a new tradition this year with a quiet retreat on the coast, and check off your gift list with some local holiday shopping in Mendocino.

Twist | 45140 Main St, Mendocino | (707) 937-1717

We love Twist because it perfectly captures that California coastal vibe we love so much. From soft, screen-printed tees and trucker hats to bike baskets and sunglasses, Twist sells products made with natural materials, many made in the U.S. You’re sure to find great gifts for that eco-conscious person in your life.

Honey & Ro | 45062 Ukiah St, Mendocino | (707) 937-2717

Good luck getting out of this well-curated boutique without buying a few items for yourself too. With on-trend jackets and tops, soft scarves, stackable rings, and rustic pottery, this shop has everything you need to complete that lifestyle blogger look. Leave plenty of time to explore all of the unique home goods and body care items on display too.

Simply Succulent | 31250 Highway 20, Fort Bragg | (707) 964-0536

This nursery is worth the drive north to Fort Bragg for that someone who’s always hard to buy for. With a huge selection of Insta-worthy arrangements of all shapes, sizes, and colors, you’ll find an adorable gift—even for the self-professed “black thumb” on your list. Then pay a visit to the nearby Mendocino Coast Botanical Gardens’ Festival of Lights (https://www.gardenbythesea.org/calendar/festival-of-lights-2017/) after your holiday shopping in Mendocino!

Best Provincetown Restaurants

After a day spent on the beach or exploring the shops and galleries of Provincetown, plenty of options for good food await you in this funky Cape Cod town. From fried clam shacks to upscale dining, Provincetown has a great restaurant for every occasion. Let what you’re in the mood for steer you towards a dinner reservation at one of the best Provincetown restaurants.

If you’re in the mood for fresh, local seafood and a great cocktail, head to:

Patio | 328 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-4003

The mojitos and the “Monument” seafood tower are the big draw at Patio, the latter named for the Pilgrim Monument and filled with lobster tails, oysters on the half shell, steamed shrimp, and ceviche. As you might imagine, the best seats are on the restaurant’s patio, with strings of lights overhead and heat lamps in the cooler seasons. Always good people watching in P’town too!

If it’s a French brasserie with local seafood you’re after, book a table at:

Joon Bar + Kitchen | 133 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 413-9336

Share small plates at this wine bar in its new West End location. Enjoy gourmet snacks like wood roasted wild mushrooms, fried Spanish olives stuffed with manchego cheese and buttermilk biscuit duck sliders. With a frequently changing menu and a wine list full of interesting choices, Joon is one of our favorite places for a cozy meal.

Tacos and frosé sound good? Try:

Canteen | 225 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-3800

Laid back, with outdoor seating, puns galore and strong drinks, Canteen captures the Cape Cod vibe perfectly. Serving breakfast, lunch, and dinner, Canteen offers a mix of comfort food classics like pot pies and seafood shack staples like fish and chips and lobster rolls. And don’t miss the crispy Brussels sprouts in fish sauce!

Provincetown Art Galleries

Provincetown is known for its artsy vibe, with galleries lining its main street and arts events all year long. Artists and art lovers alike come to this Outer Cape town to enjoy the natural beauty of the ocean and the white sand beaches. With hundreds of artists taking season or full-time residence in P’town, there’s a healthy art community that supports over 35 Provincetown art galleries. You could spend days visiting art galleries on Commercial Street and still not see them all. Here are a few of our favorites at Lark Hotels that highlight the diversity of Provincetown art galleries.

Schoolhouse Gallery | 494 Commercial Street, Provincetown | (508) 487-4800

This gallery, housed in a former schoolhouse, showcases modern art with a focus in photography. You’ll find prints, paintings, and sculpture by Provincetown artists, all with a quirky flare that so represents the town. The adjacent design center is worth a look too—there’s furniture, jewelry, and mobiles.

Galería Cubana | 357 Commercial Street, Provincetown | (508) 487-2822

You may feel a long way from the Caribbean, but this gallery brings Cuban culture to the Cape with works by Cuban artists. The gallery’s owner travels to Cuba regularly to meet artists and establish an American audience for work that may otherwise never make it out of the country. The gallery is full of works of all mediums, so you’ll see a diversity of Cuban art, from folk art to political statements.

Provincetown Art Association and Museum | 460 Commercial St, Provincetown | (508) 487-1750

The PAAM is the heart of P’town’s art community, with a gallery that’s open year round and a robust event schedule. Visit this Provincetown art gallery to see its rotating exhibitions and permanent collection of P’town artists spanning the past 100 years. Catch a special lecture on the influence of the Cape on well-known American artists like Edward Hopper, and enjoy this quiet respite from the hustle and bustle of P’town.

Things to do on Cape Cod

Vacation on the Cape starts once you cross over the canal—and with its slower pace, beautiful beaches, and timeless charm, there’s plenty of things to do on Cape Cod. We love to go on a lark and explore the Cape, from Falmouth and Chatham to Orleans and Provincetown. We’ve got your recommendations for things to do on Cape Cod; use our list to break up your drive to P’town or go on a day trip and visit different parts of the Cape.

If you’re coming from Boston, detour down to Falmouth to explore its shop-lined main street and beach that overlooks Vineyard Sound. Fuel up at Coffee Obsession with a Mexican mocha latte and a warm scone or danish. Spend an hour at Spohr Gardens, an estate with 6-acres of gardens designed in the 1950s and now open to the public. Head onto Hyannis for lunch, where we recommend The Naked Oyster. Overlooking its own oyster beds, local seafood at The Naked Oyster doesn’t get much fresher.

History buffs will want to explore Hyannis’ John F. Kennedy Museum, while outdoor lovers should head to Chatham for some beach time. The Cape Cod National Seashorebegins here and runs north to Provincetown. The water on this side is cold, but the National Seashore has the best shorebreak for playing in the surf and offers protected habitat for shorebirds. Walk the beach and look for birds or visit the Chatham Lighthouse, open for tours select days of the week.

Turn north and head up the Outer Cape towards lively P’town. Work up an appetite by walking or biking the Cape Cod Rail Trail, a 26-mile paved path from Dennis to Wellfleet. For dinner, Abba in Orleans is billed as the best restaurant on the Cape. The Israeli-born chef prepares his native cuisine and adds in touches of Thai flavors—many dishes highlighting local seafood, of course. If you’re looking for something more traditional, visit the Lobster Pot in P’town. No visit to the Cape is complete without a steamed lobster dinner and a great view of the water, and this local landmark delivers.

Must Visit Cape Cod Breweries

When you’re on a lark to Cape Cod, whether it’s all the way to Provincetown or right over the bridge in Falmouth, there’s lots to look forward to—art, outdoor activities, great food, and most of all relaxing. Taking your time on the drive out to the Cape is half the fun, as there’s so much to see and do along the way. Plus, you might need a break from all the traffic, so stop into one of these three Cape Cod breweries for a cold one and a snack.

Cape Cod Beer | 1336 Phinneys Ln, Hyannis | (508) 790-4200

This Mid-Cape brewery is one of Cape Cod’s best known, making it’s well-loved beer since 2004. Stop into the brewery to sample its beers in a flight or take a tour (offered once a day at 11am). Our favorite is the Big Sea Saison, a citrusy, dry beer, but there’s something for everyone from IPA and porter to pilsner and dunkel weisen. The tap room has communal tables and games, and you’re welcome to order food from nearby restaurants if hunger strikes.

Devil’s Purse Brewing Company | 120 Great Western Rd, South Dennis | (508) 694-7171

The lineup at Devil’s Purse includes a lot of European-inspired beers like a Belgian-style IPA and a British Imperial Stout. But with a wide variety of styles, everyone will find something to sip on. Try a flight of four 5 oz. pours and fill a Howler (half growler) of your favorite to take to go. We love the Surfman’s Check ESB, so called for the Cape’s lifesaving patrols of the past.

Hog Island Beer Co. | 28 West Rd, Orleans | (508) 255-2337

Named for an uninhabited island off of Orleans, this brewery’s tasting room offers 5 oz. flights of its beers, as well as growlers and cans to go. With its surfboard decor and beers named for sharks, you’ll get that vacation vibe at Hog Island. Try the Pig Pen Pharmhouse or the Moon Snail Pale Ale and embrace the relaxed lifestyle of Cape Cod.

Best Yoga Studios in Portland

When you’re visiting Portland, Maine and our boutique hotel Pomegranate Inn, you may want to keep up with your yoga practice by dropping in on a class. Portland has several yoga studios that each offer different styles of classes several times a day. Pick one that fits best with your practice and stay centered and strong while on vacation. And we’ve got your recommendations for where to grab a healthy snack or juice afterwards too!

Niraj Yoga | 648 Congress St, Portland | (207) 747-9172

Located in Portland’s West End and very close to The Pom, Niraj Yoga aims to make yoga accessible, meaning the classes are priced at an affordable $11. With several levels of classes, from a foundations to an advanced level, you’ll find a class tailored to your practice. After an hour of yoga, head to Maine Juice Co. for a refreshing Green Zing juice, made with apples, greens, ginger, celery, and cucumber.

Lila East End Yoga | 251 Congress St, Portland | (207) 329-4604

This sweet little studio is located in Portland’s East End and offers vinyasa flow classes. The classes tend to be small, which allows for more one-on-one instruction if you want it. Afterwards, head next door to LB Kitchen, (https://www.lbkitchenportlandme.com/) a fantastic new restaurant that serves bowls, toasts, juices, and bone broth. We love the banh mi bowl, with tofu, kimchi, brown rice, and spicy vegan mayo.

Greener Postures | 740 Broadway St, South Portland | (207) 210-6525

This heated studio (with temps up to 90℉) offers primarily vinyasa flow workshops, several times a day. While it’s in South Portland, it’s only a short drive from our The Pom. If it’s your first time at the studio, the drop-in rate is only $5 and includes a mat, perfect for out-of-town visitors.

Christmas at the Newport Mansions

Visiting the mansions of Newport, the historic homes of the Gilded Age now maintained as 11 museums and open to the public, is popular with our guests. Especially so this time of year, as the mansions are decked out with all the trimmings of the seasons: giant, bejeweled trees, evergreen garlands, and miles of twinkly lights. From November 18th, 2017 to January 1st, 2018, Christmas at the Newport Mansions brings festive holiday cheer to Bellevue Avenue with tours and special events.

We love touring Newport to look at holiday lights, and the historic mansions are a great neighborhood to see some top-notch displays. While many museums aren’t open through the off-season, The Breakers, The Elms, and Marble House are participating in Christmas at the Newport Mansions. These historic homes will be open for tours and special events throughout the holiday season. Even if you’ve already toured the mansions, we recommend another visit during Christmas at the Mansions for some jaw-dropping holiday decorations. This year’s highlights include a 15-foot poinsettia tree and a model train set in The Breakers’ Great Hall. The tables are set with elaborate decorations and candles light every window. Fireplace mantle decorations made by local garden clubs add to the festive cheer. And new this year is an intricate version of the mansion, made by local pastry chefs, on display in the kitchen.

In addition to daily tours, the mansions host special events like visits from Santa on Saturdays in December and evening concerts. Visit one of our two Newport boutique hotels and indulge in some luxe holiday cheer at Christmas at the Newport mansions. The mansions of the Gilded Age really shine at the holidays with their elaborate decorations, so get into the holiday spirit with Christmas at the Newport mansions.

Christmas Prelude: Holidays in Kennebunkport

As you might expect from a quaint seaside New England town, Kennebunkport does the holidays well. With the cozy streets and historic homes gussied up for the holidays, Kennebunkport kicks off the 2017 holiday season with Christmas Prelude. Now in its 36th year, this town-wide holiday celebration is full of events from progressive dinners, tap takeovers, arts and craft shows, and a live nativity. Our Kennebunkport boutique hotel Captain Fairfield Inn, with its warming fire pit and cozy beds, is the perfect home base to explore this holiday tradition. And don’t forget the hot chocolate and cookies as you head out to enjoy the holidays in Kennebunkport!

Kennebunkport’s Christmas Prelude runs from November 30th until December 10th. We’re looking forward to the Mead and Wassail tasting at the newly opened Maine Mead Works tasting room. Maine Mead Works first started in Portland by owner Ben Alexander and opened a tasting room in KPT this summer. Forget what you may think of mead, much of it syrupy sweet and overspiced. Maine Mead Works’ honey wines are light and subtly sweet. At the holidays, the cranberry mead is a popular choice, as well the hopped mead, perfect for skeptical beer drinkers. Maine Mead Works is open Thursday through Sunday 2-5 p.m. during Christmas Prelude.

If you’re feeling hearty, take a boat ride on the Saturdays and Sundays of Christmas Prelude on the Nor’easter, a lobster boat with a covered (and heated!) wheelhouse. The boat picks up passengers at The Pilot House in Kennebunk and the Nonantum Resort every half an hour, so you can ride from point to point or stay on board for a round trip. Or book a spot on the evening cruise on December 8th and watch the fireworks over the ocean for only $20 (and it’s BYOB!).

The tree—made from lobster traps, natch—lighting ceremony takes places Friday, December 1st. Shops will be open late throughout Prelude, many with cookies and wine, so you can pick up some special Maine-made gifts. Whether you participate in any official Prelude events or not, Kennebunkport is a special place to visit at the holidays.

Dog-Friendly Activities in Newburyport

With its prime location right on the beach, our Plum Island boutique hotel Blue—Inn on the Beach is a great place to go on a lark—and good news, your dog can come too! Dogs are welcome in our pet-friendly cottage, allowing you to relax and enjoy a weekend on Plum Island with your four-legged friend in tow. Take advantage of the beautiful fall weather at the beach with these recommendations for dog-friendly activities in Newburyport.

First, you can’t beat the location of our hotel when it comes to enjoying some playtime outdoors with your dog. Dogs are allowed off-leash on Plum Island beach after October 15th and until May 15th, so you and your dog can walk right out our door onto the sand. Dogs aren’t allowed in the National Wildlife Refuge (south of our hotel on Plum Island), but the public beach to the north is all yours. In Newburyport, there are several off-leash dog parks, and we also love the Clipper City Rail Trail, a 1.1 mile paved pathway that winds its way around the harbor. The Maudslay State Park is a must-visit for any dog owner who also is a horticulture buff. This 480-acre estate turned state park has beautiful gardens and walking paths. Dogs on leash are welcome.

Dogs are welcome on most Newburyport restaurant patios, so if the weather is right, you can enjoy a meal on the deck with your pooch. We love the Newburyport Brewing Company for a flight of beer on the patio. Dogs are welcome here and always loved on by the friendly brewery staff. Head to Plum Island Coffee Roasters (where your pup is welcome inside) to rest with a warm drink after a dog park romp. And don’t leave your dog out of Newburyport’s culinary experience—Just Dogs is a gourmet bakery where you’ll find dog-friendly treats and pet supplies. Enjoy all the dog-friendly activities that Newburyport has to offer—after a day of exploring, your comfortable cottage at Blue—Inn on the Beach is waiting for you.

Best Après Ski Restaurants in Stowe

Winter is right around the corner, and in Stowe at our boutique hotel Field Guide, we are gearing up for another great ski season. The Farmers’ Almanac is predicting a cold, snowy winter in New England for 2017-18, and up on the mountain, skiers and snowboarders are pumped. From snowshoeing and cross-country skiing to downhill at Stowe Mountain Resort, Stowe has many ways to get out and enjoy the fresh powder, making it a top destination in New England for snow bunnies. Then there’s that après scene—Stowe may seem quaint and quiet, but the nightlife can be quite lively. Take your rosy cheeks and cold fingers to one of these hot après ski restaurants in Stowe for some refreshments and warmth after a day on the mountain.

The Matterhorn | 4969 Mountain Rd, Stowe | (802) 253-8198

You can practically ski right into The Matterhorn at the bottom of Mountain Road (in fact, Bruce Trail, an old ski run leads right to it for those in the know). This bar/restaurant has a different vibe for every time of day with families during the day and late-night revelers near closing time. But après ski is the best time, with a jovial mix of locals and tourists, all happy from a day spent on the mountain. Order up cheap PBR, sushi, and pub grub staples.

Piecasso | 1899 Mountain Rd, Stowe | (802) 253-4411

We think pizza is the perfect apres ski food, especially if it’s cheap. Piecasso serves up great thin crust pizza at reasonable prices. With ski movie nights on Thursdays and live music on the weekends, Piecasso is a nice place to head to when you don’t have the energy for a fancy meal. Plus, carb loading is practically required after a strenuous day of skiing.

Picnic Social | 433 Mountain Rd, Stowe | (802) 221-4947

We’d be remiss if we didn’t mention our own on-site restaurant Picnic Social at Field Guide. With 13 draft beers on tap, many of them local, and a menu of shareable comfort food plates, we think Picnic Social is the coziest place to be post-ride. Plus, you’re steps from the hot tub and campfire to help warm you up.

Salem Fall Restaurant Week

Salem’s restaurant scene goes far beyond the waterfront seafood restaurants with everything from Neapolitan pizza to a Mexican taqueria (and of course, still plenty of seafood to go round). While October is Salem’s busiest season with its celebration of all things haunted, after Halloween passes, the quieter season is a nice time to visit too. Salem’s outstanding restaurants become easier to get into and the sidewalks and tourist attractions are less crowded. Coming right up in early December, Salem Fall Restaurant Week is the perfect opportunity to explore the food and drink scene in Salem. Book a room at one of our two Salem boutique hotels The Merchant and The Hotel Salem and enjoy Salem Fall Restaurant Week December 3rd-7th. Bonus: many of the participating restaurants are within walking distance of our two boutique hotels, meaning you’re only a short stroll away from a good meal!

Restaurant Weeks are a well-known concept, but for the uninitiated: participating Salem restaurants are offering specially priced menus during Restaurant Week. Some offer choices of appetizer, entrees, and dessert while others have set menus. Typically the menus are less expensive than if you were to order a three-course meal outside of Restaurant Week, giving diners the chance to try out a new restaurant. Lark favorites participating in Salem Fall Restaurant Week include the seafood classic Adriatic Restaurant and Bar, East-meets-West at Opus, and Korean fried chicken hotspot BonChon.

For foodies, Restaurant Weeks are like Christmas and the Super Bowl all rolled into one. Eleven Salem restaurants are participating so far, with more to come before the event kicks off. Whether you’re looking for Korean food or authentic Italian, Salem Fall Restaurant Week will serve up some delicious fall food in Witch City. Reservations recommended!

Shopping in Edgartown

It’s not a vacation to the Vineyard without some shopping in Edgartown. Many of our favorite Edgartown shops are within walking distance of our two Martha’s Vineyard boutique hotels, The Christopher and The Sydney. Martha’s Vineyard is known for its upscale clothing boutiques and unique gifts, so stop into one of these shops in Edgartown for a Vineyard souvenir that will remind you of your time on the island all year long.

Vineyard Bath Co. | 15 N. Summer St, Edgartown | (508) 868-4425

This fragrance shop captures the fresh smells of the island and will help transport you back to vacation with one whiff. Unlike those mall scent shops, Vineyard Bath Co. uses high-quality ingredients made in the U.S. and free of harmful additives. With fragrances named for island towns, you can select lotions, body scrubs, soaps, and candles that will serve as the perfect memento for your Vineyard vacation.

Vineyard Vines | 19 Winter St, Edgartown | (508) 627-4779

While Vineyard Vines has become known nationwide, it, of course, got its start on Martha’s Vineyard. Started by two guys who quit their office day jobs to sell ties, this preppy brand has evolved into quintessential New England wear. Stop into the Winter Street store to freshen up your Vineyard wardrobe with its cute whale-adorned gear.

Slate | 11 N. Summer St, Edgartown | (508) 939-1908

This boutique stocks the latest trends in women’s clothing and body care. With pieces from U.S. designers, this is no fast-fashion store, but rather quality clothes made to last. Find a new chic party dress or a modern top that gives you that effortlessly chic look. A great selection of jewelry, skin care products, and books round out this stylish boutique’s offerings.

See our post on Edgartown Bookstores for recommendations on finding your next vacation read. Happy shopping!

Where to Eat Year-Round on Nantucket

When the summer crowds have long gone, the leaf peepers have thinned, and the sidewalks are easy to navigate, we knowthe off-season is upon us on Nantucket. Our two Nantucket boutique hotels 21 Broad and 76 Main take a winter hiatus January through March, but now through the holidays is a great time to visit Nantucket. While many shops, bars, and restaurants close after the high season, many stay open for the 12,000 year-round residents and wintertime visitors. When visiting Nantucket during the off-season, here are our favorite places to eat year-round on Nantucket.

Dune | 20 Broad St, Nantucket | (508) 228-5550

Dune is a Lark favorite year-round because of its craft cocktails and fine dining cuisine that relies on seasonal, island-grown ingredients. The fall menu serves up comfort food like stews, braised meats, and seasonal vegetables like beets, mushrooms, and squash. Usually the wait for a table is considerable during the summer, so a visit to Dune in the off-season is a treat.

A Brotherhood of Thieves | 23 Broad St, Nantucket | (550) 228-2551

Located in the heart of Nantucket Town, this tavern is one of our favorite places to eat year-round on Nantucket. The basement bar dates back to the 1840s when it catered to the sailors of the island’s vigorous whaling industry. With dark wood, a large fireplace, and a wide selection of craft beer, The Brotherhood is a great place to enjoy happy hour or a casual dinner.

B-ACK Yard BBQ | 20 Straight Wharf, Nantucket | (508) 228-0227

New in 2017, this barbecue joint serves up different regional styles of barbecue and has quickly become an island favorite. Classic barbecue meats like brisket and kielbasa are smoked on site, while the sides like lobster mac and cheese threaten to steal the show. A great selection of draft beer and creative cocktails make B-ACK Yard BBQ a great place to eat year-round on Nantucket.

Where to Find the Best Oysters in Newburyport

When you’re on a lark to our boutique hotel on Plum Island, some fresh seafood is in order. In nearby Newburyport, a thriving restaurant scene awaits with many places serving up local oysters—perfect for enjoying before dinner with a cold drink. If you’re looking for the best oysters in Newburyport, we recommend these three raw bars that serve up the freshest, local oysters. After a day spent relaxing at the beach or exploring the shops and the historic district of downtown, enjoy the best oysters in Newburyport.

Brine | 25 State St, Newburyport | (978) 358-8479

Brine is the latest restaurants from chef Nancy Batista-Caswell and the sister restaurant to Ceia, a longtime local favorite. Brine focuses on prime cuts of meat and fresh seafood like crudos and freshly-shucked oysters. Snag a seat at the cozy bar and order up a dozen oysters, presented beautifully with a mignonette and fresh herbs. The chef prides herself on the wine list, so order a glass of vino from the eclectic collection or a beer from the equally diverse draft beer list. Monday nights from 4-8pm bring a “buck a shuck” oyster special.

Michael’s Harborside | 1 Tournament Wharf, Newburyport | (978) 462-7785

Michael’s is your fairly typical waterfront seafood restaurant, where the views are great and the oysters are fresh. During the high season, the upper deck is the place to be with a lovely view of the Merrimack River. The raw bar offers a variety of oysters on the half shell, along with clams and steamed shrimp. An extensive sushi menu rounds out the raw seafood offerings at Michael’s.

Sea Level Oyster Bar | 1 Market Square, Newburyport | (978) 462-8862

Like many places in Newburyport, this waterfront seafood restaurant’s menu is heavy on the lobster, fish, and shellfish. We love to head to the large marble bar for a refreshing plate of oysters, served up simply with cocktail sauce and lemon. Enjoy a drink from the large selection of New England craft beers on tap or a glass of wine along with some of the best oysters in Newburyport.

Dog-Friendly Activities in Oak Bluffs

Both you and your four-legged friend are welcome to go on a lark to our Oak Bluffs, Martha’s Vineyard boutique hotel Summercamp. With a dog-friendly suite available, Summercamp is the perfect home base for you and your pup while you’re exploring the Vineyard. Drop the dog bed off (or let us know if you need to borrow one) and hit the town with our recommendations for dog-friendly activities in Oak Bluffs.

One of the best parts of having a dog is that you get to enjoy time outside to help stretch your dog’s legs. Martha’s Vineyard is the perfect place to spend time with your dog on the beach, the water, or in a state park. This time of year, dogs are allowed on all Martha’s Vineyard beaches any time of day. You’ll find other dogs for yours to play with and miles of sandy beaches for throwing a ball. We love Joseph Sylvia State Beach, just a 10-minute drive from Summercamp. We also enjoy hiking in Trade Wind Fields Preserve, 72 acres of conservation land where dogs can run free. With trails that go through wooded areas and border sandplains, this preserve is a unique Martha’s Vineyard spot for you and your dog to explore.

If you want to get out on the water, Island Spirit Kayak welcomes dogs on any of their paddling tours. Head out for a half day paddle or a shorter tour at sunset, moonrise, or sunrise. Island Spirit Kayak will provide life jackets for your dog too.

After you’ve worked up the need for a bite to eat and a beer, Offshore Ale Co. is the perfect dog-friendly restaurant in Oak Bluffs. Dogs are welcome on the patio, which is the best place to sit when the weather’s nice anyway. Enjoy an East Chop Lighthouse blond ale and some beer-steamed mussels while your dog rests easy at your feet.

After your meal, head to our favorite ice cream shop in Oak Bluffs, Ben & Bill’s Chocolate Emporium, for a scoop to enjoy while you walk around Oak Bluffs with your dog. Our relaxing suite at Summercamp is waiting for you after a day full of dog-friendly activities in Oak Bluffs.

Nantucket’s Best Seafood Restaurants

Located 30 miles off the mainland in the Atlantic Ocean, you can expect some fresh seafood when you’re on a lark to Nantucket. Come the off-season, our favorite beachside clam shacks close up for the season (see you in May, Millie’s!). So when you’re paying a visit to ACK in the fall and winter, where are Nantucket’s best seafood restaurants? Here are three of our favorite seafood restaurants on Nantucket—one casual and two for a more upscale night out.

Sayle’s Seafood | 99 Washington St Ext, Nantucket | (508) 228-4599

Located in a cute shingled shack, Sayle’s is a seafood market with a takeout restaurant. With a focus on local seafood like bay scallops, oysters, lobster, and clams, Sayle’s is the place to get fresh seafood prepared simply. Get baskets of fried seafood with classic sides for a beach picnic or enjoy dinner on the waterfront deck.

CRU | 1 Straight Wharf, Nantucket | (508) 228-9278

This waterfront restaurant has a “see and be seen” vibe and menu prices to match. Treat yourself to a special night out in the upscale dining room with an elegant yet rustic feel. Start off with something from the great raw bar selection that includes caviar and local clams and oysters. Entrees include classics like lobster rolls and grilled salmon and twists on the classics like haddock schnitzel.

Brant Point Grill | 50 Easton St, Nantucket | (508) 325-1320

The BPG is a classic for a reason—located in a sprawling New England hotel overlooking the water and the Brant Point Lighthouse. But it’s not all tourists here; the locals love it in the offseason when a table is easier to get and there’s “buck a shuck” local oysters at happy hour. Lobster is the main draw, with the local crustacean appearing in Bloody Marys, mac and cheese and of course, steamed with butter.

Best Lunch in Portsmouth

Portsmouth is such a bustling city with so much to see and do in a day. From shops and live music to sailing and history museums, you’ll love spending time walking around the historic downtown and taking in the sights. But come lunchtime, choosing one of many of the city’s number of cafes and restaurants can be overwhelming. So here are our recommendations for lunch in Portsmouth for the next time you’re visiting one of our two Portsmouth boutique hotels.

Lexie’s Joint | 212 Islington St, Portsmouth | (603) 815-4181

Stop into Lexie’s for a classic lunch of burgers, fries, and a shake. With 14 different kinds of burgers piled high with toppings like chimichurri sauce and fried onions, you’ll come away stuffed and satisfied. Fish tacos, grilled cheese, and a delicious fried fish sandwich are also great options if you’re not in a red meat mood. Beer and wine are available if you really want to make it a vacation lunch in Portsmouth.

Street 801 | Islington St, Portsmouth | (603) 436-0860

With a focus on global street food, this casual café is a bit out of the downtown area, but worth the walk. From shawarma and falafel to crispy bibimbap and pho, Street has a cuisine to satisfy your wanderlust. The theme continues to the cocktail menu with a Pisco Sour, Pimm’s Cup, and “beer-tails”.

Popovers on the Square | 8 Congress St, Portsmouth | (603) 431-1119

Who doesn’t love a popover? These eggy treats are the main event at this downtown café, served warm with a side of maple butter. Soups, salads, and wraps are all available too, all with a mini popover on the side. With counter service and free wifi, you could linger over a relaxing lunch in Portsmouth here.

Visit These Wineries Near Camden

Maine may not be the first place you think of when you think of wine country, but there are a handful of dedicated winemakers in the state. Maine’s climate and rocky soil makes for great white wines, while the abundance of native fruit (hello, wild blueberries!) means there’s plenty of great fruit wines to be had. When you’re visiting our Camden boutique hotel Whitehall, consider a trip inland to some of these wineries near Camden. The rolling hills of the Camden area make for a scenic day trip, and you’ll be rewarded with some great wines at these wineries near Camden.

Cellardoor Winery | 367 Youngtown Rd, Lincolnville | (207) 763-4478

Just 10 minutes north of Camden in Lincolnville is the Cellardoor Winery’s tasting room. The tasting room and event space is in a 200-year old renovated barn and overlooks the winery’s 5 1/2-acres of grapevines. You can sip on a California Pinot Noir or a Washington state Chenin Blanc, as Cellardoor Winery imports grapes from other parts of the country to make wine. Wines made from grapes and fruit grown on site are also available.

Savage Oakes Vineyard and Winery | 175 Barrett Hill Rd, Union | (207) 785-2828

This vineyard and beef farm is big on visual appeal, with stone walls, gently sloping hills, an old barn that houses the tasting room. Savage Oakes makes wine from its own grapes and blueberries, and you can enjoy a tasting flight on the deck overlooking the farm fields. Come summertime, look for surprisingly big name acts like Lyle Lovett and The Indigo Girls as part of the new outdoor concert series at the winery.

Sweetgrass Winery & Distillery | 347 Carroll Road Union | (207) 785-3024

Perfect for the couple who loves cocktails and wine, this farm is home to another great winery near Camden. Sweetgrass uses as many Maine-grown products as they can in making fruit wines, spirits like gin and rum, and fruit liqueurs. Try the rhubarb or cranberry “smash” (their name for liqueur) or the cranberry gin. With a whole host of creative products from vanilla to bitters, you’ll find yourself stocking up on holiday gifts early.

Best Hikes Near Kennebunkport

Fall is the best season for hiking around the Kennebunkport area—the weather is cooler, the bugs are gone, and the changing leaves are putting on a show. On your next visit to our Kennebunkport boutique hotel, we recommend getting out on one of these Kennebunkport area hikes to enjoy the Maine coast at its finest. Whether you’re looking for a quick summit with some spectacular views or to stroll around a waterfront nature preserve, we have recommendations for the best hikes near Kennebunkport.

Bridle Path and Sea Road Preserve | 29 Sea Rd, Kennebunk | (207) 985-8734

No matter the season, the Bridle Path is one of our favorite hikes near Kennebunkport. Built on an old railway, the path crosses through meadows and marshes with glimpses of the ocean. With a packed gravel path and wooden benches, this flat trail is 6 miles of easy walking. Park at the Sea Road School to access the trail and enjoy an out-and-back walk. Bikes and dogs are allowed on the trail as well.

Timber Point Trail | 140 Granite Point Rd, Biddeford | (207) 646-9226

Part of the Rachel Carson National Wildlife Refuge, Timber Island is a 13-acre island off of Goose Rocks Beach. This 1.4 mile loop trail meanders through marshland, forests, rocky shoreline. The varied habitat means you’ll spot lots of wildlife and birds in this quiet preserve. Timber Island can only be accessed at low tide, so check the tide clock at the trailhead before you set out.

Mount Agamenticus | Mountain Rd, York | (207) 361-1102

Along the coast, it doesn’t take much elevation to get a great view, which is why Mt. A is one of the best hikes near Kennebunkport for some sightseeing. With a network of trails, you can pick a hike that is as easy or as hard as you like. The longest trail is the Ring Trail, which loops the mountain and intersects a number of trails that lead to the summit. Access the trail via the parking on Mountain Rd. or Mt. Agamenticus Rd. Once on top, check out the educational displays, look for hawks riding thermal drafts, and check out the visitor’s center, formerly a ski lodge.

Live Music in Kennebunkport

The village of Kennebunkport is often hopping with visitors lining the narrow streets and covering the patios. Often live music can be heard throughout town adding to the festive feel. Whether it’s a local cover band jamming at the Pilot House or the Arundel Wharf, there’s always some great live music to be found in Kennebunkport. The next time you visit, stop into one of these spots for live music in Kennebunkport to enjoy a drink and some tunes.

Federal Jack’s | 8 Western Ave, Kennebunk | (207) 967-4322

We love Feds for many reasons—its wide array of beers brewed on site, the full menu of brew pub staples, and most of all, the live music. Once the dinner crowd empties out, the band sets up in the dining room and the fun begins. Friday and Saturday nights, live music starts at 10pm and goes until closing time at 1am. There’s no better place to dance than on the second floor of Federal Jack’s overlooking the water.

Pedro’s | 181 Port Rd, Kennebunk | (207) 967-5544

The vibe is more chill over at Pedro’s when the live music starts. Every Sunday afternoon from 4 to 7pm, a rotating local act plays from Mexican-inspired to blues. Our favorite act is Primo Cubano who plays with a Cuban flair. Good luck staying in your seat for this one! But whoever is on stage, a margarita in hand at Pedro’s make this live music in Kennebunkport sound that much better.

Vinegar Hill Music Theater | 53 Old Post Rd, Arundel | (207) 985-5552

This new addition to the Maine music scene opened May of 2016 after its owners rennovated the Arundel Barn Playhouse. With its acoustically-friendly exposed beams and lofty ceiling, the new music theater is a great place to catch a show. Wwe particularly love having a drink at the the outdoor bar before the show starts. Whether it’s a big name national act or a stand-up comedy show, you’ll love this beautiful place to enjoy live music in Kennebunkport.

Fun Fall Activities in Camden

Midcoast Maine is beautiful in fall, with crisp evenings, rolling hills of changing fall foliage, and still plenty of things to do in the bustling village of Camden. Our Camden boutique hotel Whitehall closes for the season at the end of October, so book your stay soon (we’re offering 15% off stays of any length, any day of the week). Come enjoy our favorite season in Maine with these tips for fun fall activities in Camden.

Fall Foliage Chairlift at Camden Snow Bowl | 20 Barnestown Rd, Camden | (207) 236-3438

While the snow won’t fly for a few more months, there’s still fun to be had at the Camden Snow Bowl, the Midcoast’s only ski resort. With views of the ocean from the top, this mountain is one of the more unique ski resorts on the East Coast. Get in on the fun with a chairlift ride to the top Sundays in October. Hop on a chairlift (much easier without skis, we must say!) and cruise to the top for just $10. You’ll have stellar views of the surrounding fall foliage and the ocean on your way up, with as much time as you’d like to hike around the top of the mountain. Hike back down or ride the chairlift again.

Apple Picking at Hope Orchards | 434 Camden Rd, Hope | (207) 763-2824

Apple picking is practically mandatory in Maine in the fall, and we love to head just a few miles inland from Camden to Hope Orchards for this picturesque fall activity. Pick a bag or two of Maine apples to take home with you (varieties vary with the season) and pick up a pumpkin to decorate the stoop. With cider, maple syrup, and baked apple goods available in the farm stand, a stop at this orchard is a celebration of all things fall in Maine.

After a day full of fall activities in Camden, stop by the bar at our on-site restaurant Pig + Poet. Relax with a P+P Negroni, an updated version of the classic drink. Using equal parts London dry gin, vermouth, and Campari with a splash of blood orange juice. It’s bracing and tart, perfect for enjoying on a fall night in Camden.

 

Photo Credit: Benjamin Williamson Photography

Craft Beer at Martha’s Vineyard Offshore Ale Co

Vacationing on Martha’s Vineyard means days spent on the beach or exploring the island by bike and on foot. But after a day of sightseeing it’s time for a cold beverage, and in Oak Bluffs, beer lovers will find craft beer on Martha’s Vineyard at Offshore Ale Co. Just a 5 minute walk into town from our Oak Bluffs boutique hotel Summercamp, Offshore Ale Co. is a great place to enjoy craft beer on Martha’s Vineyard at happy hour or with a casual meal.

Offshore Ale Co. is the only brew pub on Martha’s Vineyard, and locals and tourists alike pack the tables and patio. You’ll quickly be served up a bowl of peanuts in the shell, and it’s encouraged to toss your shells on the ground. The menu contains a wide array of brew pub staples from fish and chips to beer-steamed mussels. Lunch is served at 11:30am until 4pm and dinner service begins at 5pm (the kitchen takes a break between 4 and 5pm, so don’t come hangry if you stop in for early happy hour).

The beer on tap rotates through six of the available styles—our favorite is the East Chop Lighthouse, a refreshing blonde ale. The twenty or so styles the brewery brews range from an imperial stout and a black porter to a helles bock and a double IPA. Every beer drinker will find something to love at Offshore Ale Co. If you want to take a taste of vacation home with you, growler fills are available.

When the weather’s nice, the patio of Offshore is one of our favorite places to sit with a pint. Dogs are welcome on the patio and umbrellas offers some cover if the sun is too bright. Whatever the occasion, Offshore Ale Co. is the perfect place to relax and enjoy craft beer on Martha’s Vineyard.

Offshore Ale Co. | 30 Kennebec Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 693-2626

Yoga on Martha’s Vineyard

When visiting Martha’s Vineyard, guests at our three Martha’s Vineyard boutique hotels often ask where to find the best yoga studio on Martha’s Vineyard. Whether you’re looking to try out a new activity while on vacation or to continue your practice, we recommend heading to one of these three yoga studios. With fresh island breezes blowing through the class, an hour of yoga on Martha’s Vineyard will help you to have a relaxing stay on the island.

Martha’s Vineyard Yoga Center | 73 Circuit Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 237-1861

This studio is just a 5-minute walk from Summercamp, our Oak Bluffs boutique hotel in a sweet, shingled cottage. The Yoga Center offers 10 different classes of different styles and ability levels. Drop in for an easy refresher class or challenge yourself with some vigorous kripalu flow. After your workout, head down the street to Mocha Mott’s Coffee Shop for an energizing drink.

Island Spirit Kayak | Little Bridge, State Beach, Oak Bluffs | (508) 693-9727

Challenge yourself with some yoga on a standup paddleboard in the protected waters off of Joseph Sylvia State Beach. SUP Yoga on a paddleboard requires additional balance, so it’s perfect for yogis looking for that added challenge. Plus, you get to enjoy the beautiful weather of the island while you practice. Come prepared to get wet—many first-time yoga SUPers end up taking a dip in the water!

Yoga on the Vine | 243 Edgartown-Vineyard Haven Rd, Edgartown | (508) 939-4339

In Edgartown, we love Yoga on the Vine for the peaceful yet strenuous workouts. Classes range in style from heated vinyasa to kundalini and even feature an aerial yoga series occasionally. After class, head next door to the studio’s adjacent spa and ward off any muscle soreness with a therapeutic massage.

Things to do on Chappaquiddick

Next time you’re on a lark to one of our two Edgartown boutique hotels, consider a day trip to Chappaquiddick, a small island off Edgartown. There’s plenty of things to do on Chappaquiddick, although admittedly more in the vein of sightseeing than the hustle and bustle of Edgartown. And while the island gained national notoriety for the incident with Ted Kennedy, we can assure you there’s much more to the island than just the infamous bridge. So here are some tips and recommendations for things to do on Chappaquiddick for your next visit.

To get to Chappaquiddick, you’ll need to take the “On Time ferry to Chappy” (one of two ferries named On Time I and On Time II). The ferry is a small car ferry and makes the 527-foot crossing continuously, so you won’t need to wait long for an available boat. Many of the sights on Chappaquiddick are a ways from the ferry landing, so it’s best to take car or a bicycle out with you.

If you come by bike, Wasque Point is a nice place for a picnic lunch. Head out Litchfield Rd. for three miles until it turns to dirt then venture for another mile. The beach here is a great place to walk, fish, or soak up some sun. Otherwise, drive out to Cape Poge to see the lighthouse and explore the Wildlife Refuge. The Trustees of Reservations offers guided over sand tours out to the lighthouse daily for only $20. The tour includes a scenic ride out to the point and a trip to the top of the light via a spiral staircase. Call to make a reservation and if desired, arrange for transportation to and from the Chappy ferry.

Golfers, bring your clubs to play on Chappaquiddick’s historic Royal & Ancient Chappaquiddick Links. Established in 1887, this greenway is beautifully landscaped—which you’ll have plenty of time to enjoy, as there’s no golf carts on this course. After a day spent exploring Chappy, head back to Edgartown for dinner and drinks—it’ll seem bustling after the peacefulness of Chappaquiddick.

Historic Halloween Events in Portland

Fall in New England is the best, with crunchy leaves, perfect sweater weather, and one of our favorite holidays, Halloween. There’s no better place to celebrate fall than Portland, with its quintessential New England seaside city vibe and lots of fun happenings during October (not to mention our cozy boutique hotel). We love these unique Halloween events in Portland—a great way to explore the spooky side of Portland while learning about the city’s history. Check out these historic Halloween events in Portland on your next visit this fall.

Walk Among the Shadows at Eastern Cemetery | 224 Congress St, Portland

This historic cemetery is hidden in plain sight on the eastern end of Congress Street. Open select hours for guided tours and exploring, Eastern Cemetery is the oldest historic landscape in the city dating back to 1668. You’ll find the graves of ship captains that died in the War of 1812, family of Portland’s famed poet Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, and even women with connections to the Salem Witch Trials. Come mid-October, the nonprofit Spirits Alive puts on Walk Among the Shadows, an after-dark tour that tells tales of the city’s supernatural activities. The tours are guided through the cemetery where groups will encounter actors recounting stories of ghost ships, sea monsters, and strange sightings. The tour is not scary, but rather entertaining and educational. Tours are offered twice a night October 19-22 and 26-29 and tickets are $10 for adults.

Haunted House Tour at the Wadsworth-Longfellow House | 489 Congress St, Portland | (207) 774-1822

The childhood home of one of the city’s more famous residents offers Halloween events in Portland with a haunted house tour. Inspired by Longfellow’s poem Haunted House with the line “All houses wherein men have lived and died are haunted houses,” the hour-long tour tells the tales of residents that have died in the house…and who maybe still linger. Led by longtime docent and Longfellow impersonator James Horrigan, this tour is a great way to see the Longfellow House with some spooky tales. Tours are held daily October 25-30 (excluding Sunday) and tickets are $15.

Fall on Nantucket

While many flock to Nantucket during summer vacation, we love a quick jaunt out to the island in the fall. After Labor Day, the crowds clear out, but the weather is still sunny and pleasant with daytime temps reaching into the 70s. The island is a little quieter, but all the restaurants and shops are still open (many will close come winter) making fall on Nantucket one of the best times to visit. Here are some ideas of what awaits you during a visit to Nantucket this fall.

The island is beautiful in the fall with the changing leaves and signature crisp New England nights, and a visit always calls for some sightseeing. Our two boutique hotel properties on Nantucket are right in the heart of town, so you can either leave your car on the mainland or park it and easily walk to the restaurants and shops downtown. Rent a bike and explore the island on two wheels, with a ride out to ‘Sconset or Madaket where you can see the fall foliage and have the beach to yourself. Nantucket has three lighthouses—the Brant Point Light is within walking distance from town and a worthy photo op.

Learn about the history of the island by heading to one of its history museums like the Whaling Museum or the Shipwreck & Lifesaving Museum. Or get a different view of the island on a boat cruise. Charter company Shearwater Excursions offers many tours, but we love the sunset cruise]. Fall means beautiful sunsets on the island, but bring a sweater as it’s always a few degrees cooler on the water than on island.

With cooler temps, fall foliage, and a quieter pace, fall is one of the best times to visit Nantucket. You’ll be planning your next lark to Nantucket before the ferry to the mainland has even left the dock.

Kayak and SUP Tours in Mendocino

We hear from guests at our Mendocino boutique hotel Blue Door Group that they love to spending time outdoors taking in the coastal beauty of Northern California. If you’re looking to see the coast from a different perspective, consider getting out on the water with kayak and SUP tours in Mendocino. Explore sea caves, look for whales, seals, and birds, and soak up the California sun with a kayak and SUP tours in Mendocino the next time you’re on a lark.

Kayak and Standup Paddle Mendocino | Van Damme Beach State Park, CA-1, Little River | (707) 813-7117

This Mendocino-based tour company offers both guided kayak tours and standup paddleboard tours out of nearby Van Damme Beach State Park (about a 10-minute drive from the inns of the Blue Door Group). The guides provide everything you need for a few hours on the water, from wetsuits and water shoes to paddles and sit-on-top kayaks or SUPs.

Choose from a tour of the sea caves of Van Damme Cove, formed by erosion of the cliffs by the ocean waves. A guided tour allows you to safely explore these caves while the guides point out and identify the native wildlife like seals, oystercatchers, and sea stars. If you’re looking for a quieter adventure, take the Albion River tour which is great for birdwatching and offers paddling in calm conditions.

If you’re into standing while you paddle, the SUP tours also explore the sea caves and the Albion River. Kayak and Standup Paddle Mendocino even offers surf SUP lessons, if you’re looking to take your SUP sessions to the next level. Learn to paddle your way into surfing some of the waves off the California coast for a truly memorable time in Mendocino.

Kayak and Standup Paddle Mendocino is family-friendly and even dog-friendly. Reservations are not required, but are recommended.

Our Favorite Coffee Shops in Mendocino

We love to start our day in Mendocino with a hot cup of coffee—at our Mendocino boutique hotel the Blue Door Group, the staff serves up plenty of freshly brewed coffee from Thanksgiving Coffee Roasters, roasted in nearby Ft. Bragg. But we also like to enjoy a cup while out and about in Mendocino town, to sit and relax in between exploring all the beaches and hikes in the area. So next time you’re in Mendocino and need a pick-me-up, here are our recommendations for the best coffee shops in Mendocino.

Moody’s Organic Coffee Bar | 10450 Lansing St, Mendocino | (707) 937-4843

This coffee shop on the main drag of Mendocino serves up a straightforward menu of satisfying espresso drinks and drip coffees. The chai here is a fan favorite, not too sweet and nice and spicy. If it’s warm out, try an iced frappe available in flavors like coffee toffee and chai.

Goodlife Café & Bakery | 10483 Lansing St, Mendocino | (707) 937-0836

Right next to Moody’s is the Goodlife Café, also serving up espresso drinks but with a wider array of food. From items like chili and wraps to baked goods, this is a nice spot to stop into for a quick lunch. With plenty of seating and a rotating display of local art, you’ll quickly see why the Goodlife Café is one of the best coffee shops in Mendocino.

Garden Bakery | 10450 Lansing St, Mendocino | (707) 937-3140

This shop focuses more on the baked goods side of the coffee shop menu than the coffee (though they do have coffee available). Its menu specializes in savory pockets like a mushroom, spinach, and jack cheese pockets, and sweet empanadas—our favorite is apple in the fall. As the name suggests, you can enjoy your meal or afternoon snack in the shop’s beautifully landscaped garden patio.

Fun Things to do With Kids in Portsmouth

Portsmouth, with its waterfront location and historic New England setting, is a great place for active families to explore. With a living history museum and several public parks, Portsmouth is full of family-friendly activities. Either of our boutique Portsmouth hotels is a great home base within walking distance of many of these fun things to do with kids in Portsmouth.

Strawbery Banke Museum | 14 Hancock St, Portsmouth | 603.433.1100

While the adults may get more from the history of the area at this living history museum than the kids, kids will enjoy the interactive nature of the exhibits. Actors depict life in Portsmouth from the mid-1600s to the mid-1900s in and around over 30 historic buildings full of artifacts. Kids will love the Jones House Discovery Center for Families where they can pretend to run a 1950s shop, play on a sailboat, and explore historic play kitchens.

Prescott Park | 105 Marcy St, Portsmouth | 603.436.2848

This 10-acre waterfront park is a great place to relax while the kids play. Kids will love the tug boats in the river, the open green space, and the beautiful labyrinthian garden. Nonprofit Prescott Park Arts Festival brings music, theater, and special events to the park throughout the summer and fall. You may happen upon a movie night, live performance of Mary Poppins, or a musical act. Entry to the events is a suggested donation; check their events calendar for the schedule.

Other quick ideas for fun things to do with kids in Portsmouth: go to story time at the Portsmouth Public Library; dine at Flatbread Pizza Co., a family-friendly pizza joint that makes the best maple lemonade; visit the playground at Leary Field, which overlooks the mill pond; and treat the kids to a new book or toy at G. Willikers.

Murder Mystery Parties at The Pom

Fall is in full swing here in New England and Halloween is just around the corner! To celebrate the season, we’ll be hosting two Murder Mystery Parties at The Pom

What does this mean? Think of the rip-roaring 1920’s in all its gangster and speakeasy glory. Think of the rivalries and the drama between some of our nation’s most historic gangsters from the streets of New York City and Chicago. With an extravagant guest list, you’ll step back in time and take on the persona of your new character. You and your fellow guests will spend the night gathering evidence and deciphering clues in the hopes of uncovering the mystery behind the murder.

So, what are you waiting for? Book your room for a murder mystery party…if you dare.

Where:

The Pomegranate Inn

When:

Friday, 10/27, at 6:00pm
Tuesday, 10/31, 6:00pm

BYOB cocktail hour with mixer bar and snacks provided
Prizes awarded to super sleuths
Details will be emailed following booking
Hotel guests only

 

Best Spots for Fall Foliage in Stowe

The fall foliage is at its finest in Vermont mid-September through late October. At our Stowe boutique hotel Field Guide, we love to recommend that our guests take drives through the Green Mountains to see the beautiful reds, oranges, and golds of the tree-covered hillsides. Check out our tips for how to see the best fall foliage in Stowe during your stay.

First, pick a destination for your day trip. Many of the Stowe area’s roads offer great vistas of the peaks and valleys full of fall foliage. Head south to Ben & Jerry’s Factory Store in Waterbury, just 15 minutes from Stowe. Enjoy the vistas on the way and then reward yourself with a factory tour with free samples at the end. Cold Hollow Cider Mill, also in Waterbury, is a great stop for the whole family with free samples of cider and maple products. On your drive to and from Stowe, you’ll have the chance to see the beautiful colors of the maples, birch, and oak trees.

Or take drive up to the top of Mount Mansfield, the highest point in the state, via the toll road to see the fall foliage for miles. If you’d like to look around on your way up, you can ride Stowe Mountain Resort’s gondola up the mountain. This enclosed gondola, used as a ski lift during the winter, takes about 20 minutes to get to the top, where you can hike around some summit trails or just take in the view at the scenic overlook and rest area.

If you like to hike, scenic hikes are plentiful in Stowe, from state parks to trails at the ski resort—visit our post on the best hikes in Stowe for recommendations. Whether it’s by car, gondola, or on foot, peak foliage awaits during a visit to Stowe this fall.

Best Brunch in Camden and Beyond

Guests of our Camden boutique hotel Whitehall love our signature small plates breakfast, served in our on-site restaurant Pig + Poet. But sometimes you want to go out and enjoy a hearty brunch, maybe with a cocktail, to get the day started. For those times we’ve got this list of our favorite spots for brunch in and around Camden. Enjoy brunch in Camden to start your day in the Midcoast off right.

Our Favorite Brunch in Camden and Beyond

Boynton-McKay Food Co. | 30 Main St, Camden | (207) 236-2465

We love this Main Street café for its endless supply of piping hot coffee, delicious array of housemade baked goods, and a great menu of hot sweet and savory brunch items. Order at the counter in the back, then snag a booth to wait for you for your food. We recommend ordering a cinnamon roll or donut to tide you over while you wait for your Maine blueberry pancakes or “Wevos Rancheros” skillet.

Chase’s Daily | 96 Main St, Belfast | (207) 338-0555

Part restaurant, part farmers’ market, this Belfast café is a must for any locavores. Its market-fresh menu feels like home cooking, but some of the best you’ve ever had. Try the cornmeal pancakes with Maine blueberries and maple syrup (obvs) or the special egg scramble loaded with local veggies. You’ll come away so full and satisfied, you won’t even notice the menu is vegetarian.

Home Kitchen Café | 650 Main St, Rockland | (207) 596-2449

Big, hearty breakfasts are the thing at this Rockland cafe with seven types of eggs benedict available. It’s also well known for its cinnamon rolls, huge buns topped with a sticky nut glaze or traditional with a sweet icing. With housemade toast, granola, and even corn tortillas, you’ll quickly come to see why this place is called Home Kitchen Café.

Kennebunkport’s Best Cocktails

Over the past decade or so, a number of craft distilleries have opened in Maine from Round Turn Distilling, makers of Bimini Gin in nearby Biddeford, to Wiggly Bridge who makes bourbon, rum, and whiskey just south of Kennebunkport in York. For those looking to try some Maine-maine spirits while visiting Kennebunkport, we’ve got several recommendations for where to enjoy Kennebunkport’s best cocktails. Have a drink at one of these Kennebunkport cocktails bars after a day spent exploring all that KPT has to offer.

David’s | 21 Ocean Ave, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-8225

The bar at David’s KPT is pretty swanky, with its nautical decor and stellar views of the river through floor-to-ceiling windows. Its cocktail menu is equally impressive with a focus on infused liquors like charred orange gin in the TWLSB (shorthand for Maine’s motto: The Way Life Should Be). Happy hour from 3 to 6PM daily brings deals on mixed drinks and martinis.

Bandaloop | Cross St, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-4994

This cozy farmhouse bistro has an expansive array of locally distilled spirits, from Cold River gin to New England Distilling’s rum and rye whiskey. Bandaloop’s bartenders love to shake up creative cocktails specials that change daily, like the Hyacinth, made with sparkling pear cider and tropical fruit juices and the Cucumber Gin Fizz topped with prosecco. While the restaurant can be busy, you can usually snag seats at the bar to enjoy some of Kennebunkport’s best cocktails.

Pedro’s | 181 Port Rd, Kennebunk | (207) 967-5544

Across the Kennebunk River in Kennebunk’s Lower Village, you’ll find a warm escape at Pedro’s, no matter the weather. This Mexican restaurant, with its whimsical decor of velvet sombreros and Dia de los Muertos figurines, has a wide array of tequilas and margaritas to match. Try a fruit-flavored margarita, from hibiscus to grapefruit, made with natural ingredients (no bottled sour mix here). Or try their many high-end tequilas, available in tasting flights.

Dog-Friendly Activities in Stowe

We love our four-legged friends at our Stowe boutique hotel Field Guide, so much so that we added several dog-friendly suites (see our post about Stowe Pet-friendly Accommodationsfor details). Once you’ve gotten Fido’s dog bed moved in (or let us know if you need to borrow one), hit the town with this list of dog-friendly activities in Stowe for a great weekend away.

Several of our favorite Stowe restaurants and breweries are dog-friendly. The patio of Idletyme Brewing is a great place to enjoy a plate of fried pickles and a hoppy Idletyme Double IPA. The staff has even been known to stop by with dog treats for your furry friend. If you’ve come to Stowe to make the beer pilgrimage to The Alchemist, you can bring your dog along to the brewery as long as he stays on leash. Pick up some Heady Topper while your dog basks in all the attention. Doc Ponds is another Stowe favorite that allows dogs on their patio. Located right across the street from Field Guide, this is a great spot to enjoy some local craft beer while your dog naps in the sun. Everybody wins!

To stretch your legs between brewery visits, head out on the Stowe rec path. This 5-1/2 mile path through town is the perfect dog-friendly activity in Stowe. The paved trail runs parallel to Mountain Road, but offers seclusion from traffic and beautiful views of meadows and rivers. Dogs need to be on leash on the rec path, but search out the “quiet path” for some off-leash fun. This loop off the rec path goes through a preserved farm along the Little River where dogs can run off leash. Smugglers Notch State Park is also full of dog-friendly hike in Stowe, with leashed dogs permitted throughout the park. Between brewery patios and beautiful hikes, you’ve got yourself a stay full of dog-friendly activities in Stowe.

Insider’s Guide to Visiting Salem in October

With the opening of The Hotel Salem, we’re ready for October in Salem, Witch City’s “Super Bowl” season. As you can imagine, people flock to our North Shore town for all things spooky and witchy once the leaves start to turn. While we’re all in on celebrating Salem’s historic happenings, we also recognize that some of the witch-themed tourist attractions are a little…well, tacky. So how to indulge the scary side of Salem without veering into cheesy territory? Check out our insider’s guide to visiting Salem in October for all the tips you need to enjoy your fall visit to Salem.

First, snag your reservation at one of two of our Salem boutique hotels. Lodging in Salem in October fills up fast, especially so around Halloween amid Haunted Happenings, the official name of the town-wide celebrations. At both The Merchant and The Hotel Salem, you can leave your car and walk around Salem’s waterfront and pedestrian-friendly shopping district, so you won’t have to deal with traffic and parking.

For entertainment, stick to the historical side of Salem’s offerings with the Jonathan Corwin House, also known as The Witch House, the home of one of the judges of the 1962 Salem Witch Trials. The house contains artifacts from the infamous trails and a great overview of American colonial life in the 17th century. Get involved in the history yourself with a History Alive’s performance of Cry Innocent, which tells the story of Bridget Bishop. Bishop was the first person to be executed as a result of the hysteria that gripped Salem in 1692. The interactive show starts outside with Bishop’s arrest on the town square and then heads into the old Town Hall where the audience plays the part of the Puritan jurors. See if you’ll come to a different conclusion than the jury that sent Bishop to the gallows.

Then, indulge your inner witch with some shopping on the Essex Pedestrian Mall. During weekends in October vendors set up tables along the sidewalk and performers entertain shoppers with their busking acts. The festival atmosphere of the crowds on the pedestrian mall makes for great people watching while visiting Salem in October.

Lighthouses Near Portland, Maine

Maine is known for the scenic and historic lighthouses that dot its beautiful, rugged coastline. When visiting Portland, you can easily drive to several lighthouses from our boutique hotel The Pomegranate where you’ll find beautiful views, some history, and even a lobster lunch. Check out these three lighthouses near Portland, Maine on your next visit.

Portland Head Light is in Cape Elizabeth’s Fort Williams Park, where you’ll find a large green space, walking trails, and several military armaments to explore. The lighthouse itself guides ships into Portland Harbor from the Gulf of Maine and is still used as a navigational aid today. Visit the museum to learn the light’s history and see some artifacts from when the light was manned and take some pictures of it from the cliffside walking trails. Bonus: enjoy lunch at Bite Into Maine, which serves up some of the best lobster rolls in the area.

Nearby at Two Lights State Park, you’ll find…you guessed it, two lighthouses! While the lights are on private property, you can still get a nice view of them from the state park. The rocky coast is the main draw here, but the Lobster Shack at Two Lights is a close second. Perched right on the granite shoreline, you can order a lobster dinner and enjoy at a table in the cozy dining room or out to a picnic table for some seaside dining at its finest.

Closer to Portland, you’ll find Spring Point Ledge Light in South Portland. Located on the scenic campus of Southern Maine Community College, the best part of visiting this lighthouse is the walk on the breakwater out to it. Experience one of the best views of the harbor 900 feet out at sea from this South Portland lighthouse, open for tours on the weekends Memorial Day through Labor Day.

Explore the City: Biking in Portland

Portland, Maine is a small city, making it great to explore by bike. With our Portland boutique hotel The Pomegranate as your home base, you can easily bike to any of Portland’s downtown attractions or take a longer scenic route to lighthouses and lobster rolls. If you need to rent a bike, head to Gorham Bike & Ski, located on Congress Street in Portland’s arts district. The staff there will get you outfitted with a hybrid so you can be comfortable biking in Portland. Visit one of Portland’s many award-winning restaurants by bike and avoid the parking hassles of the Old Port. Biking in Portland is easy with well-marked bike lanes on many streets. Just beware the cobblestones on Exchange and Fore Streets!

For a longer ride while biking in Portland, head out of town for a scenic ride through South Portland and Cape Elizabeth. Head over the Casco Bay Bridge and turn left onto the Greenbelt Parkway to ride out to Bug Light Park. Here you’ll find a small lighthouse surrounded by a large green space that gives you great views of the city from across the Fore River. For a 10 mile loop, ride out to Fort Williams in Cape Elizabeth via Shore Road. This road becomes curvy near the park and has narrow shoulders, so it’s best for experienced road cyclists. At the park, you’ll find many former World War I and II armaments to explore and Portland Head Light, the most scenic lighthouse on the Southern Maine coast.

A ride to Fort Williams also means you can enjoy lunch from the only food cart in the park, Bite Into Maine. We love the lobster rolls they serve here which taste even better with a view of the ocean. Try the curried lobster roll for something a little different. Biking to lobster rolls may end up being the highlight of your stay in Maine.

Best Newport Yoga Studios

Newport is a small city with plenty of yoga studios to choose from. In between touring mansions and afternoon sails, it can be nice to take a moment for some quiet restoration through yoga. If you’re looking to continue your practice while visiting our boutique Newport hotels, we have your recommendations for the best Newport yoga studios.

Newport Power Yoga | 112 William St, Newport | (401) 619-4540

This downtown studio in Newport offers power yoga classes, a vigorous workout of vinyasa flow poses. In a heated room, this can be an intense and sweaty experience, so come ready to work. Classes in all levels are offered at Newport Power Yoga, so newcomers to power yoga may want to begin with an intro or slow flow class. Afterwards, you’ll be reenergized and ready to explore Newport.

Newport Community Yoga | 60 Spring St, Newport | (617) 257-5951

Say “namaste” to the locals at this non-profit yoga studio offering a variety of yoga classes from beginner flow to heated yoga. Parents of little yogis will be particularly interested in the Mom & Baby classes and the Music and Movement class for ages 2-4. Join the studio the second and fourth Saturdays of the summer months at 10am for Yoga on the Pier—an outdoor session at the Herreshoff Marine Museum in the neighboring town of Bristol.

Thames Street Yoga | 198 Thames St, Newport | (401) 374-2553

If you prefer yoga first thing in the morning or right before happy hour, this studio is for you. Thames Street Yoga doubles as a yoga lifestyle boutique, so it offers classes in the evenings and after store hours. Stop by during the day to shop for new workout gear and then drop in for a kundalini yoga class or an hour of meditation. Vinyasa flow and heated yoga classes are offered regularly in the mornings and evenings.

Lark’s Group Executive Chef Hosts Dinner at the James Beard House

We closed out summer with a culinary bang! At the end of August, Lark’s Group Executive Chef Justin Perdue was given the honor of hosting a dinner at the famed James Beard House. We were thrilled to be part of such an extraordinary event and to share a taste of each Lark restaurant – Pg + Poet, Picnic Social, and the soon-to-open Counter and The Roof – with this esteemed crowd.

Justin and his crew served up a multi-course menu that paid homage to classic New England ingredients, with dishes inspired by each restaurant. The night ended on a sweet note with the reveal of our new signature double Lark cookie. Check out the complete menu below.

Menu

Hors d’Oeuvre

Avocado Toasts with Heirloom Tomatoes, Meyer Lemon Aïoli, and Basil
Lobster Rolls with Louie Dressing, Chopped Romaine, and Crispy Green Onions on Brioche
Brûléed Foie Gras with Pink Peppercorns and Cherries
Miniature Pork Belly Tacos with Grilled Pineapple and Salsa Roja

Dinner

Local Fish Ceviche with Passion Fruit, Candied Ginger, Lime, Celery, and Sesame Seeds
Heirloom Tomato Gazpacho with Pickled Pear, Basil, and Cucumber Caviar
Halibut with Artichoke Purée, Fava Beans, Chanterelles, Quick-Pickled Apricot, and Parsley Crème
Beef Cheek Ragoût with Bavette Pasta, Pearl Onions, Smoked Eggplant, and Pecorino
Blueberry Hand Pie with Buttermilk–Cinnamon Ice Cream

Best Places to See Live Music in Newburyport

While guests at our Newbury boutique hotel Blue—Inn on the Beach love relaxing at the oceanfront property, it’s also nice to have neighboring Newburyport’s restaurants and nightlife nearby. After a day of relaxing on the beach, head into town for an evening of live music in Newburyport. These three venues host local and national music acts for a night of dancing to live music in Newburyport.

The Grog | 13 Middle St, Newburyport | (978) 465-8008

We love this Newburyport bar for many reasons, its regular schedule of live music being just one of them. From soul and blue to reggae and karaoke, the downstairs music venue rocks several nights a week (every night except Monday and Tuesday, in fact). The Grog is also a nice place to grab a casual dinner before the show, with some of the best clam chowder in town. Beer drinkers will love the draft list, featuring local craft brews like Newburyport Brewing and Allagash.

Newburyport Brewing Company 4 New Pasture Road, Newburyport (978) 463-8700

The tasting room of this local craft brewery hosts local live music acts Wednesday through Sunday. Try a flight of their brews, with styles from Kolsch to Double IPA while you enjoy the music. We love most of all that while the bands play inside, it’s not too loud so you can still talk comfortably. While there’s no food at the brewery, it regularly hosts food trucks so you can make an evening of it.

Blue Ocean Music Hall | 4 Oceanfront North, Salisbury | (978) 462-5888

North of Newburyport along the ocean, Blue Ocean Music Hall is a fun mid-sized venue that hosts popular cover bands and national acts like Los Lonely Boys and Todd Rundgren. Some shows are seated, while others have a dance floor, but either way you’ll love the laid-back, beachy vibe of this oceanfront music venue.

Visit the Lighthouses of Nantucket

Thirty miles out to sea and surrounded by rocky shoals, Nantucket has long relied on lighthouses to help sailors navigate safely. Today, the Nantucket lighthouses still serve as navigational aids to boats but are automated, ending the romantic era of lighthouse keepers. Visitors are drawn to Nantucket lighthouses as they represent the island’s history and beauty. Visit these three lighthouses during your next stay at one of our two Nantucket boutique hotels.

Brant Point Light | Easton St, Nantucket

Anyone who’s visited Nantucket before is familiar with the Brant Point Light—it’s the short wooden lighthouse the ferry steams past on its way into Nantucket harbor. Only a short distance from the town of Nantucket, it’s a popular place to walk to and explore. The lighthouse’s short stature and signature boardwalk make it one of the island’s most photographed and painted sights. It’s a local tradition to throw a penny into the water as the ferry passes by the light to ensure a return trip to Nantucket.

Sankaty Head Light | Baxter Rd, Nantucket

This lighthouse out in ‘Sconset was the last lighthouse on Nantucket to be built, but the only one that had a Fresnel lens, making it the most powerful one on the island (the lens is now on display at the Nantucket Whaling Museum . Marking the southeast end of the island, Sankaty Head Light had to be moved 400 feet inland from its original location to protect it from erosion. The lighthouse is open for guided tours to the top on special weekends throughout the summer.

Great Point Light | Great Point, Nantucket

A trip to Great Point Light is a special one, as it requires driving on the beach (and a drive-on beach permit—see our post about off-roading for advice). Located within the Coskata-Coatue Wildlife Reserve a trip out to Great Point is a low-key adventure on the wilder side of Nantucket. Guided tours out to Great Point Light are offered by the Trustees of Reservations.

Public Gardens of Martha’s Vineyard

The gardens of Martha’s Vineyard are as much a part of the island’s characteristic charm as its shingled cottages and sand dunes. Fans of gardens will love the colorful hydrangeas, cascading roses, and white picket fences that are commonplace in many gardens on Martha’s Vineyard. Two public gardens on Martha’s Vineyard offer the chance to learn about the island’s ecology while taking in some native and exotic plantings on the island. Consider visiting one of these two gardens on your next stay at one of our boutique hotels in Martha’s Vineyard.

Polly Hill Arboretum | 809 State Road, West Tisbury | (508) 693-9426

This 70-acre botanical garden is a treat to visit, open daily from Memorial Day to Columbus Day. Named for the legendary horticulturist Polly Hill, who died 10 years ago at the age of 100, these gardens on Martha’s Vineyard showcase Hill’s lifetime work cultivating plants. Polly even created her own varieties of plants that are now grown around the world. Now preserved as a non-profit, the Arboretum is home to many types of azaleas, camellias, hollies, rhododendrons, crabapples, conifers, and magnolias. Come and learn about all the different native and unique plantings or just pack a picnic and enjoy some time outdoors on the Vineyard. Admission to the Arboretum is $5 and includes parking.

Mytoi Japanese Gardens | 41 Dike Rd, Edgartown | (508) 627-7689

Combine a visit to this garden with an afternoon spent exploring the island of Chappaquiddick. While part of Edgartown, the island has its own character with the locals being very proud of living on “Chappy.” Take the ferry over and tour the small island via its one main road out to the southeasternmost point. Enjoy a peaceful day of sunbathing, walking, and a picnic in the Mytoi Gardens. Built by an architect who had spent his military service in Japan, the garden has many plants native to Japan with water features, bridges, and gazebos and offers a peaceful respite while on Martha’s Vineyard. The gardens have a $5 suggested donation and limited free parking.

Best Boat Tours in Newburyport

Our Newburyport boutique hotel Blue—Inn on the Beach is perfect for those that love being near the water, as the inn is about as oceanfront as you can get. Just steps from the water on Newbury’s Plum Island, a stay at Blue lets you relax and enjoy the scenic views by the beach. For those looking to get out on the water during their visit, we’ve got recommendations for the best boat tours in Newburyport. Take a scenic harbor cruise, enjoy the power of the wind on a sailboat charter, or learn about the Gulf of Maine’s ecology with a whale watch tour on one of these best boat tours in Newburyport.

Yankee Clipper Harbor Tours | 22 Merrimac St, Newburyport | (603) 682-2293

From sunset cruise to educational ecology tour, Yankee Clipper has an experience for all aspiring sailors. Looking to relax, glass of wine in hand, and watch the sun set? Cruises every Friday and Saturday night tour the harbor for an hour and a half, with live music and spectacular views of the evening sky. Take the family on an afternoon ecology tour to learn about the Merrimack River, salt marshes, and to spot some wildlife, a tour offered in partnership with Mass Audubon.

Ninth Wave Sailing Charters | 54R Merrimac St, Newburyport | (866) 984-9283

Head out into the ocean for some adventure on a 48-foot catamaran with Ninth Wave Charters. Offering 2-1/2 hour sails several times a day throughout the fall, Ninth Wave is for those looking to relax onboard or to pitch in and help steer and set sail. The catamaran’s design means that the boat is stable and comfortable the whole time even in the ocean. A trampoline net between the two pontoons means adventurous passengers can get a unique view of the ocean—and maybe even a little wet!

Newburyport Whale Watch | 54 Merrimac St, Newburyport | (800) 848-1111

Newburyport’s Merrimack River empties into the Gulf of Maine, one of the Eastern seaboard’s richest marine mammal habitats. Get close to these majestic and adorable animals with a whale watching trip out of Newburyport harbor. You’ll stand to see humpback, finback, and minke whales while enjoying the scenic New England coastline.

Introducing Counter and The Roof

Two cool new spots to eat and drink are coming to Salem! Lark Hotels is excited to debut Counter and The Roof, two distinct dining experiences open to the public at The Hotel Salem.

The Roof, a lively seasonal bar perched atop The Hotel Salem, is led by Lark Hotels’ Group Executive Chef, Justin Perdue. The Roof offers creative cocktails and a casual menu of Mexican small plates like oysters, ceviche, guacamole and tacos. Views of downtown Salem and a glimpse of the nearby harbor surround this dynamic, three-season social spot, where guests are invited to mingle over food, drinks and conversation.

Counter will open just over the threshold of the hotel floor – steps from the Essex Street pedestrian walkway. The modern kitchen and bar showcases New England’s seasonality and highlights the beauty and simplicity of a singular ingredient in dishes like the Duck Confit Toast and Chestnut Soup with pickled shallot, local blue cheese, and caramelized garlic. The full-service restaurant and bar boasts a 20-seat counter with expansive views of the open kitchen.

For additional information, visit www.CounterSalem.com and www.TheRoofSalem.com.

Best Lobster Rolls in Camden

We love the fine dining scene of downtown Camden near our boutique hotel Whitehall, but we also know that the best seafood is often served from more casual waterfront seafood shacks. When visiting Maine, eating as much lobster as possible is often a high priority, so we’ve done the hard work of taste testing options for the best lobster roll in Camden. Check out our recommendations for the best lobster rolls in Camden and enjoy as much fresh Maine lobster as you can during your visit.

Mt. Battie Takeout | 247 Belfast Rd, Camden | 207-236-6122

You might drive right past this little takeout shack on the way to Camden Hill State Park, so keep an eye out. Serving a traditional menu of fried seafood baskets and seafood rolls, the lobster rolls are inexpensive and stuffed full here. Served with a side of steak fries and coleslaw, the rolls come griddled and filled with fresh, local lobster meat. Enjoy your lunch in the sun at the few tables in front of the shack.

McLoon’s Lobster Shack | 315 Island Rd, South Thomaston | (207) 593-1382

If you’re out daytripping in the Camden area, a drive down the peninsula to McLoon’s in South Thomaston is in order. Located right on the water overlooking the islands of Penobscot Bay, you’ll know the lobster at this seafood restaurant is fresh. In fact, McLoon’s also runs a lobster co-op, meaning they’ve got the freshest source for their seafood. Simple is the theme here—the lobster rolls are just lightly dressed in a grilled roll. Don’t skip dessert; they’re made in-house here and the blueberry pie is the best way to finish off your meal.

Best Craft Beer in Newport

With the craft beer obsession sweeping the country, seeking out local brews is a great way to get to know a new area. When you arrive at our Newport boutique hotels , you’ll likely ask, where’s a good place to get craft beer in Newport? Rhode Island’s most famous beer Narragansett is no longer made in the state (although a fundraising campaign aims to bring it back) but there’s now several craft beer breweries in Rhode Island turning out everything from raspberry IPA to cream ale. Look for one of these local craft brews on tap in one of Newport’s bars and enjoy some of Newport’s best craft beer.

Grey Sail Brewing | 63 Canal St, Westerly | (401) 212-7592

Located in Westerly, near the Western border of Rhode Island, this craft beer brewery makes a double IPA that’s one of the state’s most sought-after beers. Flagship Cream Ale and Flying Jenny Extra Pale Ale are the most popular beers on tap around town; look for them on tap at beer bars Pour Judgment and Noryes.

Revival Brewing | 505 Atwood Ave, Cranston | (401) 372-7009

From Sean Larkin, the former brewmaster at Trinity Brewhouse in Providence, and his friend and homebrewer Owen Johnson comes Revival Brewing, making a wide variety of beers since its start 2010. You’ll find Revival’s brews, like the Zeppelin Hefeweizen Ale and the White Electric Coffee Stout, on tap at Newport’s The Wharf Pub which prides itself on its wide selection of New England craft beers.

Foolproof Brewing Company | 241 Grotto Ave, Pawtucket | (401) 721-5970

This Pawtucket-based brewery makes styles of beer that go well with activities, what they call “experienced-based brewing,” like Backyard IPA, made for enjoying while barbecuing, and Raincloud, a robust porter to cozy up with on a rainy day. We think they also go well with relaxing and overlooking historic Thames St. from The Brick Alley beer bar.

Carbs Two Ways: Salem’s Best Pizza and Bagels

Going out for pizza tends to be a pretty casual dining experience, but we like to think that grabbing a slice at Bambolina in Salem is still a special night out. With a subtly elegant dining room and a good craft beer list (and wine, naturally), Bambolina serves up some of the best pizza in Salem. The owners’ love for wood-fired baked goods extends past their “neo-Neopolitan” style of pizza with Bambolina playing host to Salem’s hottest pop-up bakery, Rover Bagel. Visit these two businesses in a weekend for some of the best pizza in Salem and delicious handmade Montreal-style bagels.

Bambolina means “little girl” or “baby doll” in Italian, taking inspiration from the fact that owners Larry Leibowitz and Tim Haigh each have two daughters. The pair opened the Italian restaurant in 2015, serving wood-fired pizzas, pastas, and vegetable-focused small plates on Derby Street, just a 5-minute walk from both of our boutique Salem hotels. The interior of the restaurant is a covetable rustic-meets-industrial look, like the kitchen of a really hip nonna. Of course, the main attraction is the wood-fired oven, which heats pizzas to 925 degrees F and creates those signature flame-blackened blisters on the crust. In addition to the best pizza in Salem, we love the zucchini “ceviche,” thinly sliced, marinated zucchini topped with lemony dressing and crumbly ricotta salata.

And rather than letting that signature oven sit idle in the mornings, Bambolina hosts another Salem business that makes delicious carby treats. Rover Bagel has been popping up inside of Bambolina on weekend mornings since the summer of 2016, specializing in Montreal-style bagels which are known for a sweeter flavor and crackly wood-fired exterior. Those looking for a sweet fix will want to try the cinnamon buns, but they go fast, so get there early if you’re determined to try one. Buoyed by its success in Salem, Rover Bagel is moving to a permanent home in Biddeford, Maine soon—but don’t despair. Biddeford is only a short distance from our boutique hotel Captain Fairfield Inn in Kennebunkport, so you’re never too far from your next wood-fired carb fix.

Cider Season in Stowe

With so many apples in abundance in Vermont, sweet and hard ciders have always been big in the Green Mountain State and with fall soon approaching, so is cider season. And whether it’s because you’re following a gluten-free diet or that you just love the tangy taste of this apple beverage, more and more people are choosing cider as their drink of choice. Enjoy that New England feel with a locally-produced cider in hand as you take in the green rolling hills of Stowe by visiting one of two cideries in the Stowe area.

Stowe Cider, a hard cider producer, has a tasting room very near to our Stowe boutique hotel Field Guide . If you’re more interested in the process with a family-friendly vibe, Cold Hollow Cider Mill is for you, located just south of Stowe in Waterbury Center. But if you’re just about drinking the stuff, simply head over to our on-site restaurant Picnic Social, where there’s several locally-made hard ciders in cans available.

Stowe Cider | 1799 Mountain Rd, Stowe | (802) 253-2065

Just a mile up the road from Field Guide, Stowe Cider opened this new tasting room in summer of 2016. With the cider production happening in another facility south of town, this new tasting room is dedicated to sampling cider, games, and hanging out. The core lineup of three ciders are available in cans, but at the tasting room you can expect barrel-aged series and seasonals like cranberry, summer shandy, and ciders aged in bourbon and rum barrels. Cornhole and other games will entertain while you taste your way through a flight of Stowe cider.

Cold Hollow Cider Mill | 3600 Waterbury-Stowe Rd, Waterbury Center | (800) 327-7537

This apple-centric farm is a celebration of the Vermont harvest with every imaginable apple product available. Watch apples being pressed for cider and learn about the thousand of honey bees that make all those apples possible. And we don’t know about you, but when we hear cider, we automatically think of cider donuts. Cold Hollow has them, all the more delicious fresh out of the fryer. Visit the luncheonette for a sandwich on in-house made bread and stock up on local Vermont products like pickles, maple syrup, and of course, ciders of all kinds.

Art Museums in Rockland

The scenic coast of Maine has been inspiring artists for centuries, and midcoast Maine in particular attracts artists of all types. When staying at our Camden boutique hotel Whitehall, take a short trip over to nearby Rockland to experience two of the area’s best art museums. The Farnsworth showcases Maine’s role in American art, with a large collection of famed artist and longtime summer resident Andrew Wyeth’s works, and the Center for Maine Contemporary Art (CMAC) will wow those looking for unique and non-traditional takes on the Maine experience. The two art museums, along with Rockland’s many independent galleries, make the town a destination for art lovers in Maine. Check out these two art museums in Rockland for a day of culture—and of course we’ve got recommendations for a good lunch too.

Farnsworth Art Museum | 16 Museum St, Rockland | (207) 596-6457

With Andrew Wyeth spending his summers nearby Cushing, a large part of this art museum in Rockland is dedicated to Wyeth’s iconic watercolors. Big Wyeth fans will want to head out to the museum’s Olson House (about 30 minutes from Rockland), the site of Wyeth’s most well-known painting, Christina’s World. The museum also features other rotating exhibits based on a medium like photography or a theme like women artists in Maine. Between the museum’s permanent collection, rotating exhibits, and the Wyeth Center, one could easily spend a day on the museum’s campus.

Center for Maine Contemporary Art | 21 Winter Street, Rockland | (207) 701-5005

CMAC started as an artist co-op in 1952 and opened a small art museum in Rockland in the late 60s. In 2010, the struggling museum nearly closed, but was revitalized with a new director and a vigorous fundraising campaign. The new gallery is a piece of art in itself, designed by a New York architect who has a second home in Maine, and its collection of contemporary art from artists from or with connections to Maine will delight and challenge. Fans of artist Alex Katz will find a large number of his pieces here.

Tie a visit to the art museums in Rockland in with a great lunch nearby at Cafe Miranda. This funky cafe (check out the Elvis-themed bathroom!) uses local ingredients to make globally-inspired fare like Szechuan dan dan noodles and beef or tofu groce (a Vietnamese-inspired salad). For lunch on the water, head to neighboring Rockport to Nina June, where New York chef Sara Jenkins celebrates local seafood with Mediterranean flare.

Quest for the Double Lark Cookie

We’re so excited to be working with Lark Fine Foods to create the world’s first double Lark cookie –Pistachio Sablé with Dried Cherries! Lark’s Group Executive Chef Justin Perdue created four cookie flavor profiles and recently ventured down to Lark Fine Foods’ headquarters in Essex, MA for a taste test. After ample taste testing and help from you, we’re pleased to share the winner and top four cookie flavors with you!

Winner: Pistachio Sablé with Dried Cherries

A traditional French sugar cookie flavored with all-natural pistachio nuts and dried cherries and rolled in vanilla sugar before baking. It is tender, sweet and salty and as crumbly as the sand-castle walls of childhood. The vanilla sugar edges caramelize ever so slightly while baking to create a crisp edge. The Lark Pistachio Sable is a classy dessert offering; great with a cup of coffee or tea after dinner or even for Sunday brunch.

Gingerbread-Lemon Checkerboard Cookie

The perfect blend of warm spices from gingerbread and bright citrus from lemon layered and sliced into a beautiful checkerboard style cookie. The dark molasses in the gingerbread makes for a moist cookie while the zest from the lemon gives it a light finish.

Hazelnut-Cocoa Linzer Cookie with Blackberry-Mint Jam

A hazelnut and chocolate cookie and an all-natural vanilla cookie joined together by fresh blackberry mint jam. The hazelnuts are toasted before they are blended with dark cocoa powder. The richness of the cookies are offset by the sweet berry jam and fresh mint.

Lemongrass Shortbread with Grapefruit Glaze

Fresh lemongrass is infused into to a traditional one part sugar, two part butter, 3 part flour shortbread base to create a tender cookie with a smooth, warm citrus flavor. The cookie is topped with a light glaze made from freshly squeezed grapefruit juice and zest. This is a perfect summer indulgence.

On a Lark to Biddeford

One thing we love about Kennebunkport is its proximity to other great southern Maine towns. Only a short drive from the shopping in Kittery and the great restaurants of Portland, we love to hop in the car and spend a day exploring coastal Maine. Lately, Biddeford, a town only 20 minutes from our boutique hotel Captain Fairfield Inn , has been heating up with new restaurants and breweries. If you find yourself looking for a day trip, we recommend taking some time to check out all the things to do in Biddeford.

Go early (it opens at 8am) to grab a seat the much-lauded Palace Diner. A pair of young Portland chefs revitalized this old dining car, originally opened in 1927, a few years ago and are turning out top notch dining fare. We’re talking crispy, twice-fried potatoes, giant slabs of creme bruleed French toast, and an egg, bacon, and cheese breakfast sandwich studded with spicy jalapeños. Simple but perfectly prepared food will have you wishing you could eat every meal here. The 12 seats fill up fast during prime hours, but breakfast is available all day, with lunch served from 11am to 2pm.

Walk off all that rich diner food with a stroll through the revitalized Pepperell Mill building. Biddeford was once a booming textile mill town, with the Saco River in town providing the mill’s energy. Now the space is home to artists, makers, and our favorite bookstore, Rabelais Books . Full of books on cooking, drinks, farming, and gardening, the owners of this store are also into collecting rare and out-of-print books on food. Ask owner Don to show you some of the more interesting pieces of his collection or browse the new books for some culinary inspiration.

When you’re ready for happy hour, head over to the mill building that is home to a brewery and distillery. Banded Horn Brewing serves a variety of styles, with its Pepperell Pilsner and Veridian IPA being popular choices. An old school Nintendo system, ping pong, and card games will keep you entertained while you sip your way through Banded Horn’s beers.

If you prefer cocktails at happy hour, head next door to Round Turn Distilling, home to Bimini gin. Its prominent grapefruit and camomile flavors go well in light drinks like Beach Day, with pineapple juice and coconut water. Fancy a gin and tonic? Try the flight of G&Ts, each one made with a different tonic water to emphasize different flavors of the gin. Then relax in the modern tasting room while the vinyl spins. You’ll enjoy being on a lark with plenty of things to do in Biddeford.

Best Beaches in Kennebunkport

We hear from guests at our Kennebunkport boutique hotel Captain Fairfield Inn that vacation in southern Maine means two things: relaxing on sandy beaches and enjoying as many lobster rolls as possible. We’ve got you covered on where to find the best lobster rolls in KPT, and knowing a few insider tips about the local beaches will make your visit to Kennebunkport beach go smoothly. Check in at the front desk for your beach parking pass and complimentary use of beach towels and chairs and then head out to enjoy some fun in the sun at some of the best beaches in Kennebunkport.

Colony Beach | Colony Avenue, Kennebunkport

This small, sandy beach, so named for its proximity to The Colony Hotel, is just down Ocean Ave. from the Captain Fairfield, so it’s a 15-minute walk or a short bike ride (there’s also parking if you prefer to drive). The beach is located at the mouth of the Kennebunk River where it meets the ocean and is protected by the river’s breakwater. That means that the waves are small and there’s great boat watching as traffic heads into the harbor.

Mother’s Beach | Beach Ave, Kennebunk

A short drive into neighboring Kennebunk will reward you with this long stretch of sandy beach, perfect for a morning walk or a day on the sand. With port-a-potties and a lifeguard, you can easily spend all day here (head to nearby Bennett’s Subs for your beach provisions). Surfers love the break at Mother’s Beach so you can try your hand at catching a wave or sit back and watch others do so. Parking fills up fast along Beach Ave. and requires a permit in the summer, but there is usually a spot in the neighborhood streets across from the beach as well.

Goose Rocks Beach | Kings Highway, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-0857

We think Goose Rocks has some of the softest sand in the area and offers a nice view of Timber Island and Timber Point, part of the Rachel Carson National Wildlife Refuge. The beach is three miles long, so you’re likely to find it uncrowded and serene. Parking can be tight and requires a special pass (different from the Kennebunk/KPT beaches) but borrow one from the front desk and you’ll be all set to enjoy one of Maine’s beach beaches.

Our Favorite Shops in Portland

Downtown Portland is a great place to spend an afternoon shopping for that special vacation memento or thank-you gift. While the Old Port has many great boutiques mixed in with its touristy knick-knack shops, a few of our favorite shops are actually located out of the main shopping district. Seek out these three of our favorite shops in Portland for unique Maine-made items for your home. Stop in to bring a piece of Maine home with you and capture that Vacationland feeling all year long.

More & Co. | 112 High St, Portland | (207) 747-4730

Located in the Arts District (near the Portland Art Museum), More & Co. offers handcrafted everyday objects like ceramics, linens, and a great selection of natural kids toys. You’ll undoubtedly see their cozy “IMAGINE” sweatshirts, popular with locals, around town. The selection of simple, beautiful ceramics at More & Co. will inspire you to up your table-setting game.

Folly 101 | 101 Exchange St, Portland | (207) 773-5227

If you feel like you’re walking into a dream prop closet at this home goods store, it’s because owner Astrid used to be a stylist and stocks her store with the most covetable tableware. Organized by color, this store has everything you need from candles to tiny salt spoons to set an Insta-worthy table. Pick something up for yourself from the great selection of natural scarves, tote bags, and hats.

Portland Flea-for-All 585 Congress St, Portland | (207) 370-7570

“The Flea” as it’s known locally has a wide selection of vintage furniture, clothing, and housewares, particularly the mid-century modern look that’s so popular. Stalls from individual vendors run the gamut from vintage clothes to bins of vinyl to thumb through. If you love the thrill of hunting for the perfect find, the Flea-for-All is a great place to spend some time shopping in Portland.

A Guide to Maine Oysters in Portland

Maine has become known for producing some of the best oysters in the country, with demand for Maine oysters growing every year. For oyster lovers, small, briny Maine oysters grown in cold, deep waters like Damariscotta River and Penobscot Bay are the most sought out. You’ll find Maine oysters on raw bar menus across the country, so when visiting Portland, take some time to experience these delicacies on the half shell. From Portland’s best oyster bars to slurping on a sailboat, there’s many ways to enjoy Maine oysters in Portland. Check out these ways to enjoy oysters in Portland, from award-winning raw bars to DIY:

Eventide Oyster Co. | 86 Middle St, Portland | (207) 774-8538

This James Beard award-winning restauran is Ground Zero for good oysters in Portland. With nearly 20 varieties of oysters from Maine and away available every day, a visit to this raw bar is a must for any serious oyster lover. Order up a variety of Maine varieties (the servers here are happy to recommend varieties or choose for you) and don’t miss the selection of creative accompaniments, particularly the shaved ices flavored with Tabasco and kimchi.

Wine Wise Oyster Sail | Maine State Pier, Commercial St, Portland | (207) 619-4630

If there’s anything more quintessentially “Maine” than enjoying oysters on a sailboat at sunset, we don’t know it. Our friend and sommelier Erica Archer offers educational wine sails aboard the 74-foot sloop Francis. Each sail focuses on a particular wine-producing region, and Erica breaks down the basics of tasting and evaluating wines. Pair some delicious wines with freshly-shucked oysters as the sun sinks behind the islands of Casco Bay and you’ve got the makings of a heavenly evening.

Browne Trading Market | 262 Commercial St, Portland | (207) 775-7560

This waterfront seafood market  is the best in Portland and is worth a visit whether you plan to purchase any seafood or not. Browne provides seafood to the best restaurants in the world, connecting small Maine seafood harvesters to world-class chefs. Get everything you need here for an oyster shucking picnic, with several varieties of Maine oyster available, including one grown specifically for the market. Ask for your oysters to be packed on ice, check out the huge wine selection in the back of the market, and you’re ready to hit the Eastern Prom for a gourmet oyster picnic.

Gilded’s Granola Recipe

Our popular signature small plates breakfasts allow guests to mix and match their favorite dishes while our managers can get creative with local and seasonal foods. This granola, found at Gilded in Newport, is used as a crunchy topper to Greek yogurt mixed with seasonal ingredients on the breakfast bar.

Add tropical fruit like mango, toasted coconut, and blackberries for a healthy start or kiwi, cajeta (a dulce de leche made from goat’s milk) and graham cracker crumbs for something more decadent. Or make Peach Melba parfaits, layering granola and yogurt with peach jam and raspberries. Whatever you choose, you can relive mornings spent on a Lark at Gilded in Newport with this granola recipe.

Gilded Granola

Ingredients:

1 cup oats
1/2 cup cornflakes
2/3 cup vegetable oil
1-1/3 cup maple syrup
zest of 2 oranges
1 vanilla pod or 1 tsp vanilla extract
1/4 cup of almonds, pecans, or pumpkin seed

Directions:

Combine oats and cornflakes in a large mixing bowl. Whisk together oil, syrup, orange zest, and vanilla in a small bowl then pour over oat/cereal mixture. Add nuts and stir until combined. Spread on unlined baking sheet and bake at 325℉ for 30-45 minutes; stirring every 15 minutes until crisp and golden.

Store in an airtight container. Makes 2 cups.

Explore the City: Biking in Salem

There’s a lot to see and do in Salem, and touring the town on a bike can help you see it all. If you need to rent one in town, the staff at Salem Cycle can get you outfitted with a nice hybrid that will have you comfortably handling any conditions you may encounter while biking in Salem.

Biking in Salem

You can easily bike to any of Salem’s downtown attractions from our boutique hotels The Merchant and The Hotel Salem. If you’re looking for a longer ride, you can ride out to Winter Island Park overlooking Salem Harbor via a paved bike path. Pick up the path off of Bridge Street and then follow it onto Memorial Drive (while there’s no bike lane here, it’s a relatively quiet street). Take Winter Island Rd. out to the park where you’ll find historic Fort Pickering, a public beach, and Winter Island Light. It’s about a 4-mile loop from either of our properties, so it’s an easy adventure and makes for a nice afternoon picnic.

Mountain bikers will want to head to Salem Woods for over 10 miles of single track mountain biking trails. Pick up the trailhead in the back of the Olde Salem Green Municipal Golf Course and follow the yellow trail for a fun ride through the woods. The trail is maintained by the local chapter of the New England Mountain Bike Association, so there are boardwalks built over soggy spots, some flowy sections with banked turns, and some technical rock crossings to keep it interesting. While nearby Lynn Woods is a well-known spot for mountain biking in the greater Boston area, Salem Woods is a bit off the beaten path and so tends to be less crowded.

After a bike adventure, we like to refuel with a stop at Live Alive, a vegetarian/vegan café and juice bar. If you’re more of the mindset that all that physical activity earned you an indulgence, head to Howling Wolf Taqueria, where a hearty plate of nachos and a margarita will be your reward. With that, you’ve got yourself the makings of a great afternoon of biking in Salem.

Historic House Tours in Salem

Salem has a rich history of travel and trade (and of course those infamous witch trials) and many historic homes of the area’s wealthy merchants have been preserved. Historic house tours in Salem offer visitors a peek into how Massachusetts colonists lived and give context to the mass hysteria that resulted in the Salem Witch Trials. History buffs or fans of architecture and gardens will love these three historic house tours in Salem.

Our Top Picks for Historic House Tours in Salem

The House of the Seven Gables | 115 Derby St, Salem | (978) 744-0991 

Named for its unique architectural features, this seventeenth century home was made famous by Nathaniel Hawthorne’s novel of the same name. Hawthorne was the cousin of one of the home’s residents, Susanna Ingersoll and visited several times. The guided house tour provides education about the lifestyle of the residents at the turn of the century and even takes you through the house’s hidden staircase inside the chimney. 

The Witch House | 310 1/2 Essex St, Salem | (978) 744-8815

This historic house  was home to Judge Jonathan Corwin, one of the magistrates who presided over the Witchcraft Trials of 1692. Corwin lived in the home for more than 40 years and the house was kept in the family until the mid-1800s. It was restored in the mid-1940s and has been maintained as a museum ever since. The house offers some history of the witch trials and life in the 1700s with original artifacts from Judge Corwin’s life.

Salem Pioneer Village | Forest River Park, Salem | (978) 744-8815

Spend an afternoon at this living history village that models life in Salem in 1630. With three acres of historic homes and grounds to tour, you’ll be immersed in the daily lives of some of this country’s earliest English settlers and native people. Culinary and medicinal gardens will woo landscape lovers and activities like blacksmithing and cooking will keep the whole family entertained.

The Best Mendocino Beaches

Much of the allure of the northern California coast is the scenic beauty of the sweeping shoreline. The Pacific Ocean may not be the warmest ocean in which to dip your toes, but that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t pay homage to this great beauty by spending some time on the beach. Mendocino beaches are each unique in their attractions, from sea glass collecting to soft sand so pack up your beach towels and chairs and hit up one of these beautiful Mendocino beaches.

Agate Beach | 11101 Lansing St, Mendocino

This beach is in a small cove just north of Mendocino Headlands State Park. It’s best visited at low tide when there’s more beach to explore, so check the tide before you plan your visit. Park on the side of the road near the Sea Rock Inn and take the path leading from the bluff to the beach. Here you’ll find agates, small striped gemstones, washed up on the sandy beach that are great for collecting. The patterns of every agate are as unique as the beaches of Mendocino.

Jug Handle Beach | 15501 Route One, Caspar | (707) 937-5804

Sand seekers should head 5 miles north from the town of Mendocino to the Jug Handle Natural Reserve where there’s a crescent-shaped sandy beach. Hugged by the coastal cliffs, you’ll feel tucked away by the ocean’s edge where you can relax and explore tidepools. The park also offers a 2-1/2 mile hike through the Ecological Staircase, a set of terraces formed by glaciers and tectonic activity. 

Glass Beach | Glass Beach Dr, Fort Bragg | (707) 937-5804

Now part of MacKerricher State Park, this rocky alcove is known for its plethora of sea glass—the product of an old city trash dump site turned beautiful rounded glass pebbles. Hunt for rare colors like red and sapphire from car tail lights and apothecary bottles, but snap a pic to remember the treasures as taking glass from the beach isn’t allowed. This beach is located a short 20-minute drive north of our Mendocino boutique hotels.

Art in Newburyport

The North Shore of Boston with its scenic coastline, gorgeous water views and historic architecture has long inspired artists. We’ve channeled some of that artistic inspiration into the design of our Newburyport boutique hotel Blue—Inn on the Beach. If you like the colorful designs of our inn, you’ll surely want to go into town and peruse the art in Newburyport at these galleries and museums.

Our Favorite Art in Newburyport

Newburyport Art Association | 65 Water St, Newburyport | (978) 465-8769

This art association aims to cultivate and preserve art on the North Shore with exhibits, workshops, and events. With a historic gallery on Water Street in downtown Newburyport, visitors can see a juried art exhibit of Newburyport artists. Other exhibit topics have included photography, plein air painting, and illustrations. Visiting artists interested in workshops should drop into the Wednesday night drawing group. Visit the Newburyport Art Association to see why Boston Magazine readers regularly vote it the best Newburyport art gallery.

Custom House Maritime Museum | 25 Water St, Newburyport | (978) 462-8681

While maybe not an art gallery in the traditional sense, the Custom House Maritime Museum has a nice collection of American maritime art. Located in the historic Custom House (the building used to collect taxes on imports), a tour of the museum is a must. Its collection includes traditional maritime art scenes, as well as more modern interpretations of life on the water in Newburyport.

Newburyport Art Walk

Newburyport has 11 art galleries downtown, and the ArtWalk  helps you explore them all. Pick up at map at the Chamber of Commerce or view it online to create your own self-guided tour of any or all of Newburyport’s art galleries. Four Saturdays a year, in April, June, August, and November, the galleries open their doors for extended hours and special events during the ArtWalk.

Shopping on Nantucket

Fashion on Nantucket is iconic, with its Nantucket reds, Vineyard Vines polos and classic American designers like Ralph Lauren and Lily Pulitzer. If you want to look like a regular on ACK, you’ll want to capture some of that preppy vibe during your stay. Here are our recommendations for shopping on Nantucket to help you add some classic island touches to your wardrobe.

Top Picks for Shopping on Nantucket

Milly & Grace | 2 Washington St, Nantucket | (508) 901-5051

This women’s clothing shop located in an ivy-covered shingled building captures that modern bohemian look that’s perfect for summer on the island. With an aesthetic similar to Anthropologie, you’ll find clothes, jewelry, shoes, and some housewares. Shop owner Emily Hollister fell in love with Nantucket after moving to the island after college and opened this shop, named for her grandmothers.

Zero Main | 34 Center St, Nantucket | (508) 228-4401

Head a little out of the shopping district to Center Street to find this boutique that will have something for all the ladies in the family. The tunics and shift dresses will flatter every shape, with a great mix of nautical and chic items, and accessories to match. Should you need a sweater or a jacket for those cool island nights, Zero Main has a great selection of London Fog outerwear.

Murray’s Toggery Shop | 62 Main St, Nantucket | (508) 228-0437

You’ll find classic ACK wear for the whole family at this family-owned shop. From dressy events to casual beach clothes Murray’s has you covered. Should you need a pair of Nantucket reds, Murray’s is the home of the original men’s work pant, originally designed for the island’s fisherman. Get that classic weathered look by washing your reds, dipping them in the ocean (yes, really) and leaving them out to air dry in the sun.

Edgartown Bookstores for Summer Reads

For book lovers, there’s not much better than some downtime spent with the hottest new novel or snappiest nonfiction read. We think our Edgartown boutique hotel The Sydney is the perfect place to relax with a book, whether it’s outside in Adirondack chairs or in your room after a meal at our on-site restaurant l’etoile. Keep this list of Edgartown bookstores that will keep you reading through your vacation handy for your next visit to the Vineyard. 

Edgartown Books | 44 Main St, Edgartown | (508) 627-8463

Edgartown Books is a true community bookstore with author events, knowledgeable staff, and two floors of books offering a wide selection of all genres. The twists and turns of the old building make hunting for your next read feel like an adventure. If you’re eager to dive into your new read, head over to Behind the Bookstore, the bookstore’s café, where you can order up coffee, food from the award-winning menu, and even a specialty cocktail.

Portobello Road | 4 Dock St, Edgartown | (508) 627-4276 

Named for the famed London flea market, this gift and bookstore has a great selection of books, perfect for packing into beach bags. From the newest novel to children’s book classics, this funky shop is the spot to find a great gift or something for yourself. From greetings cards to home decor, every square inch of this store is covered in treasures, so you can take your time combing through the wares. Don’t miss this unique Edgartown bookstore.

Second Hand Store | 10 N. Summer St, Edgartown | (508) 627-5683

We love poking through thrift stores on the island, and the Second Hand Store with its ever-changing selection of clothes, books, toys, and housewares is no exception. Shelves of well-loved books handed down from islanders and beach goers are available at the cheapest prices of any store. With proceeds going to benefit the local Boys & Girls Club, you can feel even better about your purchase.

For inspiration on what to read, our post on beach reads that take place on Martha’s Vineyard offers some recommendations.

Best Portsmouth Yoga Studios

While guests of our Portsmouth boutique hotels report that they’re plenty relaxed during their stay with us, we know that some yoga while on vacation can center you or help you keep up with your training. For yogis on a lark, we recommend visiting one of these downtown Portsmouth yoga studios. With beautiful views of the water from each studio listed here, an hour of Portsmouth yoga will ensure you have a relaxing day in the city.

Barre & Soul | 163 Court St, Portsmouth | (978) 225-3197

Located within walking distance of The Hotel Portsmouth, this studio offers both barre and core yoga, a vigorous vinyasa flow style. With views of the water from the second floor studio, this class is both relaxing and a good workout. For something with a beat, drop into a Buti yoga class, a high-energy mix of yoga poses and dance.

3 Bridges Yoga | 185 High St, Portsmouth | (603) 766-3332

This vinyasa yoga studio is known for the welcoming attitude of its instructors who offer many levels of classes. Drop into beginner yoga for a refresher course or an Every Body session for those familiar with the poses. This is a gently heated yoga studio, and after you’re warmed up, you can cool down with a post-yoga smoothie or juice at The Juicery just around the corner.

Portsmouth Paddle Co. | 371 New Castle Ave, Portsmouth | 603) 276-9354

Those looking to take their yoga practice to the next level should check out stand-up paddle board classes with Portsmouth Paddle. These SUP pilates and yoga classes offer an added challenge and core workout—and perhaps a refreshing if unintentional dip in the river! The $35 class includes 15 minutes of instruction on land and then an hour of yoga on the paddleboard. 

Best Bakeries in Portsmouth

While the signature small plates breakfast at our Portsmouth boutique hotels has plenty of baked goods to get your day started, we know the craving for pastry can strike at any time. Fortunately, Portsmouth has several great bakeries to meet your needs for flaky dough and sweets. Keep our list of the best bakeries in Portsmouth (and one just over the river in Kittery) handy for when the sugar craving strikes.

Our Picks for Best Bakeries in Portsmouth

 

Ceres Bakery | 51 Penhallow St. Portsmouth | (603) 436-6518

Named for its former location on Ceres St. this bakery’s name also references the Roman goddess of agriculture. A Portsmouth staple since 1980, Ceres serves breakfast and lunch and has a wide selection of baked goods available until 5 p.m. We recommend the seasonal fruit muffins (especially almond peach) and the coconut shortbread. Look for its signature bright blue exterior and bring cash, as they don’t take cards.

La Maison Navarre | 121 Congress St. Portsmouth | (603) 373-8401

The French have the whole dessert thing down pat, so we love the focus on French pastry at La Maison Navarre. From tarts and mousse cakes to crêpes and of course, macarons, your inner Francophile will swoon over the selection here. With wifi and wine available too, you could easily spend a very civilized afternoon here and see why this is one of the best bakeries in Portsmouth.

Lil’s Café | 7 Wallingford Sq., Unit 106 | (207) 703-2800

It’s worth venturing over the river into Kittery to explore some of the restaurants and shops on this small town’s foreside. Lil’s Café, in particular, is a worthy destination, serving Portland’s Tandem Coffee and making its own baked goods. In particular, the crullers have their own dedicated following—and for good reason. They’re light and eggy, almost like a popover, with a sweet glaze. Get two, you won’t be sorry and then head over to the back of the café where you can peruse records in the tiny Vinyl Vault.

 

Best Hikes in Stowe

Stowe’s Mount Mansfield, Vermont’s highest peak at 4,393 feet may get all the attention when it comes to hiking in Stowe. But some of the best hikes in Stowe lay in the surrounding areas, from the shady forested trails of Cady Hill Forest or the beauty of Moss Glen Falls at the end of a short walk in. Whether you’re looking to bag the big peak or to take a nice stroll through the woods, here are some tips on the best hikes in Stowe for summertime. The best part of hiking in Stowe? After you do the work, our hot tub at our boutique hotel Field Guide is waiting for you.

Best Hikes in Stowe for Summertime

Cady Hill Forest | Mountain Rd, Stowe

The Cady Hill Forest is over 250 acres of preserved land owned by the town of Stowe and open to the public for hiking, biking, cross-country skiing, and snowshoeing. The Macutchan Loop, named for the family that donated nearly half of the land that makes up the preserve, offers a nice three-mile round trip hike through the forest. The loop trail is well-marked and is also used for mountain biking so keep a heads up for bikers.

Moss Glen Falls | Moss Glen Falls Rd, Stowe

This short hike rewards you with a beautiful view of Moss Glen Falls at the end after only a mile and a half of easy trail. The trail to the waterfall has been built up with boardwalks in some places and parallels the Moss Glen Stream for much of it. The 125-foot waterfall can be robust after a rainfall so be careful around the base of the falls and prepare for muddy trail in some spots if there’s been rain recently.

Mount Mansfield | Mountain Rd, Stowe

There are multiple ways to access the summit of Mount Mansfield, from easy to advanced. The easiest, of course, is to drive to the top via the Toll Road. Those looking to hike can access the summit via the short but steep Long Trail which takes you up the eastern side of the mountain. Only 2.5 miles to the summit, the Long Trail covers 2,800 feet of elevation in that distance. Pair it with other trails like the Hell Brook trail or the Haselton trail to create a nice looping hike.

Newport Farmers’ Markets

Southern Rhode Island has a robust agricultural scene, with many small vegetable, aquaculture, and animal farms surrounding Newport. In turn, Newport has a booming restaurant scene with many farm-to-table menus offering creative preparations of the area’s plentiful local produce. At Lark Hotels, we aim to help our guests of our boutique Newport hotel get a sense of the place they’re visiting, and we think trips to the farm and farmers’ markets do just that. Farm stands are also a great place to pick up some fresh snacks for beach picnics or locally-made gifts and mementos. In Newport, the city’s farmers’ market brings farmers from the surrounding area in weekly, and the farm stand at Sweet Berry Farm in Middletown, a short drive from downtown Newport, is open daily for shopping and pick-your-own fruit. Check out these Newport farmers’ markets where you can experience local food at its finest.

Our Favorite Newport Farmers’ Markets

Newport Farmers’ Market | 13 Memorial Blvd, Newport

On Wednesdays throughout the spring, summer and fall, over 25 farmers and vendors set up their tables on Memorial Boulevard with a huge display of local food. Vegetable farmers bring the freshest and ripest Rhode Island-grown tomatoes, berries, and corn throughout the season, while vendors like The Coffee Guy and Tallulah’s Tacos serve up prepared food and drinks. Find the Newport farmers’ market from 2-6 p.m. every Wednesday.

Sweet Berry Farm | 915 Mitchell’s Lane, Middletown | (401) 847-3912

A 15-minute drive from downtown Newport in neighboring Middletown, Sweet Berry Farm has everything you need for an afternoon of local food and fun. This family-run farm has 80 acres of fruit, vegetable, and Christmas tree fields with pick-your-own fruit (berries and apples) available in summer and fall. The farm stand has a market and a café serving a full menu of breakfast and lunch. You can even catch free live music Tuesday evenings in July and August with a themed dinner menu prepared in the café.

Back Door Donuts at Summercamp’s Canteen

Our Oak Bluffs boutique hotel Summercamp has a camp vibe updated with adult twists at every turn. So it’s only appropriate that there’s a canteen—bringing back memories of ordering up sweet treats from the camp lodge’s snack bar and enjoying them on the porch during free time. Summercamp’s Canteen serves up some classic snacks with a side of nostalgia like Cracker Jacks and Dreamsicles, and our guests love snacking like a kid again. But the real winner served at Summercamp’s Canteen? Hands down, the best donuts on Martha’s Vineyard: Back Door Donuts served at MV Gourmet Cafe & Bakery.

Back Door Donuts gets billed as making the best donuts on Martha’s Vineyard (voted Best Bakery 4 years in a row by Martha’s Vineyard Magazine) because they’re fried fresh daily and served warm. The bakery, located next to Oak Bluff’s post office, makes all kinds of baked goods every day, but is best known for its donuts. No trip to Oak Bluffs is complete without a stop at Back Door Donuts. 

Bonus: if you’re staying with us at Summercamp, you need look no further than the Canteen on site for your AM donut fix—Back Door Donuts are delivered to the hotel every day, along with the to-die-for apple fritters.

Should you crave a donut after the bakery closes at 5pm or late night, you’re in luck—Back Door Donuts gets its name from the donuts served out of the back of the bakery from 7pm until 2 minutes before 1am. The MV Bakery’s secret donut door, often called the “worst kept secret on the Vineyard,” is a part of many summer visitors’ must-do list while on the Vineyard. While a hearty queue can form on prime summer weekends, the line moves fast and these donuts are well worth the wait. Get your Back Door donut or fritter at Summercamp and see for yourself why they’re the best donuts on Martha’s Vineyard.

The Attwater’s Nutella Banana Muffins

We get so many compliments from the guests at our Newport boutique hotel The Attwater on our signature small plates breakfast. In particular, the banana muffins, which have the not-so-secret ingredient of Nutella swirled into the tops. They’re also punched up with four bananas (whereas most recipes call for two), making them a delightfully sweet treat to kick off your day. If you can’t get the thought of The Attwater’s banana Nutella muffins out of your head, here’s the recipe, which general managers Heather and Mike were happy to share.

Nutella Banana Muffins

Adapted from The Baker Mama

Ingredients:

1 c butter, melted
1 c sugar
2 eggs
1 tsp vanilla
2 c flour
1 tsp baking soda
4 overripe bananas (about 1-1/2 c)
Nutella

Directions:

1. Preheat oven to 350 degrees F. Grease muffin tin with spray oil or butter.
2. Melt butter. Mix in large bowl with sugar. Add eggs and vanilla. Stir in flour and baking soda. Fold in bananas until just combined.
3. Fill each muffin cup 3/4 full. Dollop a spoonful of nutella onto each muffin. Use
chopsticks or coffee stirrers to swirl the Nutella through batter.
4. Bake 30-35 minutes until golden brown and toothpick comes out clean.

Things to Note: 

Makes 12 muffins. Extra muffins (if you have such a thing) freeze well. Serve warm with butter or slice in half and toast on a buttered griddle pan. We think this recipe would make for a great loaf as well!

New Food Trucks in Portland

When you’re out and about in Portland, sometimes you want a quick and delicious lunch that will allow you to keep experiencing all this city by the sea has to offer. Enter the food truck. Ever since Portland changed its laws in 2014 to allow them, the city has seen an ebb and flow of new food trucks. Some food trucks graduate to permanent locations while each season brings new additions to the mobile fleet. For lunch on the go, check out some of our favorite new Portland food trucks. Seek out a specific truck by checking its social media or head to the Eastern Prom, Commercial St. or Spring St. to find a rotating selection of trucks daily.

Falafel Mafia 

These two brothers took over their dad’s falafel company which was well-known for its stand at Maine’s Common Ground Country Fair. The truck launched this year, serving falafel sandwiches out of its sleekly designed navy blue truck. Their signature “dreamy tahini” sauce stands in for yogurt sauce, making these pita pockets vegan. Greek gyros coming soon!

Mr. Tuna

Find Mr. Tuna in the Old Port down by the water, naturally, where you can snack on sushi hand rolls and sushi burritos. Mr. Tuna uses all locally caught (Maine and Massachusetts) seafood like tuna, crab, lobster, and scallops and rolls it up with flavor-packed ingredients like fried shallots, tobiko and eel sauce. Look for his cart on Commercial Street and snag a few rolls to enjoy on the benches by the Casco Bay Lines ferry terminal. 

Thainy Boda

We rejoiced when we heard the news that Boda, one of our favorite Portland restaurants, was launching a food truck. Thainy (pronounced like ‘tiny’) Boda brings Thai street food to the streets of Portland. Find skewered grilled meats, sticky rice, and Boda’s signature dishes like fried Brussel sprouts and soy fried quail eggs.

Best Coffee Shops in Camden

We love to start our day in midcoast Maine with a cup of coffee—the staff at our Camden boutique hotel Whitehall serves its guests a dark roast from Carrabassett Coffee in Western Maine. There’s plenty on hand at the inn to get you started on your day exploring Camden and midcoast Maine. But where to stop when you’re out and about and want a cup of joe? Here are three of the best coffee shops in Camden and nearby towns where you can enjoy some locally roasted beans. 

Our Top Picks for The Perfect Cup of Joe: Best Coffee Shops in Camden

Zoot Coffee | 31 Elm St, Camden | (207) 236-9858

This coffee shop on the main drag of downtown Camden is the best known, with its jaunty red sign making it easy to find. Zoot roasts its own coffee and has a full menu of espresso drinks and teas. A small selection of baked goods, including slices of quiche with seasonal vegetables like fiddleheads, make this a nice place to linger over a cup and a snack.

Green Tree Coffee | 2456 Atlantic Hwy, Lincolnville | (207) 706-7908

Coffee lovers will enjoy seeking out this roastery and shop on Route 1 just north of Camden. Located in a picturesque camp-like cabin, the owner of Green Tree Coffee roasts beans on one side and sells his coffee and tea blends on the other. With many different kinds of roasts, every coffee drinker can find one they love or something new to try.

Rock City Coffee Roasters | 252 Main Street, Rockland | (207) 594-5688

This Rockland mainstay has been roasting coffee on Main St. for nearly 20 years, creating a signature smell that draws java lovers in from afar. Rock City typically makes dark roasts and naturally has a blueberry flavored blend. You can also enjoy a menu of salads, soups, and sandwiches with your coffee, while Friday and Saturday nights feature live music acts.

Newport Rum Distillery + Cocktails

Built on a rich history of travel and trade, the city of Newport has always had a love affair with spirits, particularly rum. New Englanders historically drank more rum than any other spirit, thanks to the ample supply provided by the area’s trade with the Caribbean Islands. 

Today we’re experiencing a rum revival as chic cocktails bars serve up delicious concoctions made with craft spirits. Gone are the frozen drinks with forgettable rums and the sweet spiced rum and Coke we used to swill. Instead, Newport craft distillery Thomas Tew Rums is producing small batches of aged rum that are perfect for enjoying at a Newport cocktail bar or at happy hour in your room at our Newport boutique hotels. Here a few ways to enjoy rum from this Newport distillery on your next visit.

First up, you can visit the Thomas Tew Rum distillery for a tour and tasting every day of the week except Tuesday. You can simply drop into the tasting room for a flight of rum and a self-guided tour (the distillery equipment is visible from the tasting room) or you can have a guided tour, offered 3pm daily. Born out of Newport Storm Brewery, this distillery began producing its first rum in 2006. They now make two varieties—the original Single Barrel rum, which, as its name implies, is bottled from a single barrel of rum (as opposed to blended from multiple barrels). The Widow’s Walk Overproof white rum is light and buttery and perfect for mixing into cocktails.

You’ll find Thomas Tew rums on many of Newport’s craft cocktail lists; our favorite being the barrel-aged cocktail at The Revolving Door. This take on a Manhattan mixes Thomas Tew rum with Carpano Antica sweet vermouth and is aged, giving it an oaky richness. For something lighter, you’ll want to pick up your own bottle of Thomas Tew Widow’s Walk and make the Strawberry Fields cocktail. Cheers!

 

Strawberry Fields

2 oz. Thomas Tew Widow’s Walk rum

2 oz. fresh or frozen strawberries with syrup

1 oz. basil simple syrup

1/2 lime

 

Muddle strawberry mix and basil syrup with rum in highball glass. Squeeze in lime, and add ice. Top with ginger beer or seltzer.

Explore Newport’s Broadway District

While we love the hustle and bustle of Newport’s waterfront and mansion district during the summer, the crowds can be a bit overwhelming to some. So where to the locals go when they want to escape the crowds? The Broadway District, a short walk from either of our Newport boutique hotels. This neighborhood is full of restaurants, bars, and shops, and has a funkier, locals-only vibe (or just visitors in-the-know) to it than the waterfront. With six blocks of shops and restaurants to explore, you can easily spend an afternoon on Newport’s Broadway District.

First, some history: the Newport Stamp Act Riot took place on Broadway in 1765, similar to the Boston Tea Party, where colonists protested the British government’s taxation of necessary goods like paper for printing and correspondence. For those wanting to learn more about the history of the area, the Wanton-Lyman-Hazard House, the oldest surviving house in Newport, is open for tours by appointment.

After you’ve brushed up on your local history, grab some lunch at one of the district’s many casual restaurants. Boru Noodle Bar, with its delicious ramen noodle soup, tuna poké, and steamed pork buns, is one of our new favorites. Binge BBQ brings the smoked porky goodness and can even be your late night fix, should you find yourself hankering for some sustenance late on weekends.

Empire Tea & Coffee will give you the caffeine fix you’ll need for perusing the funky shops and boutiques on Broadway. Hunt for that favorite throwback on vinyl at Vinyl Guru Record Shop or add a new signature piece to your wardrobe at the thrift store Closet Revival.

Finally, take in a comedy show at The Firehouse Theater. This improv troupe, called The Bit Players, puts on shows every Friday and Saturday nights, delivering up an evening of hilarity. Pro tip: it’s even BYOB. After a day spend in the Broadway District in Newport, you’re sure to sleep well back at a Lark hotel!

The Best Nantucket Museums to Visit

Nantucket in the summer is all about fun in the sun, from beach visits to bike rides. But the island of Nantucket, some 30 miles out to sea, has a rich history of shipwrecks, whaling, and sailing that is worth exploring. There are several museums on Nantucket that will appeal to maritime history buffs and warrant taking some time out from the beach to see. Perfect for a rainy day or to escape the midday heat, these Nantucket museums will entertain anyone with an imagination and a love of the ocean.

Rainy Day? Stop in at these Nantucket Museums

Nantucket Whaling Museum | 13 Broad St, Nantucket | (508) 228-1894

This museum is one of the island’s most popular for good reason. Nantucket was the epicenter of the whaling industry in the early 1800s and brought considerable wealth and growth to the island. This museum, packed full of artifacts and interactive exhibits, gives visitors an understanding of every aspect of the whaling industry on Nantucket—from information about the whales themselves to the lives of the resilient women and children left behind. Visit the museum’s website to see the schedule of events, tours, films, and other activities for kids and adults alike.

Nantucket Lightship Basket Museum | 49 Union St, Nantucket | (508) 228-1177

Anyone who has visited Nantucket knows how ubiquitous the Nantucket baskets are—a catchall that is great for beach picnics and carrying supplies to the boat. These iconic baskets were first made on board the Nantucket lightship (a ship that acts as a lighthouse) in the mid-1800s. These lightship deployments were long and didn’t require much work from the crew, so the men were always looking for ways to entertain themselves. They began making these baskets that now serve as a symbol of island culture and history. This small museum seeks to preserve the unique history of the Nantucket lightship basket through its collections and educational programs. You can even learn to make your own basket with kids and adult weaving programs.

Nantucket Life-Saving Museum | 158 Polpis Rd, Nantucket | (508) 228-1885

Take a short drive or bike out to the Life-Saving Museum on Polpis Road, overlooking Nantucket Harbor. Anyone drawn to the danger and excitement of the sea will love the adventures detailed in this museum. Ocean travel used to be much more dangerous than it is now, with a lack of modern navigational aids, and shipwrecks in bad weather were fairly common. Learn about the heroic adventures of the U.S. Life-Saving Service, similar to today’s Coast Guard, and marvel at the collection of rudimentary artifacts that these men used to save countless lives.

Where to Find the Freshest Oysters on Nantucket

When out on Nantucket surrounded by the beautiful waters of the Atlantic, many of our guests want to nosh on nothing but the freshest local seafood. For that, we love oysters on the half shell at happy hour, before dinner, or even part of a beach picnic. When staying at one of our two Nantucket boutique hotels and the craving for fresh oysters arises, we recommend one of these three ways to enjoy oysters on Nantucket. 

Hungry? Check out These Spots for Oysters on Nantucket

CRU | 1 Straight Wharf, Nantucket | (508) 228-9278

We think oysters taste best when enjoyed with a view of the water, so head to the waterfront for this high-end dining experience. To feel like the who’s who of ACK without the price tag, enjoy an oyster happy hour snack at the bar. The daily selection of oysters rotates, always featuring some from the island and nearby Cape Cod. Go big and order your oysters on the half shell topped with caviar for a truly memorable Nantucket experience.

Sandbar Jetties Beach | 4 Bathing Beach Rd, Nantucket | (508) 228-2279

If you’re looking for something more casual than CRU, somewhere you can come right in off the beach in your flip-flops, this beachside bar is for you. With tables nestled right in the sand overlooking Jetties Beach, you don’t have to miss a second of soaking up the sun. Oysters on the half shell varieties include an on-island one like Pocomo Meadow and another local option like Island Creek from nearby Duxbury.

Glidden’s Island Seafood | 115 Pleasant St, Nantucket | (508) 228-0912

Consider shucking your own (trust us!) and head to this island seafood market where all the locals shop. Shucking your own is an affordable way to enjoy oysters on Nantucket, but of course requires a little skill. Pick up a shucking knife at the market and ask the staff there for some tips if you’re a newbie. After a opening a few, you’ll be a pro in no time. Grab a lemon, some ice, and a bottle of rosé and you’ve got yourself one the makings of a fantastic sunset picnic.

On a Lark to Healdsburg, CA

If you’re driving to our boutique hotel in Mendocino, take the scenic route through the redwoods and vineyards of Sonoma County. It’s about a four-hour drive, so you’ll likely be in need of a pit stop halfway through the trip. We recommend stretching your legs and grabbing some lunch in the town of Healdsburg, regularly voted one of the top 10 small towns in America. About two hours from both San Francisco and Mendocino, Healdsburg is right in the heart of wine country with fantastic restaurants, upscale boutique shopping, and scenic streets. Here are our recommendations for things to do in Healdsburg.

Take the Scenic Route: Things to do in Healdsburg

For lunch, we can’t recommend eating at SHED enough. This restaurant/shop combo has a fantastic selection of curated home, garden, and culinary goods from baker’s twine and locally-made jams to DIY kombucha kits and mixology supplies. Enjoy lunch on the patio, where the veg-heavy menu will fill you up without weighing you down for the rest of your road trip. The menu changes seasonally, but we love the roasted carrots with Middle Eastern-inspired flavors and the summer squash, nettle, and porchetta pizza.

With a number of high-end boutiques, you could lose an afternoon shopping on the streets of Healdsburg. We love Mr. Moons for its great jewelry selection and quirky gifts, One World Fair Trade for globally-inspired crafts, and Susan Graf Limited for timeless wardrobe basics (including her classic travel pant) and accessories. The vintage wares of Shoffeitt’s Off The Square will have you dreaming of giving your home a California-inspired makeover.

No visit to Sonoma County is complete without a wine tasting, but with over thirty in-town winery tasting rooms, it can be overwhelming to pick one. We recommend Hartford Family Winery Tasting Room & Saloon, where you can drop in and sample four of its signature wines for $10. Beer drinkers will want to seek out Bear Republic Brewing Company, a casual and fun brew pub with nearly 20 in-house made brews on tap.

After you’ve explored these things to do in Healdsburg, hit the road for the remainder of your trip up the coast to Mendocino. We’ll be waiting for you at the inns of the Blue Door Group with an afternoon wine hour!

Martha’s Vineyard Farmers’ Markets

Despite, or maybe because of, being several miles out at sea, Martha’s Vineyard is home to many farms and makers. At Lark Hotels, we love to help our guests get a sense of the place they’ve come to visit, and we think trips to the farm and farmers’ markets do just that. Perhaps you’re looking for some strawberries and cucumbers for your beach picnic or you just want to wander around and soak in the bounty of the fresh island-grown produce.

Local Island Gifts & Produce: Martha’s Vineyard Farmers’ Markets

To get your veg on, head to the West Tisbury Farmers’ Market, the only farmers’ market on Martha’s Vineyard, or the farm stand at Morning Glory Farm in Edgartown. If you’re (understandably) not looking to stock up on veggies while on vacation, there’s plenty of local products like soaps, baked goods, and knitwear for a memento for your trip to the Vineyard.

West Tisbury Farmers Market |1067 State Rd, West Tisbury, MA | (508) 627-7465

With over 40 vendors of on-island farms and craftsman, this farmers’ market is worth the 20 minute drive from any of our Edgartown and Oak Bluffs boutique hotels. According to the market’s bylaws, two thirds of the vendors must be on-island farms, but you’ll also find vendors selling fresh-pressed juice and wood-fired pizza, as well as those with jams, honey, baked goods, and sweet treats. The market takes place on Saturdays from 9 a.m. until noon and Wednesday mornings in July and August through Columbus Day. In the fall and winter, the market can be found indoors at the Agricultural Hall in West Tisbury.

Morning Glory Farm | 290 West Tisbury Rd, Edgartown | (508) 627-9003

The farm stand of this 65-acre mixed vegetable and fruit farm is more like a local foods market, selling produce and beef grown and raised on the farm. The farmers also purchase produce from Chelsea Market in Boston, so the selection isn’t limited to what’s grown on island. The cheese case of New England-made cheeses is perfect for picnics and happy hour and a variety of snack foods, some locally made, will fuel you up for all your island adventures. The farm stand is open daily from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. (5 p.m. on Sundays) and can be very busy. Go first thing to avoid the crowds or sneak in mid-afternoon on nice beach days, when it’s quiet.

The Lighthouses of Martha’s Vineyard

The many lighthouses of Martha’s Vineyard’s coast protected sailors for years, and today, their stately presence on the island’s shores gives visitors a glimpse into island life of yesteryear. While the lighthouses are no longer manned by lighthouse keepers, having been replaced with automated lights, the Martha’s Vineyard Museum maintains the lights as historical sites. These three lighthouses of Martha’s Vineyard are available for tours seasonally.

Exploring Our Island: The Lighthouses of Martha’s Vineyard

Edgartown Lighthouse | 121 North Water Street, Edgartown

Forty-five feet tall and overlooking Edgartown harbor, this lighthouse was once located in Ipswich, Massachusetts, but was relocated to Martha’s Vineyard after the original one, built in 1828, was damaged in a hurricane. Gradually, the sand filled in the spit to the lighthouse, eventually making it more accessible for visitors today. The lighthouse is open daily for the summer and weekends in the spring and fall.

East Chop Lighthouse | 229 East Chop Avenue, Oak Bluffs

Built with private funds in 1869, this lighthouse stands on the bluffs overlooking Vineyard Haven harbor. It was used primarily to communicate to wealthy merchants when their ships were coming into harbor until the government purchased the lighthouse in 1875. This lighthouse is only open for sunset tours on Sunday evenings; visit from 7-9pm through July 30 and 6-8pm from then until September 10.

Gay Head Lighthouse | 9 Aquinnah Circle, Aquinnah

Travel down island to the southwest corner of Martha’s Vineyard to Aquinnah, also known as Gay Head, where you’ll feel like you’re experiencing Martha’s Vineyard as it used to be. The Gay Head lighthouse is one of few attractions here, built in 1799 to protect mariners from an underwater rocky ledge called Devil’s Bridge. The lighthouse was staffed by island lighthouse keepers and their families until 1956 when it was decommissioned. Gay Head is also known for its beaches and scenic cliffs and makes for a nice day trip.

The Best Edgartown Beaches

Summer on Martha’s Vineyard is all about spending time on the island’s glorious sandy beaches. When staying at one of our two in Edgartown boutique hotels, our guests are always asking which Edgartown beaches have the best surf break, the quietest waves for kids, and the softest sand. Visit any of these Edgartown beaches for a picture-perfect day on Martha’s Vineyard, and don’t forget to ask at the front desk for your complimentary use of beach chairs and towels.

Beach Hair & Sandy Toes: Our Favorite Edgartown Beaches

 

Joseph Sylvia State Beach | Beach Rd, Edgartown

This long beach, located halfway between Edgartown and Oak Bluffs is on the Nantucket Sound side of the island, meaning it’s calmer and warmer than the oceanside beaches. Head out to the beach early, as its popularity means it fills up with visitors as the day goes on. While there are no facilities at the beach, the Edgartown end of the beach has lifeguards on duty.

Lighthouse Beach | N. Water St, Edgartown | (508) 627-6145

A 10-minute walk or a short bike ride from our hotels, this in-town beach is great for sunbathing, swimming, and fishing. The water is usually cold, but calm, so it’s great for small children. Lighthouse Beach overlooks Chappaquiddick Island and the harbor, which means there’s lots of boat traffic to keep you entertained. As you’d expect, there’s also a lighthouse, Edgartown Harbor Light, which is open to visitors for a $5 fee.

Katama Beach | 555 Katama Rd, Edgartown

Also known as South Beach, Katama Beach is located on the south side of the island, which means it’s exposed to the ocean. A wide and sandy beach, it offers plenty of room to spread out and a surf break on one end of the beach. There’s plenty of parking, and you can also take the bus to the beach. Lifeguards are on duty and there’s facilities at both ends of the beach.

Outdoor Activities in Salem

Many guests of our Salem boutique hotels love visiting in summertime when New England weather is at its peak. With warm days and cool nights, our guests want to see all that Salem has to offer while also spending time soaking up the sun. For your next visit, here are three outdoor activities in Salem that combine the history and culture of the area with some fresh air.

Our Favorite Outdoor Activities in Salem

Salem Maritime Historic Site | 160 Derby St, Salem | (978) 740-1650

Head right to the heart of Salem’s history and culture at this 9-acre national historic site. The park preserves the historic waterfront of Salem, which was once a bustling seaport of travel and trade. Guided tours of the site are led by park staff (free, but require reservations) and self-guided audio tours are available. Free tours are also offered of two historic homes, the Custom House, and tall ship Friendship of Salem.

Schooner Fame | 70 Wharf St, Salem | (978) 729-7600

This replica of a War of 1812 privateer is certainly one of the more unique outdoor activities in Salem. The original schooner Fame ransacked British merchant ships in the Gulf of Maine during the war, and today, crew aboard the replica will take you sailing in Salem Sound while entertaining you with tales of pirates and privateers. Two-hour sails are available for $35, making it one of the more affordable ways to get out on the water in Salem.

Salem Heritage Trail | Essex St, Salem

Explore Salem’s historic sites by foot on this self-guided walking trail through the city, marked by a painted red line on the sidewalk. Covering both Essex Street and historic Derby Street, this trail will take you past Salem’s best historic sites from witch trials to memorials and museums to the historic seaport. Find a trail map in the center of the Salem Guide for this outdoor activity in Salem.

Our Favorite Mexican Food in Newburyport

Newburyport is known for its great restaurant scene, despite being such a small town. In particular, we love to enjoy lunch or dinner at one of Newburyport’s many Mexican restaurants—we think there’s almost nothing better than some fresh Mexican food and a cold drink after a day in the sun. Here are our recommendations for the best Mexican food in Newburyport, whether you’re looking for lunch near the beach or a casual spot to enjoy dinner in town.

Mexican Food in Newburyport

Agave Mexican Bistro | 50 State Street, Newburyport | (978) 499-0428

Locals love this casual spot for its mix of light and hearty entree options. Try the shrimp and avocado salad with honey-lime dressing or go classic with a chile relleno, stuffed with chicken and cheese. And don’t miss the guacamole to start—it’s prepared tableside and served in a traditional lava stone. Tequila fans will love the selection of over 125 different varieties.

Dos Amigos Burritos | 24 Pleasant Street, Newburyport | (978) 255-7326

If you’re looking for a quick lunch or to grab and go, Dos Amigos is a great option—it’s quick but won’t leaving you feeling bad afterwards, with plenty of options for fresh vegetables and all-natural, hormone-free meat. Customize your burritos, bowls, or tacos with tons of add-ins, and enjoy on the beach later or in the festive café. Vegans and vegetarians will love that there’s plenty of delicious options for them too.

Metzy’s Taqueria | 24 Plum Island Turnpike, Newburyport | (978) 992-1451

Metzy’s, our favorite Mexican food truck in Newburyport, recently expanded to include a brick-and-mortar location too. Now you can bike or walk the rail trail to Metzy’s Cantina for a bite and a drink. For a beachside lunch, find the truck where it’s usually parked at the Plum Island airfield.

Mountain Biking in Stowe

While many think of Stowe, Vermont as a ski town, it’s become a four-season destination with plenty of outdoor activities in the summertime. In particular, mountain bikers love to head to Stowe for some time on the trails and in the woods. With thousands of feet of elevation to explore, the mountain biking in Stowe is a great reason to visit. Check out these networks of trails for some mountain biking in Stowe, then relax in the hot tub back at our boutique hotel Field Guide.

A Guide to Mountain Biking in Stowe

 

Trapp Family Lodge | 700 Trapp Hill Rd, Stowe | (802) 253-8511

With nearly 30 miles of single track trails, the Trapp property is a great place to take all levels of riders. The trails are divided into beginner double track and intermediate and advanced single track and can be accessed for a $10 day pass. Bonus: after you hit the trails, you can recover with a cold beer across the street at the von Trapp Brewery (http://www.vontrappbrewing.com/).

Sterling Forest | 3990 Sterling Valley Rd, Stowe

Park in the lot for the Sterling Falls Gorge to access 10 miles of double and singletrack trails for all abilities. Maintained by the Stowe Mountain Bike Club, these trails can be combined for a longer challenging ride or an easy cruise along the Maple Run trail. Pick up a trail map at any of the ski or bike shops in town to find the best Stowe mountain biking.

Cady Hill Forest | Mountain Rd, Stowe 

Ride right from Field Guide to this trailhead, only 1/2-mile up Mountain Rd. from the hotel. These trails are a great combination of machine-groomed and old school, with options for beginners and experts. Those seeking a challenge will love the technical single track on the Schween Haus loops. Afterwards, cool down with a beverage at Picnic Social, our in-house restaurant at Field Guide.

Summer Bounty Chef’s Dinner

Join us for a culinary lark on Saturday, July 1, as we celebrate the flavors of the season at the Summer Bounty Chef’s Dinner on Martha’s Vineyard.

Martha’s Vineyard Hosts the Summer Bounty Chef’s Dinner

Held at Down Island in Oak Bluffs – just around the corner from Summercamp – seven talented East Coast chefs will showcase the freshest summer ingredients in a decadent dining event. The line-up includes:

  • Certified Master Chef Rich Rosendale, CEO Rosendale Collective, Former Executive Chef and Director of Food & Beverage Greenbrier Club, WV
  • Drew Garms, 2017 ACF Southeast Region Chef of the Year, Executive Chef The Palm Terrace, FL
  • Brandon Carter, Executive Chef, Partner FARM Bluffton, SC
  • Anthony Cole, Executive Chef Chatham Bars Inn, MA
  • Matthew Peters, Gold Medal Champion Bocuse D’Or, Former Sous Chef Per Se, NY
  • Robert Sisca, Executive Chef G Hospitality, RI & MA
  • Scott Cummings, Executive Chef Celestial Restaurant Group, Down Island & 20byNine, Martha’s Vineyard

Each ticket includes a reserved seat for the set seven course menu, each course created and executed by a different chef. For guests that would like to include wine in the experience, a sommelier will provide the perfect pairing for each plate.

To purchase tickets and learn more about this culinary tour de force, visit the link below:
https://www.eventbrite.com/e/summer-bounty-chefs-dinner-marthas-vineyard-tickets-34953236070

Best Ice Cream Shops in Kennebunkport

Kennebunkport, Maine is one of the East Coast’s most scenic towns. Located right on the coast, with the Kennebunk River running through the middle of its bustling center, guests of our boutique hotel Captain Fairfield Inn love to spend an afternoon strolling through downtown Kennebunkport. And with this summer’s heat, you’ll likely want to stop into one of Kennebunkport’s ice cream shops for a cool treat. Here’s three of the best ice cream shops in Kennebunkport to enjoy this summer:

Our Picks for Best Ice Cream Shops in Kennebunkport

 

Rococo Artisan Ice Cream | 6 Spring St, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-9814 

This shop on Dock Square is for those who like a little adventure in their ice cream flavors. With flavors like Earl Grey, Rose Hip Jam, and Pistachio; Guava and Maria Cookies; and Horchata Rum Cake, you can see how owner Lauren Guptill’s world travel inspired these creative ice cream flavors. Be sure to allow plenty of time for sampling before you decide—you’ll want to try several of the tempting flavors that make this shop one of the best ice cream shops in Kennebunkport.

Aunt Marie’s | 10 Ocean Ave, Kennebunkport

Venture around the corner on Ocean Ave. to find this small ice cream window tucked away next to the This Is It clothing store. Serving Maine-made Gifford’s ice cream, the flavors here are traditional from Maple Walnut to Cookies and Cream. Try local favorite Muddy Bean Boots, a vanilla base swirled with caramel ripple and brownie bites. In addition to ice cream, Aunt Marie’s also serves lobster rolls, if you’re looking to get your lobster and ice cream fix in one stop.

Ben & Jerry’s | 5 Union St, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-2322 

Find all your favorite Ben & Jerry’s flavors at this ice cream shop (in Kennebunkport on the hill overlooking Dock Square.) With over 30 flavors of ice cream, including classics like New York Super Fudge Chunk and Chunky Monkey, Ben & Jerry’s is an enduring favorite for a reason. Try their new line of cereal milk ice creams, like chocolate cereal milk with chocolate rice crispy cereal bits, and don’t overlook their serious selection of housemade waffle and sugar cones. 

Breweries in Portsmouth

Guests of our downtown Portsmouth boutique hotel, Ale House Inn, love visiting area breweries in Portsmouth. Seacoast New Hampshire has a lively beer scene, and there are several craft breweries in Portsmouth to visit. Check out these two breweries in Portsmouth and one worth a trip over the river in Kittery, Maine.

Our Top Picks for Breweries in Portsmouth

 

Earth Eagle Brewings | 165 High St, Portsmouth | (603) 502-2244

You’ll need to have an eagle eye to spot this microbrewery down an alley off of High Street. But once you’ve found it, you’ll get to enjoy tastes of its unique beers, many made with botanicals like burdock root and milkweed instead of hops. But there’s plenty of recognizable brews like pale ales and Belgian-style table beer on tap too. If you get hungry during your visit, order off the pub menu, full of unique items like alligator jambalaya and pickled eggs.

Great Rhythm Brewing Company | 105 Bartlett St, Portsmouth | (603) 430-9640

This brewery just opened its tasting room in Portsmouth, although the couple has been producing their beer at other breweries since 2012. Great Rhythm focuses on hoppy pale ales and IPAs, like Squeeze, a tropical citrus IPA, and West End, a light summer session ale. Taste them all with a flight of 4 oz. pours and then pick up some cans, available only at the brewery, of your favorite.

Tributary Brewing Company | 10 Shapleigh Rd, Kittery, ME | (207) 703-0093

Beer fans will recognize the name of Tributary’s head brewer Tod Mott as the man responsible for Portsmouth Brewery’s Kate the Great Russian Imperial Stout, which has a huge following. Mott opened his own brewery, after years of running Portsmouth Brewery and Harpoon, in 2014. You’ll find a wide variety of beers on tap, reflecting Mott’s skill with the brew kettle—everything from saisons to schwarzbier. Enjoy an afternoon in the tasting room, where you can bring in your own food and frequently will find live music.

Portland Sailing Charters

Portland’s prime location on the ocean overlooking the islands of Casco Bay means that many of our guests want to get out on the water when they visit our boutique hotel Pomegranate Inn. Fortunately, there are several great options for Portland sailing charters that combine a trip on the water with education, sightseeing, and even drinks. Check out these three options for Portland sailing charters and cool off with an afternoon of boating.

Our Tops Picks for Portland Sailing Charters

Portland Schooner Co. | Maine State Pier, Portland | (207) 766-2500

These two schooners docked on Portland’s working waterfront offer several sails daily. Enjoy a two-hour scenic cruise on these beautiful historic wooden schooners, where you can help raise the many sails (or not!) and then sit back and relax as you go where the wind takes you.

Casco Bay Lines | 56 Commercial Street, Portland | (207) 774-7871

It may seem strange for us to recommend a public ferry as a Portland sailing charter, but hear us out. The mail boat run, offered daily at 10am and 2:45pm, takes about 2-1/2 hours and visits 5 islands while offering a narration about the history of the area (and yes, the boat actually delivers mail to island residents and businesses). Bring your own picnic and beverages (alcohol is allowed) and make a day of it.

Maine Sailing Adventures | Maine State Pier, Portland | (207) 749-9169

The Frances, a 90-foot sloop with a wide-open deck, offers sails around Casco Bay daily. Because the boat is so wide, it offers a nice comfortable ride for anyone who might be nervous about the way sailboats heel or tip while sailing. Our friend Erica Archer of Wine Wise partners with Maine Sailing Adventures, offering educational wine sails which are frequently paired with oysters.

Whatever Portland sailing charter you choose, you’re sure to have a great time enjoying the views and weather of Casco Bay.

Tips for Kennebunkport

We recently partnered with the Australian-based influencer behind “Ask the Concierge” to get some insider tips from “Behind the Front Desk” of our Lark Hotels. Our managers give their tips for Kennebunkport on everything from where to get the best cup of joe, to what to do on a rainy day.

Manager Tips for Kennebunkport

 

Q: Your most popular request?

We are one of the Lark boutique hotels that are open year-round and we receive a lot of different requests depending on the season the people is traveling. During the summer the most popular is to have beach chairs and beach towels available and that is one of the amenities we offer in summer. We provide a wonderful beach tote with a couple of beach towels and chairs you can take with you plus, we give you the first parking permit complementary for the beach. We also have a lot of honeymooners coming to Captain Fairfield, and they request our Romantic Package to be included in their stay upon arrival. This package includes an artisan cheese and meat board, a bottle of red, white, or sparkling wine, and a single red rose, all of which can be enjoyed on our outdoor lounge, by a roaring fire in our living room (winter only), or in the privacy of your own room.

Q: Your favorite locale when enjoying a day off?

We love our downtown, and our favorite restaurant is Hurricane. This restaurant is located right in the heart of Dock Square within walking distance of Captain Fairfield Inn. It has a casual elegant dining area with wonderful views of the Kennebunk river. They also have a small bar which is located at the entrance. The food is freshly prepared and the variety of menu items offered is excellent. Our favorite dishes are the Lobster Chowder and the onion soup topped with a square of puff pastry, is just different and delightful. Also, they have a nice wine selection. The atmosphere is cozy and friendly. We highly recommend this restaurant to all our guests.

Q: Best coffee?

This is a very easy question to answer for us because we are coffee lovers and, no doubt Mornings in Paris a small French bakery located around 3 minutes driving distance from Captain Fairfield Inn is the answer. We’re crazy about their medium roast Colombian coffee. A must try are their pastries, you can never go wrong with their delicious flaky chocolate croissant. Now, if you are into latte coffee, The Nutella latte is fantastic, the mocha turtle latte (chocolate hazelnut caramel) is delicious, and the Crème brûlée latte is not overly sweet- which makes it a great option.

Q: Where must we go for lunch?

We have a lot of good options for lunch in Kport and it depends on your personal taste. We would suggest that if you want have lobster (that’s why you come to Kennebunkport, right?) you should go directly to Mabel’s Lobster Claw. A nice walk along Ocean Avenue will bring you to this quaint and cozy treasure. The menu is extensive with many seafood and other choices focusing on lobster just about any way you can imagine it. If you want to eat at a traditional small seafood restaurant with checkered tablecloths and delicious lobster, this is the place.

Q: It’s a rainy day outside but we want to explore, what shall we do?

You should go shopping in Kport! Park your car in front of Dock Square, grab your umbrella and start exploring the variety of glamorous shops and galleries. One of our favorites is Art House Gallery. Two amazing artists own this place, Holly Ross with her colorful drawings and paintings and Donna Kabay with her fine art photography can make you not only admire but love Maine through their art. We’re so close to Kennebunk that just crossing the bridge you’ll be in our neighbor town and you can walk or take the Intown Trolley to discover what a beautiful scenery this towns offer to all their visitors. They offer a 45-minute narrated sightseeing tour which provides an interesting and informative orientation to the Kennebunkport and Kennebunk area.

Q: What is an absolute must-do or must-see before leaving your city?

While visiting Kennebunkport the drive on Ocean Avenue is a must. The beauty of the ocean against the shoreline gives breathtaking views.

Q: What you love about your hotel?

We love everything about our boutique Bed and Breakfast. We love the house, the unique architecture and decor, the location in Kennebunkport’s historical district but most of all we are proud and happy to be the General Managers of the first property our CEO Rob Blood owned fifteen years ago and later Lark was born as a small collection of boutique hotels in New England. Lark is growing and growing every year but being the manager of The Captain Fairfield Inn is a unique experience.

Q: Is there anything else we should know about when visiting your city?

If you’re interested in history and architecture, one of the places you must visit in Maine is Kennebunkport. Things to do for tourists in town must include a walk around our historic district, where our B&B is located and is one of the most impressive historic districts in Maine. Some of the splendid buildings that can be found in our neighborhood used to be the homes of famous sea captains, like Captain James Fairfield and they provide a great insight into the success of the town’s shipbuilding industry during the 19th and early 20th centuries.

 

BOOK + BED Launches at Whitehall

While we love e-readers and audiobooks as much as the next avid reader, there’s a timeless quality to flipping through the pages of a book. That’s why we decided to match two of our great loves – reading and Maine – with our guests! We’ve partnered with Owl & Turtle Bookshop Cafe in downtown Camden to bring you a list of Maine-centric reads to enjoy while on a lark or at home.

Maine, not only famous for its beautiful and rugged coastline, lobster rolls and blueberry pie, has a rich history both at sea and on land. Read the tale of how a man survived in Maine’s wilderness for 27 years, dive into the history of Maine’s fishing villages and the effects on local economy, or step back in time and relive a local bank robbery. Our new Book Menu offers seven different titles for guests to purchase from the front desk, all of which pay homage to our great state.

Book + Bed

 

The Stranger in the Woods: The Extraordinary Story of the Last True Hermit………………… $25.95 by Michael Finkel

This tale of Maine’s “North Pond Hermit” is a riveting recount of how a man survived in the (often freezing) wilderness for 27 years. Author Michael Finkel was the only person to whom the hermit granted interviews. You’ll grasp how this man possessed an intense and innate need to live as a recluse—an understanding that elicits sympathy, empathy, outrage, envy, and astonish- ment. A remarkable aspect of this book is how it calls you to consider your own relationship with solitude.

The Stars are Fire…………………….. $25.95 by Anita Shreve

The acclaimed author of The Pilot’s Wife weaves a fictional tale of suspense and survival, using the very real wild fire that ravaged the Maine coast in the 1940s as the starting point. A mother keeps herself and her two small children safe from the flames by taking refuge in the water where the risk of hypothermia may be great, but the alternative is almost certain death by fire. How Grace Holland rebuilds her life is a compel- ling tale of female fortitude. A page-turner!

A Piece of the World ………………….. $27.99 by Christina Baker Kline

This work of historical fiction takes you to the nearby coastal town of Cushing, Maine to immerse you in the life of Christina Olsen. As muse to Andrew Wyeth for more than 20 years, this subject of the painting “Christina’s World” lived a quiet life wracked by illness and the strains of an insular family life. The rigors of growing up on a Maine farm are illuminated as a little known piece of Wyeth’s life. Fans of Orphan Train will enjoy returning to Kline’s vivid prose and knack for storytelling.

The Lobster Coast …………………….. $18.00 by Colin Woodard

Anyone curious about the fishing villages along coastal Maine and how they evolved to affect the economy and livelihood of the state will find Colin Woodard’s historical account of Maine’s 17th century settlers incredibly informative. You’ll develop an appreciation for and understanding of the local mentality and how the struggles and triumphs experienced by the people in this area of the world can be applied to many regions of our nation.

The Great Mars Hill Bank Robbery ……….. $16.95 by Ron Chase

This true blue Robin Hood story tells the tale of how a decorated Vietnam War hero, Bernard Preston, decided to rob a bank in Mars Hill, Maine because he was unable to obtain a loan from the VA. Along his varied and wild escape route he paddles a river raft, rides a motorcycle, and even buys a camel as he eludes officials and hands out money to the needy.

Lost on a Mountain in Maine ……………… $5.99 by Donn Fendler and Joseph B. Egan

A 12-year old boy hiking with his family decides to venture back on his own after summiting Maine’s Mt. Katahdin. Between fog and a fall, Donn Fendler loses his way and winds up needing to summon survival skills he never knew he possessed in order to make it through a harrowing two weeks on the mountain. This book is appropriate for children ages 8-12 as well as adults.

Down to the Sea with Mr. Magee …………. $15.99 by Chris Van Dusen

Local beloved children’s book author and illus- trator Chris Van Dusen takes us on a wet and whimsical journey with the goofy Mr. Magee and his dog Dee. Catchy, melodic prose and vivid fun illustrations keep children of all ages engaged and enchanted. You’ll want to rush out and get the remaining books in the series (Camping Spree with Mr. Magee and Learning to Ski with Mr. Magee)

Where to Find the Best Craft Beer on Nantucket

When you find yourself “on a Lark” to The Grey Lady, you’ll no doubt want to know where to find the best craft beer on Nantucket. Nantucket is lucky to have its own brewery, and there’s several places where you’ll find many taps pouring local and craft beer on Nantucket near our boutique hotels.

Where to Find the Best Craft Beer on Nantucket

 

Cisco Brewers | 5 Bartlett Farm Rd, Nantucket | (508) 325-5929

This idyllic brewery is a ways out of town, but you’ll be rewarded for making the trek. With live music, food trucks, outdoor seating, and games, you can easily make an afternoon of it here, enjoying craft beer at Nantucket’s only brewery. Try a bitter Whale’s Tale Pale Ale or a crushable Sankaty Light Lager. Cisco also owns Triple 8 Distillery and Nantucket Winery, so stop into the tasting room for a sample of their liquors and wines.

The Brotherhood of Thieves | 23 Broad St, Nantucket | (508) 228-2551

Located in the heart of Nantucket Town, this cozy tavern has a great selection of craft beer on Nantucket. The basement bar dates back to the 1840s when it catered to the sailors of the island’s vigorous whaling industry. Today, you’ll find taps featuring some of New England’s best craft breweries like Allagash, Lawson’s Finest, and of course, Cisco Brewers. Fill up on the pub’s menu of juicy burgers and seafood classics.

The Rose and Crown | 23 S Water St, Nantucket | (508) 228-2595

While it may not be fancy, you’ll feel right at home in at The Rose and Crown. Its historic building, once a stable in the 1800s, is full of nautical signs and flags, giving it a cozy Nantucket feel. You’ll find craft beer on Nantucket at this bar, with many of the taps dedicated to craft breweries like Long Trail, Tank 7, and Cisco.

Best Biking on Martha’s Vineyard

Island vacations call for cruising around town or riding to the beach on your bicycle. We love to tour Martha’s Vineyard on two wheels—none of that pesky traffic or troublesome parking to deal with. Bike over to the brewery or take the family out for a spin on some of the island’s 40 miles of bike paths. Whether you bring your bicycle with you or need to rent one when you arrive in Oak Bluffs, we’ve got your recommendations for the best biking on Martha’s Vineyard.

 

Our Top Recommendations for Biking on Martha’s Vineyard

 

Anderson’s Bicycle Rentals | Circuit Ave. Ext. Oaks Bluffs | (508) 693-9346

Located right by the ferry terminals, Anderson’s has bikes of all sizes to rent for the day or the week. Most of their bikes are hybrids, meaning they can handle road riding, light off-roading, and any sandy patches you might encounter on the shared use paths. Best of all, the bike shop is located within walking distance of our Oak Bluffs boutique hotel Summercamp or you can have them delivered to the hotel for no extra charge.

Beach Road Path

Take the six-mile shared use path from Oak Bluffs to Edgartown for some of the best biking on Martha’s Vineyard. Winding on a narrow spit between Sengekontacket Pond and the sound, this path offers beautiful water views. Return to Oak Bluffs the way you came or make it a longer loop by using the bike paths that run alongside Edgartown-Vineyard Haven and County Roads.

West Chop Loop in Vineyard Haven

Vineyard Haven is a short three miles from Oak Bluffs and from there you can ride out to the West Chop Lighthouse via a four-mile loop. Take Beach Road to Vineyard Haven and then head down Main Street out to the lighthouse for a scenic vista. Head back to town on the same road or take Franklin Street to cover some new ground. 

Best Coffee Shops in Newburyport

We think any good beach vacation should include a leisurely morning at the coffee shop, lingering over the paper and some pastry. While you can certainly enjoy your coffee overlooking the water at our boutique hotel Blue on Plum Island, the nearby town of Newburyport has several coffee shops you can swing by for an iced coffee on your way to the beach. Here are our recommendations for three of the best coffee shops in Newburyport: 

Our Picks for Top Coffee shops in Newburyport

 

Plum Island Coffee Roasters 54R Merrimac St, Newburyport (978) 465-1444

This downtown Newburyport coffee shop is located in a boat yard, which means you can sit outside with your coffee and enjoy the waterfront view. Plum Island Coffee Roasters roasts their own beans, so if you find your favorite roast while visiting, you can take a taste of one of the best coffee shops in Newburyport home with you.

Commune Café 33 Pleasant Street Newburyport (978) 462-3190

Hardcore coffee fanatics will love that this café serves Counter Culture Coffee, North Carolina’s popular third-wave coffee roaster. If you’re also looking for a light breakfast or lunch, this coffee shop is a great stop. You can relax at one of Commune Café’s many tables with a selection from their menu of sweet and savory crêpes. 

Atomic Coffee 52 State St Newburyport (978) 358-7539

With several locations around the North Shore, Atomic Coffee makes the list of best coffee shops in Newburyport for its serious approach to roasting and brewing coffee. Located in a beautifully renovated historic building, Atomic Coffee is another great spot for lunch, with a menu of sandwiches and salads. Open until 9pm on Friday and Saturday, you can even stop in for a drink as they serve beer and wine too.

Portsmouth Naval History

From historic seaport to the modern Portsmouth Naval Shipyard, Portsmouth has a long history of maritime tradition. With the Piscataquis River winding through town, the historic downtown is surrounded by marinas and signs of Portsmouth naval history at every turn. Our boutique hotels, located in the heart of downtown Portsmouth, are the perfect home base from which to explore this historic seaport. If you’re a true history buff wanting to learn all about Portsmouth naval history, check out these three historic sites, two in Portsmouth and one across the river in Kittery, Maine.

Portsmouth Naval History: Our top spots to learn all things nautical

 

USS Albacore | 600 Market St, Portsmouth 

This retired submarine turned museum was used by the U.S. navy for research on top-secret submarine design and wartime weaponry in the 1960s. It was decommissioned in the early 70s and moved to Albacore Park where it showcases Portsmouth naval history to visitors today. The tour of the Albacore starts in the museum, where you’ll learn about life onboard and the ship’s history, while checking out some artifacts from the sub. The self-guided tour continues through the ship, as you climb onboard and experience the tight quarters in which the crew lived and worked. This tour is great for kids and adults alike.

John Paul Jones House | 10 Middle St. Portsmouth | (603) 436-8433

John Paul Jones was a Scottish immigrant and commander in the country’s first navy and as such is known as the “Father of the American Navy.” He spend some time in Portsmouth helping to build the largest American naval ship of its time and the boarding house he stayed in is now a museum dedicated to Portsmouth naval history. Fans of colonial architecture will enjoy touring the historic home, and gardeners will love that the grounds and gardens that are being restored to the historic 1859 design.

Kittery Historical & Naval Museum | 200 Rogers Rd, Kittery, ME | (207) 439-3080

This small museum, located over the river in Kittery, Maine is worth a visit for its incredible collection of naval and historic artifacts. The museum is chock full of ship models, wooden signs, tools, household goods, antique toys, and other historical artifacts. Parts of the museum are dedicated to recreating the first Kittery post office and the historic Andrews-Mitchell House, the fortified homestead of one of Kittery’s first families.

Sailing Charters in Portsmouth NH

This summer, get a different view of the city during your visit to Seacoast New Hampshire with a sailing charter in Portsmouth. Portsmouth, located on the Piscataqua River, is a historic seaport known for its quaint downtown and thriving beer scene. Our boutique hotels are located right on the Portsmouth waterfront, overlooking the Piscataqua River, Badger Island, and Memorial Bridge. Here are three ways to get out on the water on a sailing charter in Portsmouth:

Our Favorite Sailing Charters in Portsmouth

 

Gundalow Company | 60 Marcy Street, Portsmouth | (603) 433-9505

Built by volunteers of the Strawbery Banke Museum in 2011, this replica of a seventeenth century cargo boat now takes passengers on tours of the river. The sailing charter offers a variety of trips from a mid-day history sail to a concert cruise with live music in the evenings. Bring a picnic and beverage of your choice along with you to enjoy this sailing charter in Portsmouth.

Isles of Shoals Steamship Co. | 315 Market St, Portsmouth | (800) 441-4620

Named for a group of small islands 6 miles off the coast of Portsmouth, Isle of Shoals Steamship Co. offers sailing charters to the islands. The islands have a long history as fishing grounds for indigenous people and landing spots for English settlers. The sailing cruise also includes a guided walking tour of Star Island, where you’ll learn about the history of settlers, pirates, and the replica of Gosport Harbor, a village dating back to the early 1600s.

Portsmouth Harbor Cruises | 64 Ceres St. Portsmouth | (800) 776-0915

Take a harbor cruise on the Heritage, a historic wooden workboat now comfortably outfitted for sailing charters in Portsmouth. The 1-1/2 hour cruise has a narrated tour of the history of the harbor, with great views of several lighthouses, mansions, forts, and even a naval submarine. Just looking to relax and soak in the view? The evening and sunset cruises are for you with cocktails served on board. Wine cruises, offered monthly throughout the summer, add a little education to happy hour with a certified sommelier onboard to lead you through tastings.

Things to Do With Kids in Camden

Camden, whose motto is “where the mountains meet the sea,” is an idyllic place to visit as a family. With plenty of outdoor space to explore from beaches and piers to nearby state parks, you’ll find lots of things to do with kids in Camden. Take a short hike to the top of Mt. Battie for great views of Camden Harbor or stroll along the piers to check out Camden’s famous fleet of windjammers. Our boutique hotel Whitehall has suites for families, making it a great place to stay when visiting midcoast Maine. Here’s three things to do with kids in Camden:

Our Top Things to Do With Kids in Camden, Maine

 

Merryspring Nature Center | 30 Conway Rd, Camden | (207) 236-2239

Just a few minutes from downtown Camden, this 66-acre preserve has lots of things to do with kids. Woodland trails provide a great setting for play and games, while the children’s and pollinator gardens are perfect for bird and butterfly watching. The nature center is free and open daily from sunrise to sunset.

Planet Toys | 10 Main St, Camden | (207) 236-4410

This Main Street toy shop has it all—toys for all ages, books, and plenty of Maine souvenirs. Whether you need a game for a rainy day or a new book for bedtime stories, Planet Toys has you covered. This excellent toy shop is one of the best things to do with kids in Camden.

Golfer’s Crossing Mini Golf | 7 Country Inn Way, Rockport | (207) 230-0090

No family vacation is complete without a little friendly competition. Head to this mini golf course on the Camden/Rockport line for a night of entertainment. With 18 holes of naturally landscaped mini golf and clubs for kids of all ages, this golf course is a great family activity. After the game, enjoy some ice cream from the concession stand.

Where to Find the Best Lobster Roll in Kennebunkport

Summer in Maine means it’s a race against time to enjoy as much fresh Maine lobster as you can. We frequently hear from our guests that their first mission after checking into our boutique hotel in Kennebunkport is to head to Dock Square for a lobster roll. Here are our three recommendations for where you can find the best lobster roll in Kennebunkport:

Best Lobster Roll in Kennebunkport

The Clam Shack | 2 Western Ave, Kennebunk | (207) 967-3321

If you’ve been to Kennebunkport before, you’re undoubtedly familiar with The Clam Shack. It’s right on the other side of the Kennebunk River, which means it’s technically in Kennebunk, and the long line of people waiting will help you find it. This roll comes on a round, buttered and griddled bun with a mix of knuckle, tail, and claw meat. Be prepared to answer how you want your roll—with melted butter, mayonnaise, or both.

Allisson’s | 11 Dock Square, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-4841

This casual restaurant on Dock Square competed against victor The Clam Shack on the Food Network’s Food Wars. The chefs here use only knuckle and claw meat to make a spectacularly large lobster roll. With a full menu and bar and parking out back, you can see why Allisson’s is a beloved local favorite and serves one of the best lobster rolls in Kennebunkport.

Cape Pier Chowder House | 79 Pier Rd, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-012

Take a scenic drive out to Cape Porpoise, a small village from Dock Square, for one of the best lobster rolls in Kennebunkport. This waterfront seafood shack is located on a working fishing pier, so it has all the ambiance you need. The lobster rolls here are all about simplicity with just loads of fresh lobster meat in a split top bun.

Live Music at Thompson’s Point

With every show announced, people are becoming more and more excited about the summer concert series and live music at Thompson’s Point, the new music venue in Portland, Maine. Thompson’s Point, run by the State Theater, is an outdoor arena located on a recently redeveloped piece of land overlooking Portland’s Fore River. And it’s quickly becoming known as one of the best places to see live music in Southern Maine.

Live Music at Thompson’s Point

Last year’s line up brought big acts like The Lumineers, Edward Sharpe and the Magnetic Zeros, and Ray Lamontagne. Once the concert announcements for live music at Thompson’s Point began earlier this year, everyone knew it was going to be a epic summer. This year’s summer concert series kicks off on Memorial Day weekend with British indie electronic group The xx. Big names coming to Thompson’s Point include The Shins, My Morning Jacket, Elvis Costello, Wilco, Guster, and Alabama Shakes.

The appeal of Thompson’s Point goes beyond the open air arena—it’s the beautiful sunset over the river, the cooling breeze at dusk, and the lush grass underfoot. There’s local beer on tap (while Sierra Nevada is the beer stand’s sponsor, they partner with a local brewery each show) and a row of food trucks along the waterfront. Even when you’re surrounded by 5,000 fellow concertgoers, it’s easy to feel like you’re at the coolest backyard barbecue ever.

Thompson’s Point is a short drive from our Portland boutique hotel, Pomegranate Inn. We recommend heading out for the concert early, since traffic can be an issue and Ubers and Lyfts can become scarce. Plus, you’ll be able to stop in for a drink beforehand at Stroudwater Distillery, Bissell Brothers Brewing, or Cellardoor Winery. You won’t want to miss the live music at Thompson’s Point in Portland this summer.

Things to Do With Kids in Stowe

No matter the season, the fun never stops in Stowe. Whether there’s a foot of fresh powder or it’s hot enough for a dip at the swimming hole, there’s plenty of things to do with kids in Stowe. Our Stowe boutique hotel has comfortable suites that will accommodate the entire family, and kids will love the fire pit and games at our onsite restaurant Picnic Social. Use this list of things to do with kids in Stowe to plan your visit:

Family Friendly Activities & Things To Do with Kids in Stowe

 

Stowe Recreation Path

Stowe’s rec path is a 5-1/2 mile paved trail through town that’s perfect for a family of all ages and abilities. It runs parallel to Mountain Road, but you’d never know it as you walk on scenic bridges over the Little River and through peaceful birch stands. Several access points into town make it easy to visit Stowe’s shops and restaurants along your walk.

Stowe Golf Park | 1613 Mountain Rd, Stowe | (802) 253-9951

Nothing says summer vacation more than a game of mini golf. Stowe Golf Park is a unique course though, in that it’s actually a miniature golf course, complete with sand traps and beautifully landscaped gardens—you won’t find any cheesy windmills here. Challenge the family to 18 holes and treat them to ice cream at the end.

Ben & Jerry’s Factory Tour | 1281 Waterbury-Stowe Rd, Waterbury | (802)-882-2047

Vermont and Ben & Jerry’s ice cream are practically synonymous, and the whole family will love to see how the ice cream gets made on this 30-minute tour. Enjoy a full-size sample at the end of the tour, and then visit your favorite retired flavor in the Flavor Graveyard. Located a short drive from Stowe in Waterbury, this tour is also great for a rainy day.

Best Seafood Restaurants in Salem

Salem has some of the best seafood restaurants around, many located on historic wharfs and offering great views of the harbor. Our boutique hotels are located right in the heart of downtown Salem, meaning any one of these seafood restaurants are just a short walk away. Here are our recommendations for the best seafood restaurants in Salem:

Salem’s Best Seafood Restaurants

 

Finz | 76 Wharf St, Salem | (978) 744-8485

We love the feel of this waterfront seafood restaurant—it’s cozy but bright with a view of the harbor on three sides. The seafood menu ranges from simple classics like tuna tartare and oysters on the half shell to internationally-inspired cuisine like the seafood hot pot, a southeast Asian dish with squid ink noodles. Outdoor seating, covered and heated in chilly weather, offers a great view of the neighboring marina.

Sea Level Oyster Bar | 94 Wharf St, Salem | (978) 741-0555

We love spending an afternoon at the raw bar of Sea Level with oysters and clams on the half shell and a glass of white wine. Its waterfront location means there’s a great view of the harbor, and it’s the perfect place to stop in to refresh yourself after exploring the town. The menu tends towards the more casual with fried clams, steamed mussels, and calamari.

Turner’s Seafood | 43 Church St, Salem | (978) 745-7665

Located in historic Lyceum Hall, this seafood market and grille is one of Salem’s most scenic seafood restaurants. With a seafood market and wholesale fish business spanning generations, Turner’s offers some of the freshest, locally caught seafood on the North Shore. Experience some New England seafood classics with Newfoundland Finnan Haddie or a traditional steamed lobster dinner.

Things To Do With Kids on Nantucket

The island of Nantucket begs to be explored in warm weather by families, when school’s out and beach vacations are calling. With two boutique hotels on the island, it’s the perfect setting for families looking for things to do with kids on Nantucket. Here is our list of our favorite things to do with kids on Nantucket so you can have a relaxing visit on the island.

Family Fun & Things To Do With Kids on Nantucket

 

Dionis Beach | Eel Point Rd, Nantucket 

Dionis Beach is a short drive or bike ride out of town, but that means it’s quieter than Jetties Beach and Children’s Beach. Located on Nantucket Sound, this beach has beautiful, clean sand; calmer waves for the younger set; and a lifeguard on duty. Make a day out of it by packing a lunch and biking on the Madaket bike path three miles from the center of town to the beach.

Whaling Museum | 13 Broad St, Nantucket | (508) 228-1894 

This Nantucket history museum  is a must-see for all ages, but it tops the list of things to do with kids on Nantucket, especially on a rainy day. Kids will love the giant sperm whale skeleton and the displays of the boats and tools of the whaling trade. Visit the museum’s discovery center where kids can explore interactive exhibits and make their own scrimshaw at the craft table.

Nantucket Atheneum

It’s always a good idea to check in with the library when you visit a new place, and Nantucket’s  offers plenty of things to do with kids. From morning story hour to creative movement time with a yoga instructor, the Nantucket Atheneum has great programing for children. Pick up a few books for a rainy day while you’re there and take a moment to appreciate the architecture of the library’s historic building.

Newport Sailing Museums

Newport, a historic seaport and home to the America’s Cup race, is a great destination for sailors and maritime history buffs. A walk along the waterfront, with its piers full of luxury yachts and tallships, is a must for any visitor who loves sailing. Our two Newport boutique hotels, The Attwater and Gilded, are located downtown and close to several Newport sailing museums. To really get an understanding of the sailing scene in Newport, visit these three Newport sailings museums to learn about the history of the seaport, yacht racing in Newport, and naval history.

Newport Sailing Museums 

 

Newport Historical Society | 82 Touro St, Newport | (401) 846-0813

Visit the Historical Society’s museum at the Brick Market on Newport’s Washington Square for an overview of Newport history. From the city’s role in the American Revolution to the booming sea trade that made Newport a thriving port, the museum offers a great experience for the whole family with its interactive exhibits. Take a guided tour around the city to learn about pirates, revolutionaries, and colonial life in Newport.

Naval War College Museum | 686 Cushing Rd, Newport | (401) 841-4052

This museum is on Coasters Harbor Island, an active naval base, and chronicles the history of the U.S. Navy. Exhibits focus on the history of naval warfare and the naval history of Narragansett Bay, with a guest lecture series on the first Thursday of every month. Advances passes are required to enter the base, so reserve yours ahead of your planned visit.

Herreshoff Marine Museum and America’s Cup Hall of Fame | 1 Burnside St, Bristol | (401) 253-5000

Although it’s a 30-minute drive from Newport, no visit to southern Rhode Island is complete for any yachtie without a visit to the Herreshoff museum Nathanael Herreshoff was one of the area’s most influential boat builders, with his designs still influencing modern yachts today. The museum has over 60 of Herreshoff’s boats in its collection and exhibits about the history of his designs, while the America’s Cup Hall of Fame also located on the historic campus.

Family Activities and Things To Do with Kids in Newburyport

Families love visiting Newburyport—its vibrant restaurant scene, maritime history, and natural beauty means there’s entertainment for the whole family. There’s no shortage of things to do with kids in Newburyport, whether it’s exploring museums, spending the day at the beach on Plum Island, or picking out a new toy in the shops. Our boutique inn, Blue, with its suites and cottages is a great home base for a relaxing stay in Newburyport. Once you’ve checked in, here is a list of things to do with kids in Newburyport for some family fun: 

Things To Do with Kids in Newburyport

 

Eureka! Toy Store | Tannery Marketplace, 50 Water St. #24, Newburyport | (978) 465-9359

A converted mill that now is home to local shops and markets, the Tannery Marketplace is a great thing to do with kids in Newburyport and especially the book and toy store combination of Eureka! and Jabberwocky Books. Browse the shops for a new bedtime story while the kids enjoy the toy store’s train table. Tannery Marketplace is also the home of the Newburyport Farmers’ Market on Sunday mornings.

Cashman Park and Clipper Rail Trail | Sally Snyder Way, Newburyport | (978) 462-3746

Burn off some energy at waterfront Cashman Park. Kids will love its playground complete with a pirate ship, sports fields, and view of the Route One drawbridge over the Merrimack River. The three-mile Clipper City Rail Trail ends at Cashman Park and is a great way to get in some exercise as a family. The converted railroad track trail heads out of town or along the waterfront, offering scenic views of the river.

Moseley Woods | Merrimac St, Newburyport 

This city park is a quiet oasis of 16-acres of wooded trails with a playground and pavilion. Pack a picnic and enjoy lunch at the park in the shade of the trees, while the kids play on the swingsets and the dinosaur skeleton. Take a short hike through the woods or zip across the playground on the park’s 25-foot zipline. Close to downtown, Moseley Woods tops the list of things to do with kids in Newburyport.

#OnAFitLark with Healthworks

Do you have workout wanderlust? Squeezing in a sweat session can be tough enough when you’re at home, and even more so when you’re traveling. Together with Healthworks, Boston’s premier fitness centers for women, and their co-ed partner Republic, we want to see how you stay active when you’re off on a lark. Post your favorite photo of your fitness-on-the-fly routine or bag of packed gear, and we’ll award five 6-month memberships to Healthworks.*

Here’s how to enter:

  • Follow @larkhotels and @healthworksfit on Instagram
  • Share your fit photo on your own Instagram account, using the hashtag #onafitlark and the @larkhotels + @healthworksfit handles
  • On May 31, we’ll choose the top five photo entries and notify the winners via direct message shortly thereafter

Here’s to your good health!  

*Membership valid for six consecutive months and must be started by June 30, 2018. Full access to all Healthworks Group locations including Healthworks Fitness Centers for Woman, Republic Fitness and GymIt. Must be 21 years old. 

Rules & Restrictions

NO PURCHASE REQUIRED.

State Parks in Mendocino

Mendocino is perfectly positioned between redwood forests and the ocean, creating beautiful vistas and prime for exploring for a day. Visitors to our Mendocino boutique hotel, The Blue Door Group, love to get out and hike the California coast in the state parks near Mendocino. With 17 state parks in Mendocino County, there’s no shortage of protected public land to enjoy. Here are three of our favorite state parks in Mendocino, perfect for a hike or a picnic:

 

State Parks in Mendocino

 

Van Damme State Park | 8001 CA Highway One, Little River | (707) 937-5804

Towering redwoods, a canyon filled with ferns, magical dwarf pine trees—this Mendocino state park has it all. Start at the Little River, where you can launch your kayak or watch divers head out for abalone. Hike the 5-mile loop through scenic Fern Canyon or a short quarter-mile walk through the Pygmy Forest, so-named for the 100-year-old pine trees that are only a foot tall.

Mendocino Headlands State Park | Main St, Mendocino | (707) 937-5804

You’ll visit this Mendocino state park, even if you don’t even know it—it surrounds the village of Mendocino, encompassing the cliffs overlooking the ocean and the sandy beaches below. The headlands make a great spot for whale watching December through April, and summer brings a spectacular display of California wildflowers. Check in at the visitor’s center, located in the historic Ford House, on Main Street before exploring the park.

Russian Gulch State Park | CA Highway One, Mendocino | (707) 937-5804

A few miles north of Mendocino village, this state park is perfect for the active traveler with options for biking, horseback riding, fishing, hiking, and swimming. Hike less than two miles to a 35-foot waterfall surrounded by iconic redwoods or take the Headlands Trail to Devil’s Punchbowl, a blowhole created by a collapsed sea cave on the three miles of the park’s coastline. Don’t miss the Frederick W. Panhorst Bridge, a Mendocino landmark, spanning the the Russian Gulch.

Best Lobster Roll on Martha’s Vineyard

Massachusetts is known for its seafood, and a vacation to our boutique hotel Summercamp is the perfect time to search out the best lobster roll on Martha’s Vineyard. Whether you like your lobster roll drizzled with warm butter or tossed with cool mayonnaise, these three restaurants, from brewery to seafood shack, serve up the best lobster roll on Martha’s Vineyard.

Where To Go for the Best Lobster Roll on MV

 

Offshore Ale Co. | 30 Kennebec Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 693-2626

Oak Bluff’s resident brewery is known not only for its tasty pale ales but for its menu of local seafood too. The lobster roll here, regularly voted Martha’s Vineyard’s best, is a toasted bun piled high with tender lobster meat tossed in a light coating of mayonnaise. Order with a pint of the Islander Double IPA and you have the makings of a perfect vacation.

Martha’s Vineyard Chowder Company | 9 Oak Bluffs Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 696-3000

This cozy chowder house puts a spin on the traditional lobster roll with its version. A half a pound of lobster meat comes heaped in a split-top roll with bacon, parsley, and preserved lemon. Served with a side of golden, crispy fries, the winning combination of bacon and lobster roll makes the Chowder Company’s version one of the best lobster rolls on Martha’s Vineyard.

Lookout Tavern | 8 Seaview Ave, Oak Bluffs | (508) 696-9844

If you need a scenic view with your seafood, the Lookout is the spot, with its great covered porch overlooking Nantucket Sound. Voted Best Lobster Roll on Martha’s Vineyard in 2016, the lobster roll here comes two ways: sautéed in warm butter or tossed with mayo. Either way, it’s a large portion of fresh lobster served spilling out of a toasted roll and is sure to satisfy your lobster craving.

Portsmouth Tips

We recently partnered with the Australian-based influencer behind “Ask the Concierge” on how to make the most of your time in Portsmouth, and it occurred to us that our readers might enjoy that info just as much as the Aussies do! Below, Josh, the manager of The Hotel Portsmouth, gives tips on where to get everything from the best cup of coffee, to the best bowl of chowda’ and a must-do before leaving town:

Q: Your most popular request?

What restaurant/bar has the same vibe & energy as your hotel. Moxy is always the first thing off of my tongue.

Q: Your favorite locale when enjoying a day off?
Paddle boarding or kayaking down the Piscataqua River.

Q: Best coffee?
La Maison Navarre. Let’s face it, the french know how to deliver a quality product. Don’t even get me started on the macaroons.

Q: Where must we go for lunch?
Anything with a water view. You can’t beat the seafood chowder at Riverhouse while watching the tug boats.

Q: It’s a rainy day outside but we want to explore, what shall we do?
Grab a Lark umbrella and go look through the archives at the Athenæum or catch a show at the Music Hall.

Q: What is an absolute must-do or must-see before leaving your city?
Go see Don Gorvett actually WORK in his studio on Market st. We have 19 of his original prints hanging around the hotel.

Q: What you love about your hotel?
The ability to feel like you’re truly at home while having all of the luxuries of a larger hotel.

Q: Is there anything else we should know about when visiting your city?
Portsmouth is one of the most walkable cities in the North East, drenched in history & hidden gems. Make sure you set aside enough time to stroll all of the streets.

Best Oyster Deals in Portsmouth

For seafood lovers, no trip to Seacoast New Hampshire is complete without some local oysters served on the half shell. In Portsmouth, home of our two boutique hotels, several of our favorite restaurants focus on fresh seafood and offer special oyster deals. Stop into one of these Portsmouth restaurants for some oysters and slurp up a taste of the Seacoast:

Best Oyster Deals of the Seacoast

 

Row 34 | 5 Portwalk Pl, Portsmouth | (603) 319-5011

If your vacation goals involve eating seafood and drinking craft beer, head straight to Row 34. Make your raw bar selections on the paper menu with the golf pencil provided and be sure to order up whatever New Hampshire oysters they have. We like to ask for the “dealer’s choice” and let the server provide a mixed dozen of the available varieties. An impressive draft and bottle selection will please the craft beer drinkers in the group.

 

Franklin Oyster House | 148 Fleet St, Portsmouth | (603) 373-8500

The casual sister restaurant to Moxy, another one of our faves, has the best oyster happy hour in town, with select oysters $1.25 available from 4-6 p.m.seven days a week. Grab a seat at the bar that curves around the raw bar, so you can watch the shucking in action. If raw oysters aren’t your thing, try one of the many cooked preparations: wrapped in bacon and grilled, stuffed with chorizo and breadcrumbs, or fried and served with tartar sauce.

Surf Restaurant | 99 Bow St, Portsmouth | (603) 334-9855

Head down to the waterfront for fresh seafood with a view of the harbor at Surf Restaurant. The variety of oysters and clams on the half shell rotates daily, and seafood towers add a luxurious touch. Mix up your oyster experience with some shooters—Surf has four styles from spicy Bloody Mary with vodka to jalapeno tequila with fresh lime juice, cilantro, parsley, and chive.

Outdoor Yoga Summer Series at The Attwater

Get your #namastay on and flow into summer! Get bendy in chaturanga, balance your breath, and relax your mind. Whether you’re a vinyasa flowing yogi or you’ve yet to salute the sun, connect with nature and align your chakras while joining us for outdoor yoga on the deck. You’ll leave feeling like a glowing, smoothie drinking (literally), yoga goddess.

Outdoor Yoga & Local Pop-Up Shops

Beginning on Thursday, June 1st, Newport’s The Attwater will host a weekly outdoor yoga class for hotel guests and those staying at nearby sister property Gilded. Classes will run from 5:00pm – 6:00pm on The Attwater’s sunny back deck or indoors in the event of inclement weather. On the third Thursday of each month, The Attwater will open its doors to the community for yoga from 6:00pm – 7:00pm, followed by an hour-long pop-up shop featuring notable local makers in The Attwater café. The weekly yoga series will continue through August 31.

Taught by Emily Moyer from Newport’s Community Yoga Center for Wellness, the Vinyasa-style yoga classes will cost $15 for On a Lark Club members, and $20 per class for hotel and community guests. Hotel guests that would like to join the On a Lark Club to take advantage of the discount, and myriad other benefits, can do so on the Lark Hotels website. Classes are limited to 8 participants, so reservations are strongly encouraged. Tickets can be purchased through Eventbrite or can be paid in cash to the instructor upon arrival. The class price of each class includes a complimentary seasonal smoothie made by The Attwater team. Guests are asked to bring their own yoga mat, but the instructor will have a few extra on hand as well. On a Lark Club members can receive a special code by calling the front desk at The Attwater or Gilded.

The monthly public class dates and pop-up partners are: 

Shopping in Camden

Like so many New England towns we love, Camden has a main street lined with shops that feature locally-made goods. Maine has a strong tradition of makers and craftsmen, and Camden’s boutiques are a great place to find a Maine-made souvenir or gift. Here are three of our favorite stops when shopping in Camden, that are just a short walk from our boutique hotel, Whitehall:

Our Favorite Stops When Shopping in Camden

Swans Island Company | 2 Bay View St, Camden | (207) 706-7926

Prepare to swoon over the beautiful blankets, wraps, and scarves of Swans Island Company in this boutique that’s tucked away near Camden’s town dock. The muted colors of the yarn used in these knits, woven in nearby Northport, are inspired by the Maine coast and will last a lifetime. Knitters will love perusing the yarn selection, all beautifully dyed and super soft. Both a unique and cute stop when shopping in Camden.

Sherman’s Books & Stationery | 14 Main St, Camden | (207) 236-2223 

This sprawling bookstore is a great stop for the whole family, with a wide variety of books on every subject. Art supplies, toys, and crafts will entertain the kids, while the selection of jewelry, local specialty food products, and Maine mementos means you can pick up a gift in addition to your next beach read. Look for the section from Maine authors if you want to brush up on your local history or take home one of Maine artist Dahlov Ipcar’s beautifully illustrated children’s books.

Sugar Tools Shop | 29 Bay View St, Camden | (207) 706-4016

With its clean white walls, handmade pottery, and succulents, we pretty much want to live in owner Amy O’Donnell’s shop. From gardening and housewares to toys and personal care products, everything in this beautifully curated shop is made with care and quality. Stop in for some design inspo that will help you hold onto that Maine vacation feeling all year long.

Day Trip to Kennebunkport’s Cape Porpoise

Visitors to Kennebunkport love the hustle and bustle of this seaside town’s narrow streets, its small but vibrant restaurant scene, and the beauty of the Maine coast. Our boutique hotel, Captain Fairfield Inn, is a short walk from Kennebunkport’s Dock Square, and the perfect home base for your Maine vacation. Once you’ve unpacked your bags and eaten the requisite lobster roll, we recommend you take a short drive out to Cape Porpoise, a charming village about three miles from downtown KPT. Once you’re there, check out a few of our favorite spots for maximum relaxation:

Top Spots in Cape Porpoise

The Ramp | 77 Pier Rd, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-8500

We love this casual restaurant for its walls laden with sports memorabilia, the water views of Cape Porpoise Harbor, and of course, the fresh seafood. Open for lunch and dinner, The Ramp specializes in classic Maine seafood dishes like fish and chips, clam chowder, and lobster rolls. The rest of the menu has global influences, with a Greek mezze plate that is perfect for sharing and chicken taquitos, a holdover from former chef and owner Pete Morency. 

Goose Rocks Beach | Kings Highway, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-0857

This beach is the main attraction of serene Cape Porpoise, with its three miles of white sand and calm waves. Spend the afternoon here and be sure to bring everything you’ll need, as there are no facilities at the beach. Parking can be tight and requires a permit, but one is available at the front desk of the Captain Fairfield Inn, along with beach chairs and towels.

Tides Beach Club | 254 Kings Highway, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-3757 

Stop into the bar of this cheery inn for a drink after a day in the sun. Relax on the patio with one of the specialty cocktails, like a refreshing Timber Point Cooler, a mix of gin, Aperol, lime juice, and cucumber, or a local beer like the Hidden Cove IPA. Should you need some sustenance after playing in the water, a bucket of french fries with Sriracha mayo or some local oysters on the half shell should tide you over.

Things To Do on Martha’s Vineyard

A day on Martha’s Vineyard is a day well spent no matter what you do! With restaurants, shops and beaches, there are a variety of things for vacationers to do when here. While our boutique hotels provide ample ways to get in some serious rest and relaxation, we’re happy to share some of our favorite things to do on Martha’s Vineyard to make the trip even more memorable.

Things To Do on Martha’s Vineyard

Edgartown Harbor Light | 121 North Water Street

One of the five lighthouses in Edgartown, the Edgartown Harbor Light is open to the public during the spring and summer months, offering views of Edgartown Harbor and Katama Bay. While you can meet the lighthouse keeper if visiting during the day, we recommend catching an early sunrise at the lighthouse and then heading back to our Edgartown hotel for a flavorful breakfast.

Mytoi Gardens | Dike Road, Chappaquiddick Island

Just a short ferry ride from Edgartown on Chappaquiddick Island, lies the Mytoi Gardens. These Japanese gardens are elegant and exotic, offering visitors a peaceful arena for exploration. The gardens are home to indigenous and non-native plants and flowers, as well as animals such as frogs, fish, turtles, and the occasional osprey.

East Beach | Wasque Reservation, Chappaquiddick Island

A little bit more difficult to get to – but so worth it! – East Beach is one of Martha’s Vineyard’s least populated beaches making it an ideal spot for bird watching or an afternoon picnic. The beach is accessible by the Chappy Ferry, which is about a quarter-mile away from the hotel.  We recommend renting bikes from Martha’s Vineyard Bike Rentals, packing lunch, hopping aboard the ferry, and spending the day exploring what might feel like your own private beach. And what do we suggest following a day of adventuring? Indulging a giant bowl of King Crab Guacamole from Atlantic Restaurant back on the Vineyard.

A Walking Itinerary of Portland

Here at The Pom, we encourage our guests to kick back, relax, and enjoy both our hotel’s eclectic charm and funky vibe. While we’ll never say no to a relaxing day indoors, reading by the fire or watching movies in bed, we’ve got an adventurous side, too. If you’re more of the latter than the former, we’ve created a walking itinerary of Portland, Maine must do’s.

The first step to any good day is a hearty and delicious breakfast. While The Pom serves a variety of tasty “tapas style” breakfast items each morning, you can’t go wrong with brunch at Local 188 (and you can always save some of our treats for snacks later!) With everything from seasonal egg scrambles to ricotta fritters, huevos rancheros, and a cocktail list full of a variety of mimosas and coffee drinks, you’ll have more than enough energy to explore our pretty city.

After brunch, take a stroll along the Eastern Promenade. You’ll catch a glimpse of boats passing by, paddle boarders and kayakers enjoying the open water, and possibly sunbathers lying out on the East End Beach, depending on the season. If you follow the path in its entirety, you’ll end up on Commercial Street, in Portland’s bustling downtown, where there are plenty of shops to visit.

If shopping isn’t your forte, head to Fort Williams Park. Here, you’ll find Portland’s most iconic lighthouse, The Portland Head Light, against a backdrop of Maine’s classic and rugged coastline. There is a footpath that runs from the lighthouse to a small picnic area where you can enjoy a signature lobster roll from Bite into Maine or simply sit back and take in the gorgeous ocean views. Or, scout for the next Red Sox star by checking out a Portland Sea Dogs game, the double A affiliate of Boston’s famed team. There’s almost nothing better than a sunny day spent at the ballpark, and Portland’s Hadlock Field is no exception.

To end the day, what’s better than catching a sunset? While an evening stroll on the beach is certainly always an option, we’ve got a spot that’s less than a 5-minute walk from our boutique hotel and the last stop on our walking Itinerary of Portland. Walk out the front door, turn left and then take a right on Carroll Street. Continue straight until you hit the Western Promenade, where you’ll be treated to gorgeous views of sunset hues behind the bay.

Breweries in Stowe

Vermont is known for its craft beer, with over 25 craft breweries in the state making some of New England’s best-known and most sought-after beer. If you’re a hop head coming to Stowe for the coveted Heady Topper, here are three breweries in Stowe (including the famed Alchemist) worth a stop for some Vermont beer fresh from the source:

The Alchemist 100 Cottage Club Rd, Stowe | (802) 244-7744

The second location of this well-known brewery opened in Stowe in July 2016, in order to meet the demand of beer tourists seeking Heady Topper. While Heady is brewed nearby in Waterbury, the Stowe location brews Focal Banger, another popular IPA, and several seasonal styles. Samples and a rotating selection of cans are available for purchase at the Stowe brewery. 

Idletyme Brewing Company 1859 Mountain Rd, Stowe | (802) 253-4765

Located just up the street from our boutique hotel, Field Guide, this is one of the breweries in Stowe that also has a full restaurant, so it’s a great stop after a day on the mountain or when you first arrive into town. Idletyme brews a variety of styles, so everyone from lager lovers to hop heads will find something they like on tap. Order a flight of six to try different styles or dive right into the Doubletyme DIPA or Bohemia, a Munich-style Pilsner.

von Trapp Brewery & Bierhall 1333 Luce Hill Rd, Stowe | (802) 253-5750

Brewed at the von Trapp Family Lodge (yes, the same family whose story inspired The Sound of Music), von Trapp‘s beers take inspiration from styles popular in Austria—crisp, clean lagers. Few craft breweries choose to make lagers, due to their longer brew time, so fans of them will love the large selection here. But for the beer drinkers who can’t go without hops, don’t despair—there’s even an India Pale Lager. Enjoy an afternoon in the lodge’s bierhall with an Austrian-inspired menu of hearty pub fare.

Spring at Mendocino Botanical Gardens

With so many of our New England Lark properties being blanketed by spring snowstorms, we think it’s high time to plan a trip to a place where spring has fully sprung. Springtime in Mendocino can be a little finicky with its coastal California climate, but with highs in the mid-60s to low 70s, we’ll take it over donning winter hats and shoveling snow yet again. Book your stay at our Mendocino boutique hotel, Blue Door Group, and take advantage of spring in Northern California by visiting the nearby botanical gardens.

As you can probably imagine, the Mendocino Coast Botanical Gardens are bustling with energy and activity come spring. Just a 10-minute drive north of Mendocino in Fort Bragg, the garden’s 47 acres overlook the Pacific Ocean, making it a beautiful and educational place to spend the day. The coastal climate allows plants to thrive that can’t stand the relatively extreme heat and cold found inland. Springtime at the gardens means magnolias, camellias, heathers, and rhododendrons are all in bloom.

Northern California’s climate is well-suited to growing rhododendrons in particular, and the Botanical Garden takes particular pride in its collection, with over 120 different varieties in bloom through May. An expert leads guided walks through the rhodas on the second Saturday of each month through May, and the weekend of April 22 and 23, 2017 brings the 40th annual rhododendron show. Go see the area’s best rhoda blooms in the Rhody Show, and then enjoy lunch at the café as it reopens for the season mid-April.

Any season is a good time to visit the Mendocino Coast Botanical Garden (in fact, they were included in a list of the 55 best botanical gardens to see before you die), but springtime brings particular joy as the cold grip of winter retreats and the greenery and flowers reawaken. The gardens are open daily from 9am to 5pm, and admission is only $15.

Mendocino Coast Botanical Gardens | 18220 North Highway 1 Fort Bragg | (707) 964-4352

Craft Beer in Newburyport

For craft beer lovers, part of the fun of traveling to a new area is exploring the local brewery scene and availability of different brews on draft. Larger Massachusetts craft breweries like Boston-based Sam Adams and Harpoon Brewery are widely available, but you’ve got to head to the North Shore for a taste of the beers made there.Newburyport has several breweries and beer bars in town where you can enjoy a cold one after a day at the beach or exploring Plum Island; here are three of our favorites:

Newburyport Brewing Co. 4 New Pasture Road, Newburyport (978) 463-8700

This 5-year-old brewery produces five styles year-round, including the Plum Island Belgian White and Greenhead IPA. Rotating small batch styles on tap at the tasting room and local bars include a double IPA and barleywine. Visit the brewery Thursday through Sunday, where there’s live music and taco and pizza nights.

Riverwalk Brewing Co. 3 Graf Road, Unit 15, Newburyport (978) 499-2337

Located in a nondescript commercial area, this brewery’s tap room is worth a visit to try its popular IPA, Gnomad farmhouse ale, or one of its High Water brews, a changing series of hoppy session ales. The tap room is small, but an expansion to a new location is in the works, which will also allow the brewers to experiment with sour and barrel-aged beers.

The Grog 13 Middle St, Newburyport (978) 465-8008

With over twenty taps that rotate daily, The Grog in downtown Newburyport is a great place to stop for lunch or happy hour. You’ll find local brews from Newburyport Brewing and Riverwalk and other popular New England beers like Allagash and Two Roads. With a seafood-heavy menu of pub grub and $1 oysters on the half shell, The Grog is a popular spot with locals and visitors alike.

Shopping in Salem

Salem is known as much for its historic downtown, where you can stroll on cobblestone streets and take in the waterfront, as it is its spooky history. Full of boutiques and souvenir shops, some time spent shopping in Salem is a must. Whether you’re on the hunt for a witchy memento or a thank-you gift for the pet sitter, these three shops will provide that perfect keepsake. Our boutique hotel, The Merchant, is centrally located, making it the perfect place to stay while exploring Salem. 

HausWitch | 144 Washington St, Salem | (978) 594-8950

Just steps from The Merchant, HausWitch puts a modern spin on witches and spells. You won’t find any black velvet robes or pointy hats here, but rather a bright, airy store with plenty of crystals, essential oils, and spell kits. Clever and locally-made cards, candles, and ceramics make this the perfect spot to stop in for a unique Salem souvenir.

Salem Spice | 75 Wharf St, Salem | (978) 744-6678

Located on Pickering Wharf, Salem Spice is your go-to spot for teas, peppers, sea salts, and spices. This culinary shop with a focus on unique spice blends continues Salem’s rich history of global maritime trade. From Aleppo pepper to Madagascar vanilla beans, this shop will have that hard-to-find ingredient you’ve been looking for. Stop into Salem Spice to take home a piece of Salem’s history.

The Cheese Shop | 45 Lafayette St, Salem | (978) 498-4820

The Cheese Shop has everything you need for a waterfront picnic or happy hour in The Merchant’s parlor. The staff can help you pick out domestic and imported cheeses that fit your tastes or pair well with a particular bottle of wine. The selection of craft and locally-made artisan food products like pickles, cocktail mixes, and chocolate makes for great gifts, and every Friday evening and Saturday afternoon brings a wine tasting.

Newport Art Museum

Chances are, if you’re a fan of the modern design in our Newport boutique hotels, Attwater and Gilded, you’ll also enjoy the arts and culture provided by one of Newport’s most historic museums, the Newport Art Museum. Just a short walk from both properties, the Newport Art Museum is the longest continuously operating museum in the country—meaning that its collection contains works of premier New England artists from the last hundred years.

The Newport Art Museum is housed in two historic buildings in Newport’s Bellevue neighborhood—the Griswold House and the Cushing Gallery next door. The Griswold House is a National Historic Landmark, built in 1864, so touring the ornately decorated house is half the fun of visiting the art gallery. Every room of the historic home has been transformed into a gallery, with exhibits that range from a juried exhibit of Rhode Island artists to modern digital photography.

Those looking to add a taste of the nightlife to their art experience will want to check out Art After Dark, a free monthly event that gives visitors a unique look at the galleries. With artist talks, special interactive exhibits, appetizers from a local restaurant like Caleb & Broad, and a cash bar, Art After Dark adds some culture to a night out on the town. Stop by the event before heading out to Newport’s waterfront or the Broadway District for dinner.

Only steps from the Attwater and a few blocks from Gilded, the Newport Art Museum is the perfect afternoon activity for art and history lovers alike. Families will want to check out the schedule of kids’ programs on second Saturdays at the museum and art classes for both kids and adults. The museum is open Wednesday through Sunday during the winter.

Newport Art Museum | 76 Bellevue Ave, Newport | (401) 848-8200

Newport Tips

We recently partnered with the Australian-based influencer behind “Ask the Concierge” on how to make the most of your time in Newport, and it occurred to us that our readers might enjoy that info just as much as the Aussies do!  Below, Heather and Mike, the managers behind that ornate golden “G,” share their Newport tips on everything from where to get the best cup of joe to their “go to” lunch spot.

Q: Your most popular request?

Who makes the butterfly wallpaper we have in our lobby and can they purchase it? The answer is Osbourne & Little and yes, they list it online.

Q: Your favorite locale when enjoying a day off?

We love to take our dog for a walk out at Fort Adams. It offers a fantastic view of the Newport and Jamestown shorelines.

Q: Best coffee?

At Gilded, of course! We start our days early so we take our coffee pretty seriously. We offer Dave’s Coffee, which is a Rhode Island craft coffee roaster beloved to locals.

Q: Where must we go for lunch?

Winner Winner – excellent BYOB spot with honey rosemary fried chicken, homemade biscuits, and fantastic sides. Eat in or pick it up to-go for a picnic. If you are in a the mood for a burger instead, their sister restaurant Mission is a great option

Q: It’s a rainy day outside but we want to explore, what shall we do?

See how the other half lived and tour the mansions. Buy a two-house ticket and wander through The Breakers and The Elms- be sure to add on the special “Beneath the Breakers” and “Servants Life” tours for a behind the scenes peak into these amazing residences.

.Q: What is an absolute must-do or must-see before leaving your city?

The Cliff Walk. Breathtaking ocean views, beautiful wildflowers, and fresh ocean breezes. Gorgeous nature scenes side by side with some of Newport’s most stunning architecture.

Q: What you love about your hotel?

There are so many things it is hard to pick just one but you know what they say, location, location, location! We love how centrally located we are to all of the shops, restaurants, and things to do but we still enjoy the peace and quiet of a quaint historic neighborhood.

Q: Is there anything else we should know about when visiting your city?

Newport is known as “the sailing capital of the world” and a great place to walk the wharves and be an armchair captain. From America’s Cup sailboats to yachts, houseboats, and kayaks, there is something for everyone to dream about calling their own.

Lark Blizzarding 101

As a kid, is there anything better than a snow day? You got to stay in your PJ’s until you decided to swap them out for snow pants. After an afternoon of outdoor play, hot chocolate and a snack awaited inside. But as we get older, the anticipation and excitement tend to dim, especially when there’s a power outage. Not here at Lark, though. Following Winter Storm Stella, we polled our managers for their thoughts on hotel stays made all the more memorable by lots of snow and no electricity. There’s definitely some mischief to be made in the snow! 

No Power, No Problem

At Field Guide in Stowe, a lack of power means loads of candles and a roaring fireplace to create a cozy and warm atmosphere, perfect for sharing stories of storms past or maybe even a good ghost story. Drinks are a must, whether your tastes run towards Maple Bourbon Hot Cider or hot chocolate. Board games and a snowman building competition help pass the time, and to make it even more interactive, guests and staff can document the experience with the hashtag, #larkblizzard.

The team at Summercamp in Oak Bluffs knows that guests may very well want to stay hunkered down inside during the storm. Although the Vineyard was spared the full force of this storm, in the past they’ve offered to pick up dinner and drinks for guests from local restaurants within a 5-mile radius of the hotel, with delivery right to your door. Just down the way in Edgartown, the managers at The Christopher and The Sydney say a blizzard is the perfect time to make some memories. They make sure to have postcards or stationary, board games, “camp fire” foods, and hot toddys on hand (we’re sensing a theme here)..

In Kennebunkport, it’s all about comfort food. Captain Fairfield Inn‘s managers have been known to whip up gooey grilled cheese, rich tomato soup, and warming mac and cheese to ward off the chill.

At Gilded in Newport, the managers make it a group event. Think candles, lanterns, and a lateral thinking puzzle in the lounge to break the ice. The solution at Gilded’s sister Newport Lark, The Attwater’s? Plenty of hot coffee, snacks and lanterns.  

The Coonamessett Inn, a future Lark Hotel in Falmouth that will be undergoing renovation next fall, is happy to help dig out guests cars—which may be accompanied by a playful snowball or two—and make sure to have some staff on hand to cook up some delicious snacks. With everyone gathered in the lounge, the day becomes a fun one for all.

So don’t fear the wintertime power outage! With the help of some candles, games, booze and food, we’ve got Lark blizzarding down.

Thursdays at Picnic Social

#PicnicStowecial | Every Thursday!

Our onsite restaurant, Picnic Social, is offering an ongoing Thursday special. It’s perfect place to enjoy everything from small shared plates of spicy cider wings or fish tacos, to chicken pot pie or a fresh spinach salad. Whether you’re looking to get cozy with a signature cocktail by our indoor fireplace or get “social” and play one of our various board games, Picnic Social offers a venue where you can enjoy both. 

A gathering spot for get togethers of both big and small, Picnic Social’s casual vibe is inviting for friends and families alike. When the weather permits, we host a weekly cornhole league and patrons can play shuffledboard, or enjoy a bite to eat on the back lawn.

To make it even better, every Thursday, we’re offering our $9 Burger & PBR Special all night long. Stop in for a night of board games, shuffleboard, bites, and brews. Hashtag your Instagram photo with #PicnicStowecial for your chance to win 10% off your next visit!

 

Stowe Spring Activities

During the winter months, Stowe becomes a haven for snow sport enthusiasts near and far. Skiers and riders brave chilly temperatures to hit the slopes of Mount Mansfield in the hopes of finding deep powder and smooth turns. While there’s plenty of skiing left to be had as spring arrives, the new season brings an abundance of activities beyond the mountain.

With warmer weather, the sap starts running and Vermont’s legendary maple sugaring season begins. There are hundreds of sugar houses throughout the state, and Stowe’s Nebraska Knoll Sugar Farm offers the quintessential spring experience. Whether you’re looking to learn more about how sticky sap becomes that sweet and satiating topping or you just want a taste, this is not to be missed. Important note: the season doesn’t last long, so don’t put off your visit.

Nebraska Knoll Sugar Farm | 256 Falls Brook Lane | Stowe, VT| (802) 253-4655

Although apple picking is generally thought of as a fall activity, a trip to Cold Hollow Cider Mill is always in season. With the delightful aroma of warm cider donuts and freshly pressed apple cider wafting through the air, wander over the Press Viewing Room to see apples become cider or stop by the Honey Bee Corner to watch – you guessed it – busy bees making honey. Should you need a snack or just a souvenir, The Luncheonette stocks an assortment of organic Vermont apple products. Looking for more of an adult experience? Make the trip further into town to Stowe Cider where you can indulge in a flight of ciders or fill up a growler with your favorite variety.

Cold Hollow Cider Mill | 3600 Waterbury Stowe Road | Waterbury, VT | 800-327-7537

If you’re hoping to explore the great outdoors, Stowe offers plenty of ways to do so. About a 15-minute drive from Field Guide, you’ll find Sterling Falls Gorge. An impressive natural attraction, Sterling is roughly a 45-minute roundtrip walk, with traversing gorges ranging from two to 50 feet and views of waterfalls, cascades, and pools. To make a day of it, head approximately 11 miles southwest and make a stop at Bingham Falls, which offers up a dramatic 40 foot waterfall. 

Sterling Falls Gorge | West Hill Road | Stowe, VT

Newport Restaurant Week 2017

Newport Restaurant Week is March 27-April 7, 2017, and like Restaurant Week deals around the country, the promotion is a great time to try a new restaurant at a lower price point. Over 50 Newport restaurants participate, and in fact, Restaurant Week is so popular in Newport that restaurants offer the special menus twice a year, in the spring and fall. The three-course menu is $35 for dinner and many restaurants offer a $16 lunch special. Here’s a few highlights from Newport Restaurant Week; make your dinner (and hotel) reservations soon!

Newport Restaurant Week 2017

Newport Restaurant Week is March 27-April 7, 2017, and like Restaurant Week deals around the country, the promotion is a great time to try a new restaurant at a lower price point. Over 50 Newport restaurants participate, and in fact, Restaurant Week is so popular in Newport that restaurants offer the special menus twice a year, in the spring and fall. The three-course menu is $35 for dinner and many restaurants offer a $16 lunch special. Here’s a few highlights from Newport Restaurant Week; make your dinner (and hotel) reservations soon!

Caleb & Broad | 162 Broadway, Newport | (401) 619-5955

Newport Magazine regularly bestows multiple “best of” awards on this casual Broadway bistro. The menu offers a mix of street and comfort foods, like short rib lasagna and veggie soba noodles. Their Restaurant Week menu is sure to start with selections of bar snacks; don’t skip the the fried chicken skin, trust us. A creative cocktail menu and draft list with plenty of local options round out the makings of a perfect evening on the town.

Castle Hill | 590 Ocean Avenue, Newport | (401) 849-3800

Venture out Ocean Ave. to Castle Hill for an intimate dinner at this restaurant in an historic mansion. With a focus on fresh seafood and locally-raised meats and produce, the Restaurant Week menu is a compilation of regular menu items like roasted beets with goat cheesecake, steamed mussels, and grilled bavette steak with rapini and heirloom beans. The Restaurant Week menu even extends to Sunday brunch here, where you can enjoy their popular brioche french toast.

Fluke | 41 Bowens Wharf, Newport | (401) 849-7778

This wine bar offers a great view of the harbor along with its Restaurant Week menu of fresh, local seafood and French-inspired dishes. Try the pan-seared skate with pastrami spices or the duck leg confit with fregula and dried cherry jus. A great bar program with craft cocktails and an extensive wine list makes Fluke a Newport Restaurant Week hotspot.

Shopping in Kennebunkport

The streets of picturesque downtown Kennebunkport are lined with locally-owned boutiques and restaurants. The main street of KPT is about half a mile long from end to end and crosses over the Kennebunk River, making it perfect for an afternoon of strolling and poking through shops. You’re sure to find the perfect Maine souvenir, among other things like handmade jewelry, housewares, and gifts, at these three shops while shopping in Kennebunkport.

The Hut | 5 Union Street, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-4247

Owned by KPT-native Devon Rutherford, The Hut is a small but sweet shop tucked away in some shops on Union Street (and conveniently next to Ben & Jerry’s!). Devon makes her own jewelry, much of it a great combination of leather and precious metals. The shop is full of accessories and housewares that espouse Devon’s beachy vibe, like embroidered trucker hats and signs painted on repurposed beach wood –a unique find while shopping in Kennebunkport.

Minka | 3 Dock Square, Kennebunkport | (207) 204-0275

This shop of houseware and personal care items is run by couple Michelle and Chris who stock a carefully curated selection of items for men and women. You’ll find minimalist nautical decor, handmade leather bags, and beachy sterling silver jewelry. This is the perfect place to pick up a “thank you” gift for the petsitter at home, like a bud vase modeled after the area’s ubiquitous birch trees.

Daytrip Society | 4 Dock Square, Kennebunkport | (207) 967-4440

This preppy shop has the perfect mix of clothing, gifts, games, and housewares for all ages. Stop in for a stylish hoodie sweatshirt for those cool Maine nights or a book on bird identification for some beachside bird watching. As you can expect in most KPT shops, there’s a good selection of nautical-themed accessories and jewelry. Also check out the kid’s version, Daytrip Jr., around the corner on Ocean Avenue.

A Tour of Greater Portland’s Beaches

While some might be mourning the end of ski season, the rest of us are cheering the impending arrival of beach season! Greater Portland is home to numerous sandy stretches that won’t be teeming with crowds until the height of summer. Whether you’re looking to play in the sand, hunt for sea glass, or simply take in the rugged coastlines, here is a list of some of greater Portland’s beaches to check out before the heat and crowds arrive:

East End Beach | Eastern Promenade Trail | Portland, ME

Although smaller in size than some of its neighbors, the East End Beach provides a scenic view of Casco Bay and is situated in the Eastern Promenade. Directly behind the beach is the Eastern “Prom” Trail where you’ll see plenty of joggers, and with the right timing, you might catch a glimpse of the Maine Narrow Gauge Railroad train passing by on one of its daily outings. Dogs are often spotted frolicing in the sands of East End up until Memorial Day, when the beach succumbs to sunbathers. If you’re looking to have a sunset picnic in the sand or a quiet morning stroll, the East End Beach offers an intimate and quaint setting for both.

Higgins Beach |41 Ocean Ave. | Scarborough, ME

A short and scenic drive from the Pom, Higgins Beach offers up scenic coastlines and a backdrop painted with classic New England beach houses. A hot spot for surfers in any season, you may spot a wet suit or two, braving the icy temperatures of the Atlantic to catch the perfect wave. Higgins has loads of room to roam, whether on the sand, in the water, or on the rocks.

Old Orchard Beach | 2 Old Orchard Rd. | Old Orchard Beach, Maine

The largest of the three, Old Orchard Beach expands across a 7-mile stretch. Almost 500 feet in length, the famous Old Orchard Pier stands tall above the ocean and is a hub of summer activity, but you’ll have it all to yourself in the spring. Another great destination for strolling on the sand, it’s the perfect spot to watch the sun rise or fall over the ocean for early birds and night owls alike.

Portsmouth Restaurant Week

Portsmouth Restaurant Week is March 30–April 8, 2017, and we couldn’t be more excited that some of our favorite Portsmouth restaurants are participating. For these 10 days, restaurants offer a special multi-course menu for just $29.95 and many also offer a $16.95 lunch. Some restaurants across the river in Kittery, Maine are even getting in on the action. Check out some of the highlights from participating restaurants below, and be sure to make your reservations (for both dinner and at our boutique hotel) soon!

Block Six at 3S | 319 Vaughan St, Portsmouth | (603) 294-9060

This buzzy restaurant is located in the 3S Artspace, so it’s a great place to eat before seeing some live music, an art show, or a performance. The menu stands on its own though, and a new chef has recently revamped it with entrees like slow-roasted pork shoulder and mushroom pappardelle.

Blue Mermaid Island Grill | 409 The Hill, Portsmouth | (603) 427-2583

Perfect for combatting the chill of early spring, the Blue Mermaid will transport you to warmer climes with tropical drinks and island-inspired fare. Its Restaurant Week menu is sure to include popular favorites like lobster tacos, beer-steamed mussels, and grilled shrimp with mango chutney.

Row 34 | 5 Portwalk Place, Portsmouth | (603) 430-7834 

The second location of this sleek Boston-based restaurant is perfect for seafood and craft beer lovers. With an extensive menu of both, Row 34 has old favorites like lobster rolls and fish and chips and oysters on the half shell and fish crudo for fans of fresh, raw seafood. The Restaurant Week menu is always a deal at this popular Portsmouth spot.

When Pigs Fly Pizzeria | 460 Route 1, Kittery | (207) 438-7036

Don’t dismiss When Pigs Fly in nearby Kittery, Maine as another ho-hum pizzeria—with menu items like Thai curry mussels, tempura squash with tamari caramel, and falafel with hot pepper jam, this family-friendly joint is not run-of-the-mill. Wood-fired pizza rounds out the crowd-pleasing offerings.

Portsmouth Restaurant Week

Portsmouth Restaurant Week is March 30–April 8, 2017, and we couldn’t be more excited that some of our favorite Portsmouth restaurants are participating. For these 10 days, restaurants offer a special multi-course menu for just $29.95 and many also offer a $16.95 lunch. Some restaurants across the river in Kittery, Maine are even getting in on the action. Check out some of the highlights from participating restaurants below, and be sure to make your reservations (for both dinner and at our boutique hotel) soon!

Block Six at 3S | 319 Vaughan St, Portsmouth | (603) 294-9060

This buzzy restaurant is located in the 3S Artspace, so it’s a great place to eat before seeing some